3* morg lEnioersitg ILibrarg
OCT 8 1948
TUB
WORLD'S WONDER,
; ' ' t , ,
to WHICH 18 added a key to til e
PHI BETA KAPPA OII^NGFBSAN
and
ODD FBLiIiOWS SOCIETY.
with notes and remarks.
BY JOHN W. CARTER.
"Who stole the livery of the court of Heaven, to serve * #<■
the devil in virtues guise,— , transacted vilianies, that
common sinners durst not meddle with."
JUiitTteottinUe:
• i ' ' '
Printed at the office or
Johnston As Edirwda
J83S.
\0
^isfH ' ^sce,
r< * 'V in day of May,
tiltdl O vll— ^ istrict hath deposit-
^ the title the tiile of which
^ «ls d,3 and figures ollovv «.o, wit:
"Thi,"world's w\ Ider, <>r FreerrtdOnry unmaskedj To which
isadded a key to the Phi Beta Kappa, Orangeman, and Odd fel-
* lows societies. The Right whereof he claims as proprietor.
' In conformity with an act of Congress entitled, an "Act to amend
the several acts respecting copy-rights.
WILLIAM C. MYNATT, Clerk,
Of the District,
District of E. Tennessee.
I WM. C. MYNATT, Clerk, of the District court of the Uni-
ted States, for thfl District of E. Tennessee; do hereby certify, that
the foregoing mode of Copy-right is truly copied from the Record
Bool^ in my Office" Given under my hand and seal of office, at office
"in. Knoxville, this 7th day of May 1833.
WM, C. MYNATT Clerk, &c.
PREFACE.
u.
As- I am not a Mason, it will be asked from whence I dh~
rived a sufficient knowledge of Masonry to unmask it to the
world: If 1 never passed through their lodges, nor received
iheir^ solemn injuaclions to keep secret. To which I vtill
answer in the first place, that according to the existing laws
of our land, that we are not bound to make pointed p.rbof
against any man , to.convict him for treason, murder or apy
other unlawful act. * I
If circumstances under which certain crimes were suppo-
«ed to be committed be not strongly presumptive the accused
would be acquited of course. I
But on the contrary through there be no precise proof; If
the c r vumstances be strongly fought with a series of corrobc-
rating or latteral circumstances & accompanied with acknow|-
edgments and a variety of discordant and unreasonable stories
relative to the alledged crime or crimes, would they not dii-
sipate almost every dubious cloud from the mind of a Jury,
an 1 a verdict of guilty word be the result. |
Suppose A. & B. murder C. and 1. be passing, and obi
serve the transaction. A. & B. administer a number o|"
oaths or bind I by many solemn injunctions to keep secret this
murderous act: [whether it be of his own free will or other-
wise.]
I passes on and beholds L. & M. in the act of murdering
E. did not bind himself by any obligations or oaths to keep the
secret of L. & M. in that transaction, and he published it
to the community at large, could A. & B. on f ny parity of
reason raise the huancrv of traitor and publish I perjured
for revealing their act of violence upon the body C. Shurely
no man in the hours of calm deliberation will pretend to say
they could. Because he had revealed another circumstance
and one that transpired between L. M. & E. Which I was
neither bound by oath nor honor to keep secret.
But suppose I reveal tire murder of C. as commit fed by.
PREFACE.
& B. And at the same time state without disguise or
reserve that he had received a number of solemn oaths or in-
jfictions from A. & B. And that he bound himself to them
olf his own free will and accord: also that a violation of that
tAist, will subject him to all the penalties annexed to those
several injunctions or obligations.
(Which by the by renders the fidelity and character of I
suspicious as being perjured.
1A. <fc B* Are however arrested and upon trial the plan-
tilts produce the testimony of 1 in support of their charge.
A. & B. Reject him and plead his incompetency on the
ground of his being forsworn and refer to the oaths under
winch he had bound himself to them of his own free will and
accord to keep secret, their act of violence upon the body of
C.j Would not objections of this kind on the part of A. &
B. Convict them as clear as circumstantial proof could con-
viclt any man, yea it would further amount to any open con-
fesfsion of the alledged murder. And any disniterested
Jiiry in view of such evidence and confessions in these United
States would beconstrained by justice to bring in a verdict of
iiuilty!!! Guilty!!!
/1 will now notice some of the circums'ances attending the
narratives of Morgan, Allen, and other revolting Masons and
dhose of the acknowledgments and denials of Masons in our
country who are professedly bright.
j 1st. I believe they universally acknowledge them to have
been Masons. 2nd. They say Allen, and Morgan are per-
lured villians. And in the 3d. place the. Masons declare
them to be a series ofimposing falsehoods, and that all antima
sons and revolting brethren are in daikness, and consequently
/know nothing.
Let us take a more minute survey of these acknowledg-
menls and assersions and see how far they will hormonise in
the point now under review before us.
1st. They were duley sworn, and constituted worthy
brethren aud members in the lodges in which they purported
to be, is acceded to by men whoare esteemed to be the bright-
est Masons among us; even those who fill the most illustrious
stations in the fraternity acknowledge this point. If so they
must have been men of Knowledge for they had several times
approached the east,and at least Morgan's bandage was loosed
and he was privileged to behold the three great lights in Ma-
PREFACE-
sonry by the aid of the three lesser lights: And Allen wat
brought from that darkness in which Cowans choose to roam
by regular upright Masonic steps, until his hood-wink was
loosed from his intellecual and occul.ar visions; when the
Masonic sun at high twelve shone upon all their rights, cer*.
emonies, Oaths, obligations, and penalties, consequently gave
him a fair opportunity of viewing them in their several rela-?
tions and bearings; for Masons declare their sun to be the most
unerring of all earthly lights.
Then according to their own position there could have
been no defect in their knowledge of Masonry as their sys-
tern indirectly professes to be a perennial spring from the
fountain of Wisdom.
Then I conceive itio be a legitimate conclusion that they
and others were eye-witnesses of the routine of their injunc-
tions rights,and ceremonies and were actors in thetragedies of
of knockingdovvn and draging ou', asyou will sej stated in or-
der in'the degrees where they occur.
And they were bound by their -oaths and threatend with
their penalties through it might have been of their own free
will and accord,
2nd. The masons unequivocally declare them to be perjur-
cd viilians, and ask me if I am not hazarding much topublish,
the assersion of men once forsworn.
I know this is a point if taken in the abstract of other
strengthning ^corroborating testimony would admit of much
doubt and might be met with pretty successful controversy.
For masons and those that are friendly to the cause stren-?
uously insist that the oaths administered to them are as binding
as any other oaths. Which I confess to be the case if they
are made binding according to their awful injunctions and
solemn appeals to Deity, and that a violation of that trust
would render the aggressor infamous.
While anti-masons equally argue that men cannot be
strictly bound by oaths that do not come within the limits of
our Judiciary While the bible favors those assertions where
they require the administration of an oath or oaths by legal
authority as the end of all strife,
I would ask the fraternity whether the existing laws of
our. land authorize and legally empower, any person of their-
body to administer these oaths or execute the penalties
annexed thereto,
vi
PREFACE-
To which they reluctantly answer in the negative; howfr-
ver in this matter they state the truth [if Masonic testimony
is to be relied on.]
As actions speak louder than words I feel disposed in tho
following transaction to antitle them some credit. For had
thei«* oaths been legal the penalties annexed would have been
legal also, if so the fraternity would not have been driven to
the necessity of the nefarious and dastardly intrigue of sup-
planting, kidnapping, carrying away & executing the penal-
itesaunexed to Morgan,s obligations, under the sable covert
of nisght.
It is further argued on the part of anti-masons that our rights a«
citizens of the United States,and the states in which we sever-
ally reside that those rights are guarranteed to us on
principles of law and equity, and with respect to them we
are ever in a state of minority or that they are inalienable on
our part; which I think every man must reasonably admit to
he true [unless by direct violation of their laws.] It these
things be admitted it follows that those men were not strickly
forsworn in the eye of the law.
But it will be no gain to the fraternity if I admit them
perjured in every sense of the word.
For in the first place they had ample knowledge of Masonry
and secondly they were strickly sworn to keep that knowledge
secret from the world; the revelation of which rendered them
suspecious characters; But 1 conceitethat supposed infamy to
be removed or their testimony greatly strengthened by the
declaration of Masons in this country by asserting them to
be^'Perjured Yillians," and at the same time declare they
have written falsehoods!!!
Now if they have written falsehoods it necessarily follows
that they were not perjured, for how could a man be forsworn
by revealing a secret that he never was bound by oath to
keep secret.
: If the minds of Allen, and Morgan were illumined with
the heated phosphor of a fruitful imagination by which they
were enabled to establish Masonry on a patten t plan and one
which they were neither bound by oath or honor to keep
secret. It is certainly very unmanly en the part of masons
to pour unqualified and discordant floods of anathema upon
them both from the press and 4he pulpit, and endeavor to
drown them in the rortex of eternal infamy, for no other
PREFACE.
reasons than that thej happened to speak of the beauties of
the fairy queen of Masonry who like the fabled Chameleon
happened to pass before their mosonic intellect in a robe the
testure of which they were not bound by oath to keep ae-
cret.
Now to acknowledge them to be worthy brethren and re-
commend them as such to all worthy brethren round the
globe, and turn short about assert from the press thai they
are traitors and declare at the same time that they were in
darkness and knew nothing is saying but little-in favor of the
hand-maid of religion.
Foi every Mason-ought to know that the most ordinary in-
tellectof a scool boy, could detect this jargon, and want of
truth and harmony; for it is impossible in the nature of things
for all these assersionsto be true.
First acknowledg them worthy brethren 2nd. declare them
forsworn, and to rap the climax assert they knew nothing.
O what want of truth and harmony!!!
Yet some of them strenuously refer to king solomon as be-
ing their Founder anil e > n ni grand master and-talk of the
harmony and beautiful structure of the Temple, as being their
first Masonic rdefice and the foundation, on.which the fa-
brick of modern Masonry is erected. But when Chovvns ap-
proach, and discover the secrecy of the royal arches of that
building and chase them from their subterfuge. They
instantly eulogise Noah as a Mason and sing requiems to his
floating ark nsthetirst Structure of ancient Masonry.
if solomon was the founder of modern Masonry it is more
probable that he did it long after the Temple was complc-
ted and dedicated. *
And that the chief corner stone was laid in the groves
where an altar was erected on which to burn incense to Ash-
toreth thegod< 83 is of the heat hen.
Notwithstanding the morning and maredian sun of this
king stands unraveled for splendor on the annals of history
yet when the lengthning shadows of the evening of life ad-
vanced apace, they eclipsed the splendors of his morning his
intellect was shrouded in moral night and we see him pros-
trate before this Masonic structure bowing his heavy head
and doing homage before the Idol, which draws a cloud of
disgrace overall his honors, and shrouds his destiny from man
in long oblivion.
PREFACE.
Or if they claim Noah as their great founder perhaps they
refer io some edefice I hat he erected in his vineyard for we
read of that man's prostraction on one occasion whenhe was
oppressed^ with the giddly hand of Bachus or the god
t f wine.
But as like "produces like it is probable that Nimrod pro*
jected the first rnasbnic structure, as historians inform us,
that he founded the project of the tower of Babe!,
and Moses tells us that the Lord came down and confounded
the languages. 80 they were constrained to leave
off the building. And we behold great confusion in the re-
ports of masons at the present day. For as many as 1 ask
respecting the design of this building so many answers I re-
«eive. One presents me a diploma and tells me that it is an
excellent institution, and at the same time tells me there is
no religion attached to it, I ask a second*, and he tells ma
that it is the hand-maid of religion. I ask a third, and ha
tells me that it is religion itself.
While a Chaplain of a lodge in this place addresses, his
brethren from the pulpit, and tells them, that it is not quite
religion, but that there is such immediate sympathy between
them that to sever them would produce as exquisite sensa-
t'ions as the severing of the arm from his body would do.
Thus one tries to make me understand it to be one thing, and
-another tries to make me believe it to be another. This showi
that the)' are like boys playing hide and seek5 and must bo
apparent to every man of observation, that the revelation
of their moon-struck system has thrown them into extreme
pangs of mental anguish.
The flimsy rost»s of phrenzv, and heated imagination for a
ges, have been sought in vain lo deck this fairy queen,though
tike the grand Lama of the mountains was never seen but
by the gleam of burning tapers until recently. She has been
represented to the unsuspecting in various forms. Frpmthesa-
ered rostrum she is spoken of as condescending to be the hand-
maid of religion. That in primatiye ages, she is spoken of
as residing in the sanctuarj' of Solomon's greatly wondering!
where grandmaster mason's delighted to see her adorned with
excellence and pay obeisance before their holy altar within
the temple dedicated to St. John of Jerusalem; where the
masonic high priest,magically ignited camphor and attributed
H to thg illumination of the Holy Ghost; apd celebrated
PREFACE.
IX
the fabled exit of Hiram Abiff, and lamented him as aa
effectionate brother.
Modern masons also in imitation to this ancient fiction,
make great pretentions of respect to their departed brethren
and throw one of their gloves into their graves and a sprig of
cassia; the gloves and aprons are indications of the craft, in-
nocency. But I think it would have been more consistent a
few years since for them to have put on their gloves at the
intering of their brother Morgan, in order to have concealed
their hands that were tarnished, with his blood and united
their lambskin aprons which would at least have made their
departed brother a moderate shroud, in as much as it is said
their brotherly love, and secrecy destined him to a grave in
the rough sand of the sea a cable's length from shore.
But alas for masonry!!! The prying eye of cowans have
pierced the inner veil of their temple, and the common vul-
gar though unperceived, have deliberately taken up the set-
ting maul of truth, and prostrated the horns from olf their holy
altar. Their tylers being removed, the light of investigation
shines upon (heir hand-maid; over the blasted scenery of
whose haggard skeleton the fraternity would have fainly
cast the impenetrable veil of oblivion.
Is it not passingly strange to see the eloquent Statesman,
the profound and hoary-headed Theologian, unite with the
debased and midnight rabble to chase this Ignis Fatuus; throgh
all the sloughs of folly, and dissipation, and in fine through
the prolix labyrinths of unmeaning and tautoligial ceremo-.
nics. And endeavor to keep the world in darkness, and have
them guessing what masonry is; and where the first struc-
tuie was -erected to which some might make the following
guess,
Aaron son of Levi,
Of the priesthood was an heir;
He made a Calf in Horeb,
.And worship'd the image there.
Being without a help meet,
A fellow it was odd;
Being cast of precious Jewels^
It made a Mason's god.
PREFACE.
They erected him a temple,
Which structure they built high;
To exclude all eave's droppers,
And ever prying eye.
With secrecy and love,
To make themselves secure;
A brother with his sword drawn,
Stood without the door.
But alias (!!!) The tyler,"
Was a traitor and let the cowans in ;
Ther's no place in our sanctum,
The vulgar has not seen.
Our sanctum floor 's a level,
On which brethren used to meet;
But now it is polluted,
With intruding cowan's feet.
I will give you the form of a Masonic Diploma, Constituted
under the jurisdiction of the general grand encampment of
the United States of America.
To all Sir knights of the illustrious order of the Red Cross,
and of the valiant and magnanimous order of Nights Tem-
plars and nights of Malta around, the globe, to whom these
presents may come,.
GREETING:
We the presiding officers of the Tennessee encampment of
knights templars, No. 2. held at Nashville, in the State of
Tenn. do hereby certify and make known, that our illustri-
ous sir John Worthless, having previously received the; ne-
cessary degrees has been regularly dubbed and created in
this encampment, a knight of'the illustrious order yj the red
>J!tros3, and of the valiant and magnanirnoof knights
templars and knights^ mafta,or order of St. John of Jerusa-
lern. j
We do therefojj^ cordially recommend him to the friend-
ship, assistancev^gjpd protection of all valiant and magna-
iiimous sir all parts of the globe wherever he rooj go..
PREFACE.
xl
IN TESTIMONY whereof, having first caused our j]Jus-
trious sir knight to sign his name in ^the margin We have
hereunto set our hands, and caused the seal of the enramn
ment to be affixed the 18th February A. D. 1834 and Sf
the order of knight templars 608. • 4' and-of
W. J. Lane, G. C.
Lewis Hall, G.
S* D. Kelly, Recorder.
tJ. R. Shirley, C. G.
Thos. Rush, P.
DEGREE
OF
ENTERED APPRENTICE.
Seven Freemasons viz.-six entered apprentices, and one
past master acting under a charter or warrant from the
grand lodge, is the number requisite to constitute a lodge of
entered apprentice masons, and the number requisite toini-
tiate a candidate or candidates to the first degree of freema-
son ry.
They assemble in a room or place. They say represent-
ing the grand floor of Solomon's temple.
The officers seat themselves as in plate 1st.
Then the master says brethren, I am about to open a lodge
of entered apprentice masons in this place for the dispatch of
business.—I wish your attention and assistance.
Should there be any person in the room who is not a mason
I request him to retire.
Then the master gives one rap with his gavel and pays,
Brother Junior deacon,—The first care of congregated ma-
sons?
The Junior deacon rises on his feet, and at the same time
gives this sigh, [see plate 4, fig. 1.] and says, to see the lodge
tyled worshipful. The W. M. then says to S. W. perform
that part of your duty, and give the tyler information that
we are now going to open a lodge of entered apprentice ma-
sons, in this place, for the dispatch#of businesss, and direct
him to tyle accordingly.
Then the Junior deacon walks quickly to the door, and
stations the tyler on the outside of it, with his sword drawn
in his hand, whispers the worshipful master's orders in his ear.
He then closes the. door, gives three distinct knocks on
the inside, which are answered in like manner by the tylef
on the outside. Then the junior deacan gives one rap which
also is answered in like manner. Then returns to his station
in the lodge and says, worshipful, we are tyled.
W. M. Q. How tyled?
2
14
THE WORLDyS WONDER.
J. D. A. With brotherly love and secrecy; also a brother
of this degree, without the door, with his sword drawn in
his hand.
W. M. Q. His duty there?
J. D. A. To keep eaves-droppers and cowans off; and to
see that none pass or repass, only such as are duly qualified,
and have permission from the chair.
W. M. Then say& hrethrerSjet us be clothed.
Then all the officers and members of the lodge put on their
aprons and jewels, and seat themselves as before.
Then the worshipful master gives two raps with his gavel,
which brings all the subordinate officers on their feet, and
each standingin his place, recites his duty in his turn as follows:
W. M. Q. Where is the junior deacon's place in the lodge?
J. D. A. At>the right, in front of the senior warden in the
west.
W. Al. Q. What is your duty there brother senior?
J. D. A. To carry messages from the senior warden in the
west, to the junior warden in the south, and elsewhere about
the lodge, as he may direct
W. M. Where is the senior deacon's place in the lodge?
S. B. A. At the right, in front of the worshipful master in
the east.
Q. What is your duty there, brother senior?
S. D. A. To carry messages from the worshipful master in
the east, to the senior warden in the west; and elsewhere
about the lodge, as he may direct;—and to assist in, prepa/mg
and initiating candidates, and to welcome and cloihe all vis-
iting brethren. /
W. M. Q. Where is the secretary's station in the lodge?
S. A. At the left hand of the worshipful master in the east.
W. M. Q. Your duty brother secretary?
S. A. To record the proceedings of the lodge; to collect
all money, pay it over to the treasurer, and keep a correct
account of the same. •
W. M. Q. Where is the Treasurer's station in the lodge?
T. A. At the right hand of the worshipful master in the
east. -
W. M. Q. Brother treasurer, your duty there?
T. A. To receive all money from the band of the secretary;
and to keep a true and correct account of the same, and to
pay it out by the consent of the brethren, or by order of the
worshirfu*. muster.
THE WORLD'S WONDER..
15
W. M. Q- Where is the junior warden's place in the lodge !
J. W. A. Worshipful, in the south;
W. M. Q. What is your duty there, brother junior?
J. W. A. As the sun at high twelve isinthesouth,and is the
glory and beauty of the day, so the junior warden stands in the
south,to c ill the craft from labor to refreshment,•& from refresh-
ment, to labor, that the worshipful master may have pleasure
and profit; thereby.
W. INI. Q. Where is the senior wardens place in the lodge?
S W A. Worshipful in the west.
W. M. Q. What is your duty there brother senior?
S. W. A. As the sun sets iri the west to close the day,-so
■stands the senior warden in the west to assist the worshipful
m opening and closing his lodge; to pay the craft their wa-
ges, if any be due; and to see that no persons go away dis-
satisfied;—harmony is the strength of all institutions, but more
especially this of ours.
W. M. Q. Where is the master's station in the lodge?
S. W. A. Worshipful in the east.
W. M. Q. Ilis duty there brother senior.
S. W. A. As the sun rises in the east to open and adorn
the day so rises* the worshipful master in the east to open
and adorn his lodge, and set the craft to work with proper
instruments for them to pursue their labor.
W. M. So do I rise in like manner, it being my will and
pleasure that a lodge of entered apprentice masons, should be
-opened in tins place, for the dispatch of business. Brother
senior, will you communicate the same to the junior warden
in the south, that the brethren may have timely notice thereof.
Then the S. W. makes the following address to the junior
warden.. Brother junior, ic is the worshipful master's order,
that a lodge of entered apprentice masons should be opened
in this place, for the dispatch of business. Inform the brelh-
ren thereof if you please.
J. W. Then gives three raps with his gavel, and says;—
brethren it is our worshipful master's orders, that a lodge of
entered apprentice masons be opened in this place, for the
dispatch of business. You are required to take due notice "
thereof, and govern yourselves accordingly,
W. M- Then says;—brethren attend to the signs.
There are three signs in this degree, viz: Right-angles, hfo/-
*At these words the master rises on his feet.
16
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
izontals) and Perpendiculars; and are given by the master and
brethren, with great accuracy and precision. [See plate 4th,
tig. 1, & 2.] 1st. This sign is made by placing the hands at
right angles, about one foot in front of the center of the body
—The palms of the hands together and the left hand under.
2d. To draw a horizontal, raise the right hand, with a quick
motion, to the neck;the hand open, the palm down, the thumb
partly under the hand, par&liel with the fingers, the main
joint of the first finger presses against the 'guttural,' the el-
how raises as high as the hand; with a quick motion draw
the hand from left to right, until the hand comes nearly over
the left shoulder. 3. Let the hand drop perpendicular by the
side, the palm in the rear.
Then the worshipful master gives one rap with his gavel,
(the senior warden gives one, and the junior warden one) and
says—I now declare this lodge opened in due and ancient
form; hereby forbidding all improper conduct, by which the
peace and harmony of this lodge may be disturbed; under no
less penalty than the by-laws, or a majority of the lodge
may see proper to inflict. Then the master reads a passage
of scripture communicating, 'Behold how good and how
pleasant it is for brethren to dwell together in unity, &c.
[See Cross'chart, page 12th.]
-Then the worshipful master gives- one rap with his gavel^
and all the brethren resume their seats.
W. M. Q. Have you any thing in the West for the good of
masonry,or for this lodge in particular, borther senior?
S. W. A. Nothing good from the west* worshipful.
W» M. Q. Have you any thing in the south, brother junior?
J. W. Nothing in the south, worshipful.
WV M. Q. Has any brother presented any thing to lay be-
fore this lodge of entered apprentice masons? [Now some bro-
ther proposes that the minutes of the last meeting be read.]
W. M. Brother secretary, you will read the minutes of the
last meeting.,
[Secretary reads as follows:]
RISING SUN LODGE, No.—
OPENED ON TIIE FIRST DEGREE *
OFFICERS' NAMES.
Jonathan Lovemouey,-Master.
Henry Jocky,-Senior Warden.
Teighlraan Gamester,-Junior Warden*
fUE WbtlL,D*S WONDEKi
17
Wfii; Scrib well,-Secretary.
Lawrence Spendthrift,—Treasurer;
Lemuel L; Coward)— Senior Deacon;
Littleton Hood wink,-Junior Deacon.
November 8th, 1832.
Them the lodge donated $7 for the relief of the widow
and orphan children of brother Rbbeft Long.
When the bill of brother Hatei-morals [grocer] for alco-
feol, or other {^spirits &c; &c. for lasi meeting $15)25, was
presented and paid.
John Lovetitle, and William Redface were presented as
worthy visiting brethren;
Henry Dnpeasy was ballotted for) and elected a member in
ancient form. Received of brother Dupeasy $!20.
Brother gamester proposes Mr. John Easy wit to become a
mason, and a member of the Rising Sun-lodge, who left a
deposit of $3.
Half past seven o'clock, Lodge called from labor to re-
frfeshment.*
Half past eight o'clock, they are called from refreshment
to labor. A stranger examined and admitted to sit.
Three persons are now appointed by the chair as acorn-1
mittee to inquire into the character of John Easywit, viz:
William Love wise, Samuel playdise) and Thomas Swearhard.
Half past ten o'clock Lodge closed until the next regular com-
munication.
W. M. Then says brethren therC was a proposition at our
last regular meeting) what disposition will we make of it?
Now some brother proposes that the candidate be balloted
fjr.
W. M. If there are fto objection! the ballots will be sent
*Refkeshment.—This refers to drinking, & tipling) in some k»dg-
cs it is taught systematically, and performed with mechanical ac-
curacy.
The stewards duty is to furnish each officer and brother, in his place
with a glass of whatever kind of spirits he may choose. The# the
ttfastei says are you all charged in the west, brother senior?
S. W. A. We are all well charged in the We3t worshipful.
W. M. Q. Are you all charged in the South brother junior ?
J. W. A. All are well charged in the south worshipful.
The worshipful master then gives a toast, and all drink giving a
sigh &c..
2*
18
THE WORLD*S WONDER.-
round brethren.—Brother senior deacon distribute the ballots
if you please.
Then the senior deacon places a black ball and a white one
in the hand of each brother present who is a member of the
lodge.
W. M. Then says brethren, we are now about to ballot
for John Easy wit, to become a mason and a member of this
lodge."
All those in favor of it Signify it, by putting a white ball
inh> the box. All those opposed to it will put in a black one.
Brother senior deacon please collect the ballot.
Then the senior deacon presents the box to each member,
who puts in the affirmative or negative ball, as he may think
proper.
When the senior deacon brings the box to the master, who
loots into it, and directs him to carry it the senior warden.
W. M. Q. IIow stands the ballots in the west brother?:
S. W. A. Worshipful, the ballot is clear in the west.
W. M. Q. How stands the ballot in the south brother
junior?
J. W. A. Worshipful, the ballot is clear in the south.
W. M. Then says, I have the pleasure brethren, to in-
form you, that the ballot is.clear, and Mr. Easy wit is elected
a member of this lodge:—brother senior deacon collect the
negative ballots if you please.
S. D. Then collects the balls and resumes his seat.
W. M. Then says, Brethern do any of you know whether
the candidate has come on this evening or not?
J. D. He is below waiting worshipful.
W. M. Brother senior, and junior wardens, you wil pre-
pare the candidate for the first degree of Freemasonry, and
cause him to make regular alarm at the inner-door.
Now the deacons introduce the candidate into the prepar-
ation room, and the following short conversation sometimes
takes place, before the candidate is prepared.
S. D. Says, don't you feel somewhat affrighted. I per-
ceive you look .rather pale?
Can. Pale?—No, I am not frightened., Is your gridiron
pretty warm to-night?
You'll think so in less than half an hour I guess,
[Laugh.]
You must have considerable fortitude if you expect to ap-
pear in this lodge friend, as a candidate for the mysteries of
THE WORLD,S WONDER.
19
freemasonry! [Very gravely.]
J. D. Yes; it is to be remembered too, that we don't joke
with candidates.
We shall be under the necessity of adjusting your apper-
al to suit the occasion more appropriately.
S. D. Then says O yes! but we shall require nothing of
you only what is absolutely necessary-. Our ceremonies
may at first sight seem trifling; ""but after you take the degree,
you will be satisfied, that every ceremony is truly mysterious
and right. -
J. D. I presume you will consent, to conform to all the
Ceremonies that Washington,' Warren and Clinton, have
done? Or does your heart fail you?
Can< My heart fail? It's very apt to fail.
S. D. Ha, ha, ha!—no not if our committee has had correct
information of your courage andstabiliy.
Can. I think I shall be able to stand it.
S. D. Then you will please take off your coat, shoes and
stockings, also your vest & cravat; & then your pantaloons;
we have a pair that will become a mason much better. [One
of the deacons (hen hands him a pair of red flannel drawers.]
The candidate, begins to suspect by this time, they are
jesting with him; but they tell him they are'not: he then
proceeds.
S. D. Slip your left arm out of your shirt sleeve now if
you please and put it through the bosom of your shirt, that
your arm and breast may be naked.
The candidate now puts the old red drawers on, which
were prepared for the occhsion.
Then the conductor ties a handkerchief or hoodwink over
his eyes, and afterwards puts a rope round his naked neck,
called a cable-tow.
Then the senior deacon returns to the lodge, and informs
the worshipful master that the candidate is prepared. Then
the master gives a rap with his gavel which brings the
lodge to order, it is also the signal, for, the junior deacon to
make the alarm:—which is, made by taking the candidate by
the wrist and gives three stamps pretty hard, against the out-
side of the door.
S. D. Then rises in his place, and says, there is an alarm
at the door worshipful!
W. M. Brother, attend to that alarm, and see who comesr
there.
20
THE WORLDS WCflfDEE.
Then the senior deacon steps to the door, and faps fhre£
times on the inside; the candidate gives one rap, which the
senior deacon answers.
Then the door is opened abont two inches.
S. D. Says> who comes here? who comes here? who corner
here?
The junior deacon- answers; A poor blind candidate who
has long desired to be brought from darkness to light; and
wishes to receive and enjoy part of the rights and benefits of
this worshipful lodge, erected to God and dedicated to the
holy St. John's; as true fellows and brethren have done,
who have gave this before him.
Here the junior, deacon, either answers the following qua-1
tions; or prompts the candidate to say them after him.
S. D. Is this of your own free will and accord?
J. D. It is. *,
S. D. Q. Is he truly ahd duly prepared?
J. D. A. He is ■,
S. D. Q. Is he properly vouched for and of lawful age?
J. D. A, He is.
S. 1). By what further right or benefit does he expect to ob-
tain admission into this lodge of entered apprentice masons?
J. D. A. Bhing a man free born^of good report, and well
recommended?
Then, the senior deacon says; if this is the case, let him
wait for a time, until the worshipful master in the east, is in-'
formed of this request, and his answer returned.
S. D. Now returns to the master, and gives three raps up-
on his desk, which the master answers by three raps;—junior
deacon one;—master one.
W. M. Q. Who comes here? who comes here? who comes'
here ?
S. I). A. A poor blind candidate &c. (The same questions
are asked and answers returned as at the door^)
W. M. Let him enter this lodge and be received in due
form.
S. D. (Then steps to the door, opens it and says,) it is the
worshipful master's order that the candidate enter this lodge
and be received in due form—uat the same time presses the
point of the compasses against his naked left breast."
S. D. [Says to the candidate,] do you feel any thing?
The junior deacon prompts the candidate, to say—41 do.-'
Sv D» Q. What do you feel?
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
21
Can. (being prompted) A goad.
S. D. Then sajs as this goad is the torture to jour flesh,maj a
recollect on ofit be to jour mind and conscience, and instant
death in case of revolt.—Follow me.
The senior deacon then conducts the candidate to the cen-
ter of the lodge, and then directs him to kneel for the bene-
fit of the lodge prajer.
Then the rr.as'er gives three fffps with his gavel, when all
the brjthren rise on their feet, and sajs let uspraj witlv
the candidate.
W. M. Sajs the following: "O thou, whose temple we are,
on the mountain of thj truth, let our subilme edifice displaj
its glorj. Let the eje of the master meet the sun of light
as he enters. Let the grater lights bj the help of the less,
illuminate the whole scene of his dutj, and of his pleasure.
Behold us with thy brightness at this hour leading this
secret into thj temple. Like the temple let him be beautious
without and all glorious within. Do thou let his son be capa-
cious as thj truth, and his affections as pure as the serene
heavens when the silent moon gives her light. Let him,
obejas the sun who labors until perfect daj with increasing
strength; and let the purposes of his heart be as the stars
that tell of worlds unknown; and are notices of boundless be-
nevolence. Let him move like the heavenlj orbs in harmonj;
and should he stretch across the Universe maj he disturb*
no soul in his course. Within this temple maj he be as sa-
cred as the alter, sweet as the insence, and pure as the most
holj place. Among the ministering servants rnaj he be readj
as an angel of God, and faithful as a beloved son. And when
his service is finished, maj his memory be celebrated by love
on the durable-monuments of eternitj; and his reward in the
silen'. calm jojs of heaven, be sure from the hand of God,
the grand master of us all."
After prajer, the master places his hand on the candidate's
head, says in whom do jou put jour trust? lie answers in
G xl. Then the master takes him bj the right hand, and
*'J'his alludes to the Candidate, that should be ever be called on,
to kidnap an anti-mason, and afterwards be pursued, and be likely
tosulier the penalty of the laws of the land, and compelled to cross
liie sea as Howard had to do, that he may never run against a brother*
Freemason.
the.!World's wonder.
says, your trust being in God, your faith is well founded.
Arise! follow your leader and fear no danger.
They then conduct the candidate quickly rouud the lodge,
with the sun, during which the master is seated and reads:
"Behold how good and how pleasant it is to dwell to-
gather in unity." It is like precious oin tment upon the head
that ran down upon the beard, even Aaron's beard, that went
down the skirts of his garmfets. As the dew fo Hermon, and the
dew that descended upon the mountains of Zion: for the
Lord commanded the blessing even life forever more. [Cross,
chart, page 12.] By this time the reading is finished and
the candidate has made three evolutions, round the lodge,.he
is halted at the junior warden's in the south, and caused to
make the regular alarm of three distinct raps, when the same
questions are asked, and answers returned, as at the door.
When the junior warden directs him to the senior warden in
the west, where the same questions are asked, and answers
returned as before. ' „
The junior war leu then direct-shim to the worshipful master
in the west, where the same questions arc asked, and'answers
returned in like manner, &c.
The worshipful master then inquires, from whence came you?
Senior deacon-says,# from,the west.
W. M. Where are you travelling?
S. D. A. To the'east.
W. M. Q. Why do you leave the west and travel to the east?
S. D, In search of light.
Themaster then says since this is the case, you will conduct
him back to the west, and place him in the care ofthe senior
warden, who will teach him to approach the east, the place
of light, with one regular and upright step to the first step of
masonry, with his body erect, his feet forming a right an-
gle, of an oblong-square. lie will then kneel in due form
in order that to take upon himself the solemn oath and ob-
ligation of an entered apprentice mason.
The senior warden receives the candidate at his place, andj
leads him up to the hall or lodge, to within about two paces oil
the alter, and stops. Then he directs the candidate to stepj
off a full step with his left foot, and bring up the right ana
place the heel thereofin the hollow of the foot, sothat the feet
stand at right angles. Then he steps off with his right foot
*The candidate is prompted, to answer all the questions by the
senipr deacon or are answered by him throughot the ceremonies.
THE WORLH?S WONDER.
ana Kneels upon tns leit Knee,. Dy tnat means,his lelt Jorros a
square, and his right knee also forms a square. -
Then his left hand is placed with the palm up,, under the
Holy Bibl, the square and compasses, (resting upon the alter)
and his right hand rests on them. The senior deacon says,
worshpiful, the candidate is placed at the alter in due form
to receive the solemn oath and ^ligation of an entered ap-
prentice mason. The worshipful master now gives three rap#
with his gavel.
At this signal all the brethren form a circle as near the
candidate as their numbers will admit. In breathless silence
they approach so as to not apprize the candidate of their
movements. The master now addresses the candidate:-—
Mr. Easy wit, you are kneeling at the alter of masonry, for
the first lime in your life. Before we can communicate to
you the mysteries of masonry, you must take an obligation
that you will never reveal the secrets of the order. The
worshipful master, then says, I assure you as a man and as a
mason, and as a master of this lodge, that it will not interfer
in any way with the duty you owe to your country or your
Maker. Now if you are willing you will proceed, and repeat
your christian and sir-name, and say after me.
The candidate then begins: I John Easy wit.
The worshipful master, administers the oath, sentence by
sentence, and the candidate repeats his name and the oath
thus:—
M. Of my own free will and accord—
Can. Of my own firee will and accord.
"1 John Easywit, of my own free will and accord, in pres-
ence of Almighty God, and this worshipful lodge of free and
accepted masons, erected to God, and dedicated to the Holy
St. John's, do hereby and hereon, most solemnly and several-
ly promise and swear, that I will always hail, ever conceal?
and never reveal, any part or parts, art or arts, point or points,
of the secret arts and mysteries, of ancient Freemasonry
whichlhave received&am about to receive, or may hereafter
be instructed in, to any person or persons,in tho known world;
except it be to a true and lawful brother mason, or within
the body of a just and lawfully constituted loo ge of such; and
net unto him or unto them, whom I shall hear so to be, bat
unto him and them' only, whom I shall find so to be; after
strict and due examination, or lawful information. Further-
24
THE WORLD'S WONDER,
more I do promise and swear, that I will not write, paint,
stamp, fctain cut, carve, indent, print or engrave it, on any
thing movebje, or immoveable, under the whole canopy ofheav-
en; whereby or whereon the least figure, character, mark,
stain, shadow, or resemblance of the same may become legi-
ble, or intelligible to myself, or any other person, in the
known world; whereby ttn^ecrets of masonry may be unlaw*
fully obtained through my unworthiness. To all of which I
do most solemnly, and severally, promise and swear, without
the least equivocation, mental reservation, or self-evasion of
mind in me, whatever; binding myself under no less penally,
than to^ave my throat cut a cross, from ear to ear, my tongue
torn out by the root, and my body burried in the rough sounds
of the sea where the tide ebbs and flows twice in twenty-four
hours a cable-tow's length from the«hore, at low water mark,
so help me God, and keep me steadfast in the due perform-
ance of the same.."
You will kiss the book in token of your sincerity on which
your hand rests. [The candidate then kisses the Bible.]
W. M. Q. What do you most desire in your present con-
dition ?
Can A. By his prompter, light.
W. M. Says brethren will you stretch forth your hands and
assist in bringing the candidate from darkness to true masonic
light? ■
"And God said let there be light and there was light."
Some brother standing near the candidate for the purpose,
at these words strips the bandage from his eyes, and at the
same instant the brethren give the grand shock. Thist'grand
shock" is given by the brethren claping their hands and
stamping with their feet at the instant the bandage is removed
from the candidate's eyes.
Some candidates after they have even bowed at the alter,
suspect it to be some kind ofintrigue thafs going tobe pamed
upon them; and request the brethren to let them withdraw;
but in vain! For they are inclosed within the door, a sentinel
placed on the outside with a drawn sword; he is literally
roped up or bound fast by the neck, whh the cable-tow; and
guarded within an entire circle of Jocclases, who are ready
to -coerse him into masonry, notwithstanding his entreaties to
retire. Strange! strange! to seduce a man in to a room by
telling him soft stories, and when he becomes din atisfied with
a routine of unmeaning ceremonies, thathesLruld becompell-
THE WORLD'S WONDfcJl.
35
ed to obligate himself by a solemn oath to perform, he
knows not what, but being over powered he is constrained to
submit. The alter of masonry has ever been the place from
whose bourn no frighted and declining candidate has ever
had the fortune to return. k These things all transpire under
the shadows of night masked with unity and brotherly love:
appear to the world in wisdom^ garb. Assume the greatness
of St. Paul, at least by assaying to bring them from darkness
to light, and give their coersive ceremonies; the unappropri-
ate appellation of freedom and deep frought knowledge in
mysteries and before the common vulgar eulogies the
excellency of their rights, and wisdom in poetic language
thus:
"Come into our lodges,
And we'll make you more wise,
We were all in the dark,
Till they open'd our eyes."
When the candidate is brought to light, the master address-
es him as follows: On being brought to light brother, yon
first discover the three great lights in masonry by the assist-
ance of the representatives of the three lesser. The three
great lights in masonry are the Iloly Bible, square and com-
passes; and are explained thus: The Holy Bible is given to
us as a rule and guide to our faith and practice; the square,to
square our actions; and the compass to keep us in due bounds
with all mankind; but more especially with the brethren.
"These three burning tapers standing in a triangular form,
are the representatives of the three lesser lights in masonry.
They represent the sun, moon, and master of the lodge, and
teach us this important lesson, viz. as the sun rules the day,
and the moon illuminates and governs the night, so ought the
worshipful master to endeavor to rule and govern his lodge."
Then the master steps a few paces and the senior deacon ad-
dresses the candidate as follows: You see the worshipfnl mas-
ter now approaching you from the east, under the step, siga,
and due-gard of an entered apprenfice mason. Then the mas-
ter steps off with his left foot, brings the heel of the right into
the hollow thereof, so that his feet form a right angle. Then
gives the sign and due-gard, as before described, and lie ex.
plains them to the candidate. [See plate 4, fig. 1, 2,] As
the -master advances to the candidate, says.—In token of
friendship and brotherly love, I now present you with my right
3
26
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
hand; and with it you will receive the grip and word ofaa
entered apprentice mason. Take me as I take you. [Se£
-plate 4, fig. 6.} As you are not instructed, brother senior dea-
con, will you answer for him?
W. M. What is that?
S. D. A grip.
W. M. A grip of what?
S. D. The grip of ah entered apprentice mason.
W. M. Has it a name?
S. D. It has.
W. M. Will you give it to me?
S. D. I did not so receive it, neither can I so impart if.
W. M. What will you do with it?
S. D. Letter it, or halve it.
W. M. Halve it, and begin.
S. D. You begin.
W. M. Begin you.
S. D. Bo
W. M. Az.
S. D. Boaz.
The master says, right brother Boaz. I greet you. [It is
the name of the left hand pillar of the poarch of King Sol-
omon's temple. Arise brother Boaz, and salute the senior
and junior wardens, and convince them that you have been
regularly initiated as an entered apprentice mason, and have
got the sign, grip, and word.
Then the master returns to his seat, while the wardens are
examining the candidate, and gets a lamb'^ skin, or white
apron, and presentsit to the candidate, saying, brother,I now
present you with a lamb's skin or white apron. It has been
worn by Kings, Princes, and Potentates of the earth, who
have never been ashamed to wear it. It is an emblem of in-
nocence, and the badge of a mason. It is more honorable
thanthediadem ofKings, or the peralsof princes; when worthi
lyworn. Itisas ancientthegoldenfleece,orRomaneagle;more
honorable than the Star and Garter, or any other order that
can be confered at this or any other time, except it be by a
just & lawfully constituted lodge. You will carry it to the
senior warden in the west, who will teach you how to wear it,
as an entered apprentice mason. Then the senior warden
ties the apron on and turns the flap up, instead of letting it fall
down in front of the top of the apron. In this manner the
'IfHE WORLD*S WONDER.
27
Entered apprentice masons wear, or ought to wear their
aprons, until they are advanced. Now the candidate is con*
ducted to the master, in the east, who says 'brother, as you
are dressed, it is necessarj you should have tools to work
with. I now present you with the working tools of an en*
tered apprentice mason,* which are the twenty-four inch
gage, and common gavel; the^wenty-four inch gage is an
instrument of operative masons, to measure and lay out their
works; but we, as free and accepted .masons, make use of
this for a more noble and glorious purpose. It being divided
into twenty-four equal parts, is emblematical of the twenty-
four hours of the day, which we are taught to divide into
three equal parts; whereby are formed eight hours for the
service of God, and a worthy distressed brother; eight for
!our usual avocations, and eight for refreshment and sleep.
The common gavel is made use of by the operative masons
to break of the corners off the rough stones the better to fit
them for the builder's use; but we as free and accepted
masons use it for the more noble,and glorious1 purpose of
■divesting our hearts and consciences of the vices and superflu-
ities of life; thereby fitting our minds as Jiving stones, for
that spiritual building, that house not made with hands, eter-
«al in the Heavens. Also I present you with a new name,
it is caution. And itteaches you, that you are barely instruc-
ted in the rudiments of masonry, thai you should be cautious
over your words and actions; particularly when before the
enemies of masonry.'
The master then say to the candidate. Brother agreeable
to an ancient custom adopted among all regular masons, it is
necessary that you should be requested todeposite something
in this lodge, of the metalic kind; not for its intrinsic worth
®r value, but that it may be laid up in the archives of the
lodge, as a memorial that you was here made a mason. A
small trifle, will be sufficient; any thing of a metalic kind.
Then the candidate replies I have no money about me. If
y.ou have no money, anything of a metalic nature will do, even
a button will be sufficient. It is known he has no money.
The master says to him search yourself. Then he is .as-
sisted in searching; nothing is found. Perhaps says the mas-
*The master's carpet is placed here before the candidate on the
floor, & the working tools of an entered apprentice mason are pointed
©tit.
28
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
tcr you can borrow a trifle. lie tries to borrow but none wilt
lend to him. Then he proposes to go into the room where his
clothes are, but is not permitted. The candidate if a stranger
is by this time very much embarrassed. [Then says the mas-
ler,j Brother, let this ever be a striking lesson to teach
you, if ever you should see a friend, but more especially a
brother, in a like penniless condition, to contribute as
liberally to his relief as his~&tuation may require, and your
abilities will admit, without materially injuring yourself or
family. Brother (says to senior deacon) will you now conduct
the candidate back from whence he came, and invest him of
what he has been divested; and let hiin return to this lodge
for further instruction. Now the candidate is invested of
what he wasd»vested: returns and is placed in the north-
east corner of the lodge, as the youngest apprentice mason,*
and is then addressed by the worshipful master, as you now
stand a correct and uprght mason,you must ever conduct your-
self as such.' Then he takes his seat. But by the time the
entered apprentice is seated, he is saluted by the secretary
of the lodge, in a very friendly and brotherly manner, who-
wants a little more of the metalic.-—He tells him that four-
teen dollars will do at this time* Now the business of the
odge being about dispatched, the secretary is requested to
read the minutes. Then the master says if there is no more
business^ i win proceed to close, Thea the master of th©
lodge, who of necessity must be a past master, is bound by
the past master's oath, to never close a lodge over which he
may preside, without giving or causing some brother to give
a lecture or a part of one. Now the brethren all resume their
seats as in opening the lodge; and the lecture commences as
follows;
liECTUilE.
SECTION. I:
The worshipful master, asks the following que»-
tions, which are answered by the senior watdeq as
follow:—
*The candidate is conducted sometimes to the east, where the
master is seated on an elevation of three steps. Then he is allowed
to ascend one step, where the master makes the above address;,
THE world's wonder.
29
Q. From whence came you, as an entered appren-
tice mason?
A. From a lodge of the Holy St. John's of Je-
rusalem.
Q. What came you here to do?
A. To learn to subdue my passions" and improve
myself in masonry.
Q. Then I conclude you are a mason?
A. I am so taken, and accepted, among brothers
and fellows.
Q. How do you know you are a mason?
A. By being tried, and never denied, and I am
ready and wilting to be tried again.
Q. How shall I know you to be a mason?
A. By signs, tokens, a, word, and the perfect
points of entrance.
Q. What are signs?
A. Right angles, horizontals, & perpendiculars.*
Q. Will you give me a sign? [See plate 4 fig. 1.]
Q. To what does that sign allude?
A. Might angels allude to the manner in which
my hands were placed when I received the oath and
obligation of an entered apprentice mason, my left
hand supporting the Holy Bible, square & compasses;
ray right baud resting thereon. Horizontals and
perpendiculars, [See plate4fig. l] allude to the pen-
alty of the obligation; when I swore I would have
my throat cut across from ear to ear, my tongue torn
out by the root, and my body buried in the rough
sands of the sea, a cable-tows length from shore, at
low water mark, where die tide ebbs and flows twice
in twenty-four hours.
W. M. Thank yon brother senior warden, and
continues the lecture thus:—
Q. What are tokens?
•See Crow' chart page SL
3*
30
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
A. Certain friendly grips, whereby one brother
can distinguish another, as well in the dark as in the
light.
W, M. Says give me a token. £S,ee plate 4,
fig. 6.]
Here all the following questions are asked by the
master and answed by the senior warden.
Q. What is that?
A. A grip.
Q- A grip of what?
A. A grip of an entered apprentice mason.
Q,, Has it a name?
A. It has.
Q. Will you give it to me?
A. I cannot.
Q. Why?
A. I did not so receive it, neither can I so impart it.
Q. How will you dispose of it?
A. I will halve it, or letter it.
Q. Will you begin and letter it?
A. No, you begin.
The master no, you begin.
The S. W. Then says, A.*
Master, 8. D. or Warden, B;
W. M. O.
S. W. BO.
W. M. AZ.
S. W. Boaz.
Then the worshipful master says right brother
Boaz, I greet you.
They then, proceed in their questions, & answers
as before. [a mason?]
W. M. Q. Where was you first prepared to be
A. In my heart.
Q. Where secondly?
A. In a room adjacent to the body of a just and
lawfully constituted lodge.
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
31
Q,. Will you relate the manner of your preparat
tion?
A. I was divested of all metalic substance; neither
naked nor clothed, barefoot, nor shod, hood-winked;
witha cable-tow aboutmy neck; in which situation,!
was led to the door of the lodge, by one whom I after-
wards found to be a brother.
Q, How did you know it to be a door? you being
at the same time hood winked?
A. First by meeting resistance and afterwrads ob-
taining entrance.
Q. How did you gain admission?
A. By three distinct'knocks without, which were
answered from within by three.
Q. What was asked then?
A. The following questions, who comes here?
who comes here? who comes here?
Q. Your answer?
A. One who long has desired to be brought from
darkness, to light, and wishes to receive and enjoy
part of the rights & benefits of this worshipful lodge,
erected to God, and dedicated to the Holy St. John's
as all true fellows and brothers have done who hav«
gone this way before me.
Q. What was said further to you?
A. Is it of your own free will, and accord?
A. It is.
Q. Is he duly and truly prepared?
A. He-is.
Q. Is he worthy, and well qualified?.
A. He is.
Q. Is he of lawful age, and sufficiently vouched for?
A. He is.
* Always begin with the letter A. For this reason the name of
thq first grip used to he Jachin, as revealed in the Book called "Jaeh-
in and Boaz."
32
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
R- By what further right or benefit, does he ex-
pect to obtain this favor?
[By your answer?]
A. By being a man free born, of good rej)ort^ and
well recommended,
Q. What then was said?
A. Let him wait until the worshipful master be in-
formed of his request, and his answer returned.
Q. What answer was returned?
A. Let him enter and be received in due form.
Q. What was that due form?
A. I was received upon a sharp pointed instru-
ment piercing my naked left breast.
Q. What then was said to you?
Q. 1)q you feel any thing?
Your answer?
I do. A goad.
Q. What was said to you then?
A. As this goad is a torture to your flesh so may
the rceollection^be to your mind, and conscience, and
instant death in case you should revolt.
Q. How then was you disposed of?
A. I was conducted near the center of the lodge
and there caused to kneel for the benefit of the lodge
prayer.
(j>. What was said to you at the close of prayef?
A. I was asked in whom I put my trust?
Q. What was your,answer? '
A. I trust in God
Q. In what manner was you then disposed of?
A. I was told my trust being in God, my faith
was well founded. And being taken by the right
hand, I was ordered to arise follow my leader and
fear no danger.
Q. Where was you then conducted to by yourleader?
A. I was then conducted three times round the lodge
world's wonder.
m
to the junior warden in the south, where the same
questions were asked and answers returned as at the
door. '
Q. What disposial did the junior warden make of
you?
A. He directed me to the worshipful master in the
east. Where the same questions were asked and
answered as before.
Q. What did the worshipful master say to you?
A. He ordered me to be conducted back to the west
from whence I came and to be putin care of the sen-
ior warden, who would direct me how to approach
the east, the place of true masonic light, by advanc-
ing upon one upright regular step, to the first step of
masonry, my feet forming the right angle of an ob-
long square, my body erect at the alter before tb«
worshipful master.
Q. How did the worshipful master then dispose of
you?
A. He made me a mason in due form.
A Wu-i •• • - _
no.*, was that due form?
A. I kneeled upon my naked left knee, my right
forming a square; my left hand supporting the Holy
Bible, square and compasses; my right resting there-
on. This is the situation in which I was placed
when I took upon myself the solemn oath and obli-
gation of an entered apprentice mason, which was at
follow:—[Here the obligation and oath are repeated,
[See page 23.] _
Q. After you had received the obligation what was
then said to you?
What do yo most desire?
A. Light.
Q. Did you receive light?
A. I was brought from darkness to light by order*
*ll is word y of observatu n that the master almost universally or-
iters the subordinate officers and brethren instead of requesting them.
u
the world's wonder.
of the worshipful master and the assistance of the
brethren.
Q, After you was brought to light; what did you
first discover?
A. The three great masonic lights, by the assist*
ance or representatives of the three lesser.
Q. What were those three greatlights, in masonry?
A. The Holy Bible, square and compasses.
Q. How were they explained?
A. The Holy Bible was given us as a rule to guide
our faith; the square to square our actions; and the
compasses to keep us in due bounds with all man-
kind but more especially with a brother mason.
Q. What were the three lesser lights?
A. Three burning candles or tapers.
Q. What did they represent?
A. The sun, moon, and worshipful master.
Q. In what manner were they explained?
A. As the sun with regularity rules the day, and
the moon governs the night, so the worshipful master
ought to govern his lodge.
Q. What next did you discover?
A, The right worshipful master.approaching me
from the east, under the step, sign and due-gard of
an entered apprentice mason, who presented his right
hand to me, in token of esteem and brotherly love,'
and proceeded to give me the grip and word of an en-
Aered apprentice mason, and bid me arise and salute
the junior and senior wardens, and.convince them
that I was an entered apprentice mason.,
:Q. What did you then discover.^
A. The worshipful master approaching me from
the east, a second time who presented me with a lamb-
skin, or white leather apron, which he said was the
badge of a mason and emblem of innocence: that it
had been worn by Kings, Princes, and Potentates
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
35
of the earth-, that it was more anceient than the gold-
den fleece, or Roman eagle; more honorable than the
star, and garter, or any other order, that could be
confreed on me, at that, or any time hereafter, by
King, Prince, Potentate, or any other person, except
he be a mason; and bade me carry it to the senior
warden in the west, who wouid teach me how to wear
it, as an entered apprentice mason.
Q. What was next presented to you?
A. An entered apprentice mason's working tools.
Q. What were they?
A. The common gavel, & the twenty-four inch gage.
Q. How were they explained.
A. The twenty-four inch gage is used as an in-
strument to measure and lay out work by operative
masons, but we as free and accepted masons, are
taught to make use of it, for the more glorious and
honorable purpose of dividing our time.
The twenty four inches on the gage, are emblem-
atical of the twenty-four hours of the day, which we
are taught to divide into three equal parts; whereby
we find eight hours for usual vocations, eight for the
service of God, and eight in which we are to visit or
alleviate a worthy distressed brother, and sleep.—
The common gavel is an instrument used by opera-
tire masons, to break off the corners of rough stones,
the better to fit them for the builders use: but we as
✓ 7
free and accepted masons are taught to make use ofit
for a more noble & glorious purpose, of divesting our
hearts and conciences of all the vices and superflu-
ities of lite; thereby fitting our minds as living stones
for that spiritual building,.that house eternal in the
heavens not made with hands.
Q. What next was you presented with?
A. A new name.
Q. What was that new name?
36
the world's wonder.
A. Caution.
Q. What does that teach?
A. As I was barely instructed in the rudiments of
masonry it taught me .that I should he cautious over
all my words, and actions, especially when in the
presence of anti-masons.
Q. With what was you next presented?
A. Three precious jewels.
Q. What were they?
A. Alistning ear, a silent tongue & afaithful heart.
Aliening ear, teaches me to listen to the in-
structions of the worshipful master, hut more especial-
ly to the cries of a worthy distressed brother. A
silent tongue teaches me to be silent in the lodge, that
the peace and harmony thereof may not be disturbed;
but more especially before the enemies of masonry.
A faithful heart teaches me that I should keep and
conceal the secrets of masonry, and those of a broth-
er when delivered to me in charge as such; that they
may remain as inviolable in Riy breast as in his own,
before revealed to me.
Q, What was you presented with next?
A. The check-word of the grand master.
Q, What was that?
A. "Truth."
Q. How was that explained to you?.
A. Truth is the' foundation of all virtues, it is a
divine attribute: the first lesson we are taught in ma-
sonry; is to be good and true. We contemplate on
this theme, and by its dictates endeavor to regulate our
conduct; and so long as we are influenced by this
principle; deceit and hypocrisy are unknown among
us. Honesty and plain dealing will distinguish us;
the heart and tongue will mutually join in promoting
each others welfare, and rejoicing in each others
prosperity.
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
37
Q. What followed then?
A. The worshipful master in the east madeade-
mand of me of something of the metalic kind, which
he said was not so much on account of its value, as
that it might be deposited in the archives of the lodge,
as a memorial that I had therein been made a mason,
but upon strict search I found myself entirely desti-
tute.
Q. How did the worshipful master then dispose of
•you?
A. He ordered me to be conducted out of the
lodge, and to be^ invested, of what I had been divest-
ed, and return for further instructions.
Q. How was you disposed of after you returned?
A. I was conducted to the north-east corner of the
lodge, and there caused to stand upright like a man,
my feet forming a square, and received a solemn in-
junction, ever to walk uprightly before God, and
man, and in addition thereto, received the following
charge: [For this charge see masonice chart.]
SECTION, II.
The worshipful master then Says, Brother, you have satisfi-
ed me as respects your initiation, but there remains many
things, yet unexplained: therefore I should like to know the
reason why you was divested of all metalic substances.
A. because masonry regards no man on account of his world-
ly wealth or honors; it is therefore the internal and not the ex-
ternal qualifications that recommends a man to masons.
Q. A second reason?
A. Because there was not heard the sound of a hammer,
an axe, or any other metal tool, at the building of King Sol-
omon's Temple.
Q. How could such a splendid edifice be erected without
the sound of an axe, or hammer, or any other metal tool?
A. The stones were all prepared being completely hewed,
squared, and numbered in the quarries where'they were raised,
4
33
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
all the timbers fitted and prepared in the forest of Lebanon,
and carried down to Joppa on floats, and taken from
thence up to Jerusalem, and set up with wooden mauls pre-
pared for that purpose: which when completed, every part
thereof with such exact nicety, that it had more the resemb-
lance of the Workmanship of the Supreme architect of the
Universe, than of human hands.
Q. Why was you neither naked nor clothed?
A. As I was an object of distress at that time, it was to
keep me in mind that if ever I saw a friend, but more
especially a brother in like distressed condition, that I should
make as liberal contribution, for his relief as his situation
might require, or my abilities would admit, without materi-
ally injuring myself or family.
Q. Why was you neither barefooted nor shod?
A, An ancient Israelitish custom was adopted among
masons; and we read in the book of Ruth, concerning their
mode and manner of redeeming, and changing, 'for to con-
firm all things, a man plucked off his shoe and gave it to his
neighbor, and this was testimony, in Israel,' This then, we
do in confirmation of a token, and as a pledge of our fidelity,
thereby signifying that we will renounce our own will in all
things, and yield obidience to to the laws of our ancient in-
stitutions.
Q. Why was you hood-winked.
A. That my heart might be taught secrecy, before my
eyes had looked upon the beauties of Masonry.
Q. A. second reason.
A. As I was at that time in darkness, it was to teach me that
I should keep the whole world so with respect to Masonry.
Q. Why had you a cable-tow around your neck?
A. For two reasonsfirst, in case of revolt had I not sub-
mitted to the manner of the institution and made off from my
initiation. That I might have been led out of the lodge
without seeing the form and beauties thereof. And secondly.
if I had recanted before I had entered into obligations and
made my escape, the people in the streets would have thought
me a crazy or a mad man; and some worthy brother mason
might have known my situation, & would have led me back to
the lodge.
Q. Why did you give three distinct knocks at the door?
A. to let the worshipful master, wardens and brethren,
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
39
know that a poor blind candidate desired admission.
Q. What did these three distinct knocks allude to?
A, It alludes to a passage in scriptuie wherein it says "ask
and it shallbe given, seek and ye shall find, knock and it
shall be opened unto you."
Q. How did you then apply this to your situation in masonry?
A. As I asked the recommendations of a friend to become
a mason, on those recdmendations I sought admission, I
knocked and the door of masonry was opened to me.
Q. Why was you caused to enter on the point of some
sharp instrument, pressing your naked left breast.
A. As this goad was a torture to my flesh, so might the
recollection of it ever be to my heart' and conscience if I
should be tempted to reveal the secrets of masonry unlawfully.
Q. Why was you conducted.to the center of the lodge and
there caused to kneel for the benfit of prayer?
A. As I was entering on a subject of great moment & of the
utmost importance, it was highly necessary, that divine aid
should be emplored.
Q. Why was you asked in. whom you put your trust?
A. No Atheist could be a mason under our ancient institu-
tion, it was therefore necessary that I should profess a be-
lief in God; otherwise no oath or obligation whatever could
be obligatory on me.
Q. Why did the worshipful master take you by the right
hand, and bid you rise follow your leader and fear no danger?
A. As I at that hme was in darkness, and could neither fore-
see nor avoid danger, and to remind me that I was in the hands
of an eflectionate fried, in whose constancy and fidelity I
might confide.
Q. Why was you conducted round the lodge three times
regularly? .
A. In order that the worshipful master, wardens, and breth-
ren should be informed that I was truly, and duly prepared.
Q. Why did you meet with those several obstructions on
the way?
A. As this, and every other lodge is, or ought to be a rep-
resentation of King Solomon's Temple, which when.comple-
ted, it had guards at the east, west, and south gates.
Q. Why were guards stationed at those several gates?
A. In order to prevent any from passing or repassing that
were not duly and truly qualified.
40
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
Q. Why did you bow on your left knee and not on your
right or both?
A. As the left side has ever been considered the weakest
part of the body, it was therefore to remind me that the part
I was about taking upon me, was the weakest part of mason-
ry,it being only that of an entered apprentice.
Q. Why was your right hand placed upon the Holy Bible,
square, and compasses, and not your left or both?
A. The right hand has long been, considered the seat of
fidelity, and our ancient brethren worshiped a God, under
the appellation of "Fides;" which has been represented
sometimes by two right hands joined together; at others, by
two human fingers holding each other by the right hand;
therefore we use this in our great and important undertaking
t® signify in the strongest manner possible, the sincerity of
our intentions in the business in which we were engaged.
Q. For what purpose did the worshipful master present
you with a lamb-skin or white apron?
A. In all ages the lamb-skin has been deemed an emblem
of innocence; he therefore that wears the lamb-skin, as a
badge of a mason, is thereby continually reminded of the
purity of life and rectitude of conduct, which is so essen-
tially necessary to our having admission into the Celestial
lodge above, where the great Architect of the Universe
presides.
- Q. Why did the master demand something of the metalie
kind of you?
A. As I at that time was in a poor penniless condition it
w as to remind me if ever I saw a friend, but especially a
brother,in a like penniless sicuation, that I ought to make
as liberal a contribution to relieve him as my abilities would
admit, or his situation require,' without material injury to
myself or family.
Q. Why. was you conducted to the north-east corner of
the lodge, and there like a man in an upright position, your
feet forming a square; at the same time receiving a solemn
charge, to walk and act uprightly ^before God and man?
A. The first stone in every masonic edifice, is, or ought to '
be placed in the north-east corner, in as much as that is the
place where the entered apprentice mason receives his first
instructions to build his future masonic edifice upon.
the world's wonder,
41
SECTION. III.
Q. What constitutes a lodge, as I have been saying much
about one? ' ' ' , ■ •
A, A certain number of free and accepted masons, duly as*
sembled in a room, or place, with the Holy Bible, square, and
compass, and other masonic implements, having a charter
from the grand lodge impowering them to work. -
Q. -Where-did your ancient brethren meet, before the
■erection of lodges? ■ -
A. On" the highest summits, or in the lowest vales.
W. M. Why on the highest lulls, and in the lowest vales?
S. W. A. The better to guard against enemies, and cow-
ans, either ascending or defending, that the brethren might
have timely -notice thereof, and to prevent being -surprised.
Q. What is the form of a Lodge?
Ai An oblong square.
Q. How long? - •
A. From east to west.
Q. What is its width?
A. From North to South.
i£. How high?
A. From the earth's surface to the highest heaven.
Q. How deep? -
A. From the center to the surface.
Q. What is the support of your lodge? .
A. Three large pillows or columns.
Q. What are they called?'
A. >Strength? Wisdom, end beauty,
' Q. Why arc-they so called?
A. Because it is necessary there should be wisdom to con-
trive, strength to support, and beauty to adorn all great and
important undertakings, but more especially this our masonic
fabric.
Q. Has your Lodge a covering?
A. The clouded canopy, or star-decked heavens, makes its
covering above, where all good masons hope to arrive.
Q. By what means do they hope to arrive there?
A. By the assistance of Jacob's Ladder.
Q. How many principal rounds has it?
.4*
THE WORLDS WONDER.
A. Three.
Q. What are their names?
A. Faith, Hope, Charity.
. Q. What do they teach?
A. Faith in God, Hope in immortality, and Charity to all
mankind.
Q. What furniture has your lodge?
A. It has the Holy-Bible square, and compasses.
Q. To whom are they dedicated ?
A. the Holy Bible to God, the square to the worshipful
master, and the compasses to the craft.
Q. How are they explained? ,
A. the Bible to God, it being the inestimable gift of God
to man, for his instructions, to guide him through the rugged
paths of life; the square to the master, it being the proper
emblem of his office; the compasses to the craft, by a due
attention to which, we are taught to limit our desires, curb
our ambition, subdue our irregular appetites and keep our
passions in due bounds with aft mankind, but more especially-
with the brethren.
Q. Has your lodge ornaments?
A. It has; the chequered or Mosaic pavement; the inden-
ted tassel, that beautiful tasselated border which surrounds
it; with the blazing star in the centre
Q. What do they represent?
A. The Mosaic, or ehequred pavement, represents this
world, which, though ehequred over with good and evil, yet
brethren may walk together thereon and not stumble—the in-
dented tassel, with the blazing star in the centre, the manifold
blessings and comforts with which we are surrounded in this
life, but more especially those which we hope to enjoy hereaf-
ter—the blazing star, that prudence which ought to appear
conspicuous in the conduct of every mason, but more especial-,
iy commemorative of the star which appeared in the east, to
guide the wise men to Bethlehem, to proclaim the birth and
presence of the .son of God. «
Q. How many lights are there in your lodge?
A. Three.
Q. Where are they situated f
A. East, west, south.
Q. Are there none in the north ?
A. There are none.
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
43
Q. Why so?
A. Because this and every other lodge is or ought to he a
true representation of King Solomon's temple, which was sit-
uated north of the ecliptic; the sun and moon, darting their
rays from the south, no light was expected from the north; we,
therefore term the north a place of darkness masouically.
Q. How many jewels has your lodge?
A. Six, three of which are moveable, and three are im-
moveable.
Q. What are the three moveable jewels? •
A. The square, level, and plumb.
Q. What do they teach?
A. The square, mortality; the level, equality; and the
plumb rectitude of conduct in life.
, Q. What are the three immoveable jewels?
A. The rough ashlar; the perfect ashlar and the trestle-
board.
Q. What are they ?
A. The rough ashler is a stone in its rough an natural
state; the perfect ashler is also a stone made ready by the
working tools of the fellow craft, to be-adjusted in the build-
ing; and the trestle-board is* for the master to draw his plans
and designs upon, . ' '
Q. What do they represent?
A. The rough ashlar is a representative ofrnanin his rude
natural and anti-masonic state. The perfect ashlar is also a
representative of roan in his perfect masonic state in this
world; and an emblem of that perfection to which we all
hope to arrive by means of a virtuous life, education, and our
own endeavors aided by the blessing of heaven.
In the erection of our temporal building, we pursue the
plans and designs laid down by the master workman on the
trestle-board; but in erecting our spiritual building, we pur-
sue the plans and designs laid down by the supreme Geome-
trician of the Universe, the book of nature which we masonic-
ally, term our spiritual trestle-board.
Q. Whom did you serve?
A. My master.
Q. How long?
A. Six days.
Q. With what did you serve him?
A. With fervency* freedom, and zeaU
44
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
Q. What do the)' represent?
A. Charcoal, clay, and chalk.
Q. Why so?
A. There is nothing freer than chalk; the slightest torn h
of which leaves a trace behind; nothing more fervent then
charcoal; for when properly heated, it will cause the moA
obdurate metals to yield; nothing more zealous than clay, cr
earth to bring forth.
Q. What is the situation of your lodge?
A. It is situated, due east and west.
Q. Why?
A. Because the sun rises in the east, and sets in the west.
Q. A second reason?
A. Because the gospel was preached first in the east and
is spreading to the west.
Q. Can 3 0U give ■•me a third reason ?
A. BecauseJhc liberal arts and sciences began in the east
and are extending to the west.
Q. A fourth reason?
A. Because ail Chapels, and Churches are, or ought to he
so situated.
Q. Why are all chapels and churches so situated?
A. Because King Solomon's temple was so situated.
Q. Why was the temple of King Solomon so situated?
A. After Moses had conducted the children of Israel
throug the Red Sea, by divine command, erected a tabernacle
to God; and placed it due east and west; which was to be a
commemoration of that mericulous deliverance; wrought by
that east wind and to be esteemed as such to the latest p6s-
terity; this was also an exact rnodel of Solomon's temple.
And that every well regulated and governed lodge is or
ought to be so situated. ■
A?. To whom, did your ancient brethren dedicate their
lodges?
A. To King Solomon.
Q. Why ?
A. Because King Solomon was our most ancient grand-
tna9ter. . . • ,
Q. To whom do masons now dedicate their lodges?
A. To St. John the Baptist, and St. John the evangelbt.
Q. Why? '
A. Because they were two of the most eminent christian
THE WORLD'S WONDER..
45
patrons of masonry; and since their time, in every well reg-
ulated and governed lodge, there has been a certain point
within the circle, which circle is bounded on the east and west,
by two perpendicular lines, representing the anniversary of
St. John the Baptist, and St. John the Evangelist; who were,
perfect parallels, in masonry as well as in Christianity; on
the vertex of which rests the. Holy Bible supporting Jacob's
ladder, which is said to perpetuate the watery clouds; and in
passing round this circle, we naturally touch on both these
perpendicular parallel lines, as well as the.Holy Bible; and
while a mason keeps himself thus circumscribed he cannot
err materially. [See Cross's chart, plate 10 ]
O what latitude!!!
Now the lecture being ended, some brother proposes that
the lodge be closed.
W. Si. Says, if there is no more business before us we
shall proceed to close the lodge.
If nothing further be offered, the master gives one rap
with his gavel, which brings the junior deacon on his feet,Jhe
master addresses him as follows, by questions, which are an-
swered by thejuhior deacon, as the preceding questions were
by the senior warden.
Q. Brotherjunior what is the last as well as the first care
of congregated masons.
A. To see the lodge ty led.
Q. Will you attend to that part of your duty and inform
the tyler, that we are about to close the lodge of entered ap-
prentice masons?
S. D A. Yes, and steps to the door and informs, the tyler
that the lodge is about to be closed, & directs him totyleaccor-
dingly; he returns to his seat,and says worshipful we are tyled.
Q. How tyled?
A. With brotherly love and secrecy; also a brother of this
degree without the door with a sword drawn in his hand.
Q. What is his duty ?
A. To keep off eaves-droppers and cowans,* to see that
*<JoWj*Ni —it is difficult to ascertain the true etymology of th s
word, it is thought to be a word of French origin, and was written
C ouin 1 owever I believe Noah Webster, and all his predecessors
are silent respecting it. It is used by masonic poets to express a
want of intellect in all who chose to roam in anti-masonic darkness;
against the approach of whose.vUlgar feet the tyler is straigh ly charg-
ed to watch.
46
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
none pass or repass, only such'as have permission from
the chair, and are duly and truly qualified.
The master says, where is the senior deacon's place in the
lodge?
S. D. At the right, in front of the senior warden in the west.
W. M. Your duty there brother senior.
A. To carry messages from the senior warden in the west,
to the junior warden in the south; and elsewhere about the
lodge, as he may direct.
Q. Where is the senior deacon's place in the lodge?
A. At the right, in front of the worshipful master in the east.
Q. Brother senior your duty there?
A. To carry messages from the worshipful master in the
east to the senior warden in the west; and elsewhere about
the lodge, as he may direct; and assist in preparing and inn
tinting of candidates to welcome & clothe alt visiting brethren.
Q. Where is the secretary's station in the lodge?"
Sec. A. At the left hand of the worshipful master in the east.
Q. What is your duty there brother secretary ?
Sec. A. To reduce to record, the doings of the lodge; collect
all monies; pay it over to the treasurer, and keep a true and
correct account of the same.
Q. Where is the treasurer's place in the lodge?
Tres. A. At the right hand of the worshipful master in the
east.
Q. What is your duty there brother.
T. A. To receive all money from the hand of the secretin
ry; keep a true and correct account of the same, and pay
it out by oider of the worshipful master, with the consent of
the brethren.
Q. Where is the junior war-dens place in the londge?
J. W* A. Worshipful in the south.
W. M. Your duty there brother Junior?
J. W. As the sun is in the south at high twelve, which is
tlie glory and beauty of the day, so stands the senior warden
in the south to call the craft from labor to refreshment, and
from refreshment to labor; 'that the worshipful master may
have pleasure and profit thereby.
W. M. Where is the senior wardens place in the lodge?
/\. In the west worshipful.
Q. What is your duty there brother senior?
A. As the Sun sits in the west to'close the day, so stands
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
47
the senior warden in the west, to assist the worshipful master
in opening and closing his lodge, to pay the craft their wa-
ges if any be due; and to see that none go away dissatified.
Q. Where is the worshipful master's place in the lodged
A. In the east worshipful.
Q. Brother senior what is your duty there?
A. As the sun rises in the east, to open and adorn the day,
so rises the worshipful master in the east, to open and close
his lodge. Then the worshipful master rises and says; so
do I, it being my wiil and pleasure that this lodge of entered
apprentice masons be now closed, and stand so until our next
regular meeting, unless convened by some sudden emergen-
cy,* in which case due and timely notice will be given.
Q. Brother senior warden, will you communicate the same'
to the senior warden in the south, in order that the brethren
present, may have due and timely notice thereof, &c?
YES.
Then the senior warden informs the junior warden, and
he informs the brethren as above.
The worshipful master says, attend to the charge brethren ;
which he reads from Cross's chart, or Webb's monitor.
"May the blesssngs of heaven rest upon us, and all regular
masons; may brotherly love prevail and every moral and so-
cial virtue cement us. So mote it be, Amen."
When prayer is closed, the following charge ought to be de-
lived; but it is seldom attended to.
Then the master says to the hrethren. "Brethren we are
now about to quit this sacred retreat of friendship & virtue,
to mix with the world. Amidstits concerns and employments,
forget not the duties which have been so forcibly and frequent-
ly inculcated and recommended in this lodge. Remember
that around this alter, you have promised to befriend and re-
lieve every brother wo may be in* need of your assistance.
Recollecting ycu have promised in the most friendly manner
to remind him of his errors, and aid in a reformortion. These
principles of generosity should extend further; every human
being has a claim to your kind offices. Do good to all. But
recommend it "especially to the household of the faithful."
Finely, be ye all of one mind, live in peace, and the God of
^Emergency. Twould suppose this refers to cases that require a
quick dispatch; as the kidnapping, carrying away, and killing of
WILLIAM MORGAN.
48
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
love and peace delight to dwell with and bless you."
Then the master says, attend, to the signs brethren*
Q. How do masons meet brother junior?
[Here the signs are given,see plate 4th, fig. 1, 2.]
S. W. On the level worshipful.
Q. Brother junior, how do masons part?
A. On the square worshipful.
W. M. Then says, let us so part in the name of the Lord.
EEIXOW CRAFT'S DEO REE.
A part'of the opening and closing ceremonies of
the degree, I shall , omit in as much as they are the
same in the preceding degree, except the difference
in the signs, &c. Which will be explained hereaf-
tor; the least number that is allowed to transact b«-
siness in this degree, is five, viz: the worshipful mas-
ter, senior warden, junior warden, senior deacon, and
junior deacon; yet seven besides the tyler generally
assist, and take their seats as in the entered apprentic-
e's degree.
Then the worshipful master puts on his hat* and
says, I am about to open a lodge of fellow craft ma-
sons in this place for the dispatch of business, I will
thank you for your attention and assistance.
If there are any persons present who. are not fel-
low craft masons, they are requested to retire.
Now the worshipful master resumes his seat and
says brother senior warden, you will please receive
the pass-word in the west, and send it up to the east.
Now the senior and junior deacons repair to the sen-
lor warden in the west, and whisper in his ear, the
pass-word of this rlegree, "shibboleth." The sen-
ior says the word is right in the west, you will re-
ceive it from the brethren and carry it up to the aest.
Then the senior deacon turns to the north, and the
junior deacon to the south; this is the moment to try
cowans, eaves-droppers, & "rusty masons,9" for both
*In each degree of freemasonry the master always wears his hat.
From this circumstance, or usage, a secret question arises, 'Where
does the master hang his hat? A cowan or intruder who had never
satin a lodge would little think he hung it on'nature*^ peg.* This
question is often put to strangers and visiting brethren.
5
SO'
THE WORLD^S WOWDEH*
deacons without ceremony, put their ears to themouifi
of every person in the room, and if in their travels
they meet with one who cannot whisper at low breath,,
the word "shibboleth," he is immediately invited in-
to the preparation room, and a committee appointed
. to examine him.f
The deacons proceed and receive the word from
each person in the lodge, and repair to the master and
whisper in his ear "shibboleth," the'master gives
notice that the word has come up right, and that they
can with safety open the lodge: which being done,
and the minutes of the last meeting read, the master
gives the deacons directions to prepare the candidate
for the second degree of freemasonry. When they
perform their duty, and the senior deacon returns to
his place in the lodge*, the master calls to order, and
the junior deacon makes an alarm of two distinct
knocks on the out side of the door.
S. D. There is an alarm at the door worshipful.
W. M. Attend to the cause of that alarm and
see who comes there. Then the senior deacon ■
steps to the door, and gives two raps on the inside,
which are in answer to those given by the junior
deacon who gives one; the senior deacon does the
same, and partly opens the door and says, "who
comes here? who comes here?" *
J. D. A. A worthy brother, who has been regu-
larly initiated, as an entered apprentice mason, and
now wishes for more light in masonry, by being pass-
ed to the degree of fellow craft.
Then the questions are asked by the master and an-
|The brightest in tbe lodge ar& ordinarily appointed to examine a
stranger, and are generally three in number.
At the commencement of this examination the test oath, is ad-
ministered, and if the stranger is a mason, and understands himself,
he will require the coinmitte to take the. oath with him. Then all
place their hands on the bible, each calling himself by name*
THE WORLD'S WONDERi
51
sweretl by the senior deacon, who is the candidate's
prompter?
W. M. Q,. Is it of your own free will and accord,
you make this request?
A. It is.
Q,- Are you duly and truly prepared?
A. I am.
S. D. Have you made suitable profficiency in the
preceding degree?
A. I have.
Q. S. I). By what further right or benefit, do you
expect to gain admission into this lodge of fellow
craft masons.
A. By the benefit of a pass.
Q,. Have you a pass?
A. 1 have it.
% Will you advance and give it?
When thejunior deacon whispers the word "shib-
boleth," in his ear.
j. D. A, The pass is right.
You will wait until the worshipful master isinfor-
Kted of your request, and his answer returned.
Repeats the following oath: [J. of ray own free will and
accord, in presence of Almighty God, and these witnesses; do so-
Jemnly and sincerely swear, that 1 have been regularly init iated, pas-
sed &c. [as the case might "be,] in a legally constituted lodge of
freemasons, and have never been expelled, or suspended, or know
any cause why f should be; so help me God and keep me steadfast.
[Then they all kiss the book. After the stranger has taken the
oath, he is examined on the Signs, Grips, and Lecture.]
Then the senior deacon repairs to the master, and gives
questions, which are answered by the master; when the same
questions are asked, and answers returned as at the door;
after which the master says, since he comes endued with alt
these necessary qualifications, let him enter this worshipful
lodge in the name of the Lord, and take heed on what he
.enters.
S. J), Says, brother, when you first entered the lodge, you
52
THE WORLD?S WONDER.
was received on the point of the compasses pressing your
naked left breast, which was then explained to yon. Asa
fellow craft mason, we receive yon on the angle of a square,
pressing your naked right breast, which is to teaeh you to act
upon the square with all mankind, but more especially with
a brother mason. Then the candidate is conducted regular-
ly round the lodge.
During his .time of travelling, the master reads the follow-
ing passage of scripture, from Cross's chart.
Amos, VII, 7—8. "Thus he showed me and behold the Lord
stood upon a wall made by a plum line, with a plum line in
his hand. And the. Lord said unto me, Amos, what seest
thou? And I said a plum line. Then said the Lord, behold
I will set a plum line in the midst of my people Isreal; I
will not again pass by them any more."
By the time the master is done reading, the candidate has
made his second revolution round the lodge, and halted at
the junior warden's place in the south, where he gives two
raps, and is answered by two, when the same questions are
asked and answers returned as at thedoof; from thence he is
conducted to the junior, where the same questions are asked,
and answers returned as before; He i's then conducted to the
master in the east, where the same questions are asked,
and answers returned. ' x "
The worshipful master likewise demands, from whence*
came thou?
S. D. From the west. »
W. M. Which way are you travelling?
A. To the east.
Q. Why do you leave the west and travel to the east?
A. In search of true masonic light.
W. M. Since this is the case, you will please conduct the
candidate back to the west, from whence he came and put
him in care of the senior warden, who will teach him how to
approach the east; the place of masonic lights by advancing
upon two upright regular steps to the second step in masonry,
his foot forming the right angle of an oblong square, his body
erect, and cause him to kneel at the alter in due form, to
take the solemn oath, or obligation of a fellow craft" mason.
The senior warden receives the candidate at his place, and
directs him to step off with his left foot as before. And with
his right, fetching up the left & placing it in the hollow there-
f hfc world's wonder*
53
of; the candidate kneels on his right knee, the left forming a
square; his left arm, as far as the elbow in a horizontal posi-
tion, and the rest of the arm in a vertical position, so as to
Form a square; his arm supported by the square held under
his elbow* • -
You are now placed in a proper position to take the solemn
oath, or obligation of a fellow craft mason, which I assure
you, like your former obligation, will -not interfere with
your duty to your county, or your maker.
If you are willing, you will repeat your christian and
surname, and say after me*
J. D. Of. my own free will and accord, in the presence
of Almighty God, and this worshipful lodge of fellow craft
masons, erected to God, and dedicated to the holy St. John's,
do hereby, and hereon, most solemnly, and sincerely promise
and swear in addition to my former obligation, that I will not
give the secrets of this degree, to any of an inferior degree,
nor to any being,in the known world; except, it be to a true
and lawful brother fellow craft mason, or within the body of
a just and lawfully constituted lodge of such, ahd not unto
him or them, whom I shall bear so to be, but unto him and
them only, whom I shall find so to be, after strict trial or law-
ful information.
I furthermore promise and swear, that I will not wrong this
lodge, or any brother of this lodge, out of the value of two
cents, myself, nor suffer it to be done by others, if in my
power to prevent it.
I furthermore promise, and swear, that I will support the
Constitution of the grand lodge of the State, un^er which this
lodge is- held, and conform to all by laws, rules and regulations
of this, or any other lodge of which I may hereafter become
a member*
I furthermore promise and swear, that I will obey all reg-
ular signs, and summons, handed, sent, or thrown to me, by a
fellow craft mason, or from the body of a just and lawfully
constituted lodge of such, if within the length of my cable-tow,
I furthermore promise and swear, that I will be aiding,
and assisting all poor indigent fellow craft masons, their wid-
ows, &orphans,wheresoever dispersed around, the globe, they
applyingt'»ma as such, and I finding them worthy; so far as I
can do it without injury to myself or family. To all of which
I dg most solemnly and sincerely promise, and swear, without
5*
54
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
any hesitation, mental reservation, or self evasion of mind
in me whatever, binding myself under no less penalty than
to have my left breast tornopm, myheart and vitals taken
from thence, thrown over my left shou'derj and carried to the
vally of Jehosaphat, there to become a prey to the wild
beasts of the field, and vultures of the air, should I wilfully
violate, or transgress any part of this my solemn oath, or ob-
ligation of fellow craft masons. So help me God, and keep
me in the due performance of the same. t
Then the master says detach your hands, and kiss the book
twice, [which is the Bible.]
Now the bandage is dropt over the eye of the candidate,
by the senior deacon.
W. M. Brother in your present situation what do you
most desire?
Can. Answers by his prompter, more light in masonry«
W. M. Says brethren will you stretch forth you hands,
and assist in bringing this new-made brother to more light?
After a short pause says:
And God'said let there be light—and there was light.
The senior deacon at this crissis, removes the bandage from
the candidate's eyes, and at the same time, the grand shock
is given as before described.
Then the master says to the candidate:-—Brother, on be-
ing brought to light, what do you discover in this degree dif-
ferent from what you saw in the former? The candidate
pauses for an answer and signifies he sees nothing.
W. M. It is this—you now behold one point of the com-
passes elevated above the square; whereas in the former de-
gree, both points were under the square; this singnifies to you
that you have received more light in masonry; and as the point
is yet hid beneath the square, so are you in darkness as it re-
gards one material point in masonry. Then the master steps
off from the candidate three or four steps, and says, Brother
you now discover me as master of the lodge approaching you
from the east, under the sign and due-gard of a fellow craft
mason. The sign is given by taking hold of the left breast,
with the right hand as though you intended to tare out a
piece of it, then draw your hand with the fingers partly clen-
ched, from the left to the right side, with some quickness,
and dropping it down by your side. The due-gard is given
by raising the left arm until that part of it between the elbow
the world's wonder.
55
and shoulder is perfectly horizontal; and raising the rest of
the arm in a vertical position, so that pare of the arm below
the elbow, and that part above it forms a square. This is
the due-gard. The two are always given together by ma-
sons, and are called the sign and due-gard of a fellow craftf
they would not be recognized by a mason if given separately.
[See plate 4, fig.. -3.] By the .time the master gives his signs,
step, and due-gard, lie arrives at the candidate, and saysf
"Brother, I now present you with mj' right hand, in token of
brotherly love and confidence; and with it the pass-grip and
word of a fellow craft mason*" The pass-grip is given by
taking each other by theT right hand, as though going to shake
hands, and each putting his thumb between the fore and se-
cond fingers, where they join the hand, and pressing the
thumb between the joints. [See plate 4, fig. 7.] The name
of it is shibboleth. Its origin will hereafter be explained.
The pass-grip some give without lettering or syllabling, and
others give it as they do the real grip of a fellow craft mason;
it is given by putting the thumb on the joint of the second
finger, where it joins the hand, and crooking your thumb so
that each can stick the nail ofhis thumb into the joint of the
othef: the name is Jachin. [See plate 4, fig. 8.} After the
master gives.the candidate the pass-grip and their names, he
says, arise, brother Jachin, from a Square to a perpendicular,
go and salute the senior and junior wardens, and convince
them that you have been regularly passed to the degree of a
fellow craft mason. [Then the the candidate gives the fel-
low craffssign, see plate 4, fig. 3.] And after he has saluted
the wardens, he is conducted to the worshipful master in the
east, who says .Brother, I now have the honor of presenting
you with a lamb-skin apron, as before, which I hope you will
continue to wear, with honor to yourself, and satisfaction to
your brethren, you will please carry it to the senior warden
in the west, who will teach you how to wear it, as a fellow
craft mason. The senior warden lies on his apron, and turns
;up one corner of the iowerend, tucks it under the string, and
says, at the building ofK4ng Solomon's temple, the workmen
were distinguised by the manner in which they wore their
aprohs: fellow .crafts wore theirs thus. Then the senior dea-
con conducts his pupil to the master, who by this time has
resumed his seat, in the east, where he has or ought to have
the floor-carpet to assist him in his explanations.
56
fHE.WORLD*S WONMif*
W. M. Brother, as you are dressed, it isnecessafy yoii
should have tools to work with; rI will therefore present you*
with the tools of a fellow craft mason* They are the plum,
Square, and level.
The explanation of the tools* you will find in brother Cross's
Chart page '22. I further present you with three precious
jowels; their names are faith, hope, and charity. They teach
us to have faith, in God, hope in immortality, and charity to
all mankind. The greatest of these three is charity; for
faith may be lost in sight, hope ends in fruition, but charity
extends beyond the grave, through the boundless relms of e-
ternity. Then the candidate is conducted to the pfeparat on
room and invested of what he has been divested, and return
to the lodge for further examination. As lie enters the door
the senior deacon observes, "we are now about to return to
the middle chamber of King Solomon's temple. When with4
in the door the senior deacon proceeds, Brother* we have
wrought in speculative masonry, but our fathers worked both
in speculatve and operative masonry. They worked at King
Solomon's temple and many other Masonic edifices; they
tvrought but six days, in the week and rested the seventh, be4
cause in six days God erected the heavens and the earth, and
rested the seventh day i the. seventh therefore, our ancient
brethren consecrated as a day of rest thereby enjoying more
frequent opportunites to contemplate, the glorious works of
creation, and adore their great Creator*. Moving a step of
two, the senior_deacon proceeds. Brother, the first things that
attract our attention on our return are two large.columns, or
pillars, one on the left hand, and the other on the right; the
Name of the one on the left hand is Boaz, and denotes strength;
and that one the right Jachin, and denotes establishment;
they collectively allude to a passage in the scripture, wherein
God has declared, "In strength shall this house be establish-
ed*"
These columns are eighteen cubits high, twelve in circum*
ferance, and four in diameter; they are adorned with two
large chapiters* one on each, and these chapiters are orna*
mented with net work lily work, and pomegranates; which'
denote unity, peace and plenty. The net work from its con-
nection, denotes union, the lily work, from its whiteness, puri-
ty and peace, and the pomegranates, from their exuberance
of its seeds, denotes plenty.
THE WORLD?S WONDER.
57
They also have two large globes one celestial, the other
terrestrial; and each of these globes contain on their convex
surfaces, all the maps and charts of the celestial and terestrial
bodies; they are said to be thus extensive to denote theuni-
versality of masonry, and. that a mason's charity ought to be
equally extensive. Their composition is motion or cast; cast
brass; they were cast on the banks of the river Jordan, in the
clay, ground between Succoth and Zaradatha, where King
Solomon ordered these and all other holy vessels to be cast;
they were cast hollow; and were four inches, or a hand's
breadth thick; they were cast hollow the' better to withstand
inundations and conflagrations—-where the archives of moson-
ry; contained the constitution, rolls, and records. [The
senior deacon having explained the columns, he- passes be-
tween them advancing a step or two, observing as he advan-
ces,] Brother, we will pursue our travels: the next thing we
come to, is a long winding stair-case, of five, and seven steps.
The three first allude to the three principal supports in-ma-
sonry, viz. Wisdom, strength, and beauty ;the five steps allude
to the five orders in architecture, and the five human senses;
the five orders in architecture are the Tuscan, Doric, Ionic,
Corinthian, and Composite; the five human senses; are hear-
ing, seeing, feeling, tasting, and smelling; the three first of
which have ever been essential among masons; hearing to
hear the word; seeing to see the sign; and feeling to feel the
grip; whereby one mason may know another in the dark as
well as in the light. The seven steps allude to the seven sab-
batical years, seven years of famine, seven years in building
the temple, seven golden candle-sticks, seven wonders of the
world; seven planets, but more especially the-seven liberal
arts '.and sciences, which are grammar, rhetoric, logic, archi-r
tecture, geometry, music, and astronomy; for this and many
other reasons, the-number seven has been held in high repute
among masons.* [Advancing a few stefs, the senior
deacon proceeds.} Brother, the next thing we come to is the
outer door of the middle chamber of King Solomou's temple,
which is, partly open but closely fyled by the junior warden.
[It is the senior warden in the south who represents the tyler
*To this list of sevens the masons might add one more, viz. the
seven whokidnaped and perhaps aideed in the murder of Morgan,
who ever since have been held in high reputation, among masons
58.
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
at the outer door of the middle chamber of King Solomon's
temple, who on the approach of the senior deacon, and the
candidate enquires,] "who comes here? who comes here?
who comes here?" The senior deacon answers, "a fellow
craft mason."
J. D. IIow do you expect to gain admission?
S. I). By a pass, and token of a pass.
S. W. Give them.
Then the senior deacon or the candidate [prompted by
him] gives them, after the junior warden has received the
pass shibboleth, he enquires what does it denote ?
S. D. A. Plenty.
S.-W. Q. IIow is it represented?
»S. D. By a sheaf of wheat suspended near a water-ford.
J. W. Why was this pass instituted?
S. D. In consequence of a quarrel which long existed be-
tween Jephtha, Judge of Israel, and the Ephraimites, the lat-
ter had been a stubborn rebellious people, whom Jephtha had
endeavored to subdue by lenient measures, but to no effect.
The Ephraimites being highly incensed for not being called-
to fight in the Ammonitish war, and share in their rich spoils;
they assembled a mighty army and passed over the river Jor-
dan to give Jephtha battle, but he being apprized of their
approach, called together the men of Israel and gave them
battle and put them to --flight; and, to make his victory more
complete, he ordered guards to be placed on the different
passes on the bank of the river Jordan; and commanded, if
the Ephraimites passed that way, they should pronounce the'
word shibboleth; which they of a different tribe, pronounced
the word sibboleth, which trifling differnce betrayed them as
spies, and cost them their lives; and there fell that day at
those different passes on the bank of the river Jordan, forty-
two thousand. This word was also used by our ancient breth-
ren to distinguish a friend from a foe, and has since been adap-
ted as a proper pass-word to be given before entering any
well governed lodge of fellow craft masons. The senior dea-
con then says to the candidate, Brother, the next thing we
come 10 is tlje inner door of the middle chamber of King Sol-
omon's temple, which we find open, but closely tyled by the
senior warden, when the senior warden inquires,,'who comes
here? who comes here? the senior deacon answers, "A fellow
craft mason. S, W. IIow do you expect to gain admission?
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
59
Ans. "by the grip and word,*' senior warden, "give them," tbo
candidate takes him by the fellow craft's grip, and says, "Jachin,rS
senior warden says, they are right; you can pass on. As they ap-
proach, the master he inquires,"who comes here? who comes here?"
Senior deacon answers "a fellow-craft mason." The master then
says to the candidate, "brother you have been admitted into the
middle chamber of Kink Solomon's temple, for the sake of the let-
ter G. It denotes Deity before whom we should bow. It also de-
notes Geometry, the filth science,. on which this degree is founded.
When the candidate has received this degree, the master reads a
"charge," to him from brother Cross' chart, page 33, and the can-
didate takes his seat in the lodge. If there is no other business,
the lodge is closed, as in the preceding degree. The lecture of
this degree like those of the entered apprentic, are nearly a recapitul-
aiton of the ceremony, or work; it commences thus:
W. M. Are you a feBow craft mason?
Can. I am—try me.,
W. M. By what will you be tried?
Can. By the square.
W. M. Why by the square ?
Can. Because it is an emblem of virtue.
W. M. What is a square ?
Can. An angle extending to ninety degrees, or the fourth part
of a circle.
•W. M. Where was you prepared to be made a fellow-craft mason ?
Can. Answers in a room adjacent to the body of a j ust and law-
fully constituted lodge of such, duly assembled in a room or place,
representing the the middle chamber of King Solomon's temple, &c.
Master mason's degree.
~0—
At the opening of the lodge, the members are assembled and sea*
ted as in the preceding degree,* [see plate, 1.] All things being
ready, the candidate is taken into the preparation room, and pre.
pared as followsThe junior,'and senior deacons, strip him naked,
he is then furnished with an old pair of drawers, which are tied, Or
buttened just above his hips^and bothlegs are rolled above his knees;
his shirt is then put over his head,and slipped down lound his body,
and is partly covered with his drawers; the sleeves and collar hang
dangling behind,over the waistband of the drawers; a rope or cable-
tow, is put three times round his body, the parts below his knees;
and those from the middle of his body up, are entirely naked, ex-
cept that he has a bandage over his eyes; he is now prepared in
due and ancient form, for the third degree of Freemasonry. [See-
plate of penalties.]
Then he . is conducted from the preparation room to the door,
where he gives three distinct knocks, when the senior deacon rises
and says, there is an alarm at the door worshipful.
W. M. Inquire the cause of that alarm, brother.
The senior deacon then steps to the door, and answers the three
knocks, by giving three more; one knock is then given without,
and answered by one from within; when the door is partly open-
ed, and the senior deacon asks who comes here?
- . J. D. A worthy brother, wlio has been regularly initiated as an
entered apprentice mason, passed to the degree of fellow craft, and
now desires more masonic light, by being raised to the sublime de-
gree of master mason.
J. D.1 Is it of his own free will and accord, he makes this request?
Can. ;^being prompted,] says it is.
Then the questions are asked by the S. D. & answered by the jun.
Q. Is he worthy and well qualified?
A. He is.
Q. Has he made suitable proficiency in the preceding degrees?
A. He has. *
Q. By what further right does he expect to obtain this favor?
A. By the benefit of a pass-word. *
*The least number that can transact business in this degree is three
officers; but some generally assist, as in the preceding degree.
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
Q. Has he that pass?
A. He has it not, but I have it for him.
Q. Will you give it?
Junior deacon answers by whispering the word—Tubal Cahi
in the senior deacons ear.
Then the senior deacon says, the pass is right. You will wait
till the worshipful master be made acquainted with your request,
and his answer returned.
Then the senior deacon repairs to the master, and gives three
knocks, after answering which, the same questions are asked and an-
swers returned as at the door, when the master says, since he comes
with all the endowments necessary to qualify him to enter this wot-
shipful lodge, let him enter in the name of the Lord, & take heed on
whathe enters Now the senior deacon retunrs to the doorand says,
"let him enter this worshipful lodge in the name of the Lord, and
take heed onwhat he enters.'1
On entering, the senior deacon presses bottf points of the compass-
es against his naked,right and left breasts, and says, brother, when
you.first entered this lodge, you was received on the point of the
compass, pressing your aakod right breast. On entering it now,
you are received on the two extreme points of the compass, pressing
your naked, left and right breasts, which is to teach you that, as
the most vital parts of man, are contained between the two
breasts, so are the most valuable tenets of masonry, contained be-
tween the two extreme points of the compass; which are virtue,
morality, and brotherly love. The senior deacon then-conducts
the candidate - three times regularly round the lodge, travelling
with the sun, and as he passes the wardens and master, the first
time going rouud the lodge, they each give one rap with the gavel,
the second time the Candidate in travelling, the master reads the
following passage of scripture, so that the travelling, and reading
terminate at the same time:
"Remember now thy creator in the days of thy youth,-while the eviln
day comes not, & the yearsdraw nigh when thou shaltsiy I have no
pleasure in them: while the sun, or the moon, or the stars, be" not
not darkned, nor the clouds return after the rain: in the day when
the keepers of the house shall tremble, and the strong men shali
bow themselves, and the grinders shall cease, because they are
few; and those that look out of the windows be darkned, and the
doors shall be shut in the streets; when the sound of the grinding
is low, and he shall rise up at the voice of the bird, and all the daugh
ters of music shall be brought low". Also when they shall be
afraid of that which is high, and fears shall be in the way, and the
Almon-tree shall flourish, and the grass-hopper shali be a burden,
and desire shall fail: because man goeth to his long home, and
6
*"THE WORLD'S WONDER,
the mourners go about the streets, or ever the' silver cord be losed,
or the golden bowl be broken, or the pitcher be brken at the
fountain, orthe wheel at the cistern. Then shall the dust return to
the earth;and the spirit shall return to God, who give it.''
At the close of the reading, the candidate haltsat the the senior
warden's in the south, where the same questions are asked and
answers returned as at the door: he is directed by the junior warden
to the senior warden in the west, where the same questions are
askfed and answers returned as before: irom thence he is eoducted
to the worshipful master in the east, who asks the same questions,
and receives the same answers; and who likewise asks the candid-
ate from whence he came, and whither he is travelling*
A. From the west, and traveling to the east.
Why do you leave the west, and travel-to the east?
Can. In search of light.
Then the master says to the senior deacon, you will please con-
duct the candidate back to the west, from whence he came, and
put him in care of the senior warden, who will give him . instruc-
tion how to approach the east, by advancing upon three, regular
lar upright steps, W the third step ip masonry, his feet forming a
square, his body erect, and cause hirale kneel at the alter, indue
form, to. take upon himself the solemn oath and obligation of master
mason. - r
Then the senior wardeh receivesr the candidate at his placie, and
facing him round towards the aim, directs him to'.step off, first
with his left foot, and secondly-with his right, each time forming a,
square with his feet, as before; the third step is with the left
foot bringing up the right, placing the heels "together in the position
of a soldier. Then the candidate kneels 011 both naked .knees,
and raises both hands and aims, in - the manner of giving *lhe
grand hailing sign of distress; [Sv plate 4. fig 5.] and holds them
in this position, until directed to place them on the Holy Bible,
square, and compasses. Now the tp ester says, "Brother," you are
now placed in a proper'position, to tr ke upon you the solemn oath
and obligation of master mason, wKch 1 assure you as a man, as
% mason, and as master of thisiedge^ will not interfere with the du-
ty you owe to your God, or county-,
If you are willing to proceed, s^jvut and say your name after
me.
J. II. D., of my own free will <v.1 rd, in the presence of
Almighty God, and this worshipful fori- . r aster masons, erected
to God, and dedicated to the*b-y 1 l. iuro.'t, do hereby, and here-
cn,* most solemnly and sincen T* *»nd swear,in addition,
*The candidate at these. wooV hmtgs down both hands on the
Holy Bible, square and compass -
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
to my former obligations, that I will not give the signs or sec
master mason to any one of an inferior degree, nor to any .
in the known world, except it be a true and lawful brother masitrf1
mason, or within a lodge of a just and lawfully constituted lodge
of such; and not unto him ro them, whom I shall hear so to be,
but unto him and them only, whom I shall find so to be, after
strict trial, due examination, or lawful information.
Furthermore I do promise and swear, that I will not give the
grand hailing sign of distress of this degree, except I am in real
distress, or for the benefft of the craft when at work; and should I
see tills sign given, or. hear the words accompanying it, I will fly
to the relief of the .person so giving it, should there be a greater
probability of saving his life than losing my own.
Furthermore I do promise and swear, that 1 will not speak
the master mason's word, which I shall hereafter receive, in
any other manner, except that in which I shall receive it,
which will be on. the five points of fellowship,. and at low
breath.
Furthermore I do promise and swear, that I will not wrong
this JoiJge, nor a brother of this degree, to the value of one
cent knowingly,* myself, nor suflfer it to be done by others if
in my power to prevent it.
Furthermore I do promise and swear, that I will not be at
the initiating, passing, or raising a candidate at one comma-
nication, without a dispensation from the grand lodge, for
that purpose. . *
Furthermore I do promise*and swear, that I wil^ not be
at the initiating, passing, or raising a candidate in a clendes-
tine lodge, nor converse upon the secrets of freema-
sonry with a clendestine made mason, or that has been
expelled, or suspended, while he is under that'sentence.
Furtnermore I do promise and swear, that I will not be ■
at the initiating, or passing of an old man in his totage, a
young man in non-age, an atheist, irreligious libertine, mad-
man, hermophredite, woman, or fool.
^Furthermore do I promise and swear, that I will not speak
evil of a brother master mason, neither behind his back nor
before his face,but will apprize him of all adproaching danger.
Furthermore I do promise and swear, that I will not vio-
late the chastity of a master mason's wife, mother, sister, or
daughter, nor suffer it to be done by others, if in my power to
prevent it, I knowing them to bo such.
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
Furthermore I do promise and swear, that I will support
the constitution of the grand lodge of this State, under which
this lodge is held, and conform to all the by-laws, rules and
regulations of this, or any other lodge of which I may here-
after become a member.
Furthermore I do promise and swear, that I will obey all
due signs, and summons, handed,sent, or thrown to me, from
a brother master mason, or from the lodge of a just and law-
fully constituted lodge of master masons, if within the length
of my cable-tow.
Furthermore I do promise and swear that a master mason's
secrets, given to me in charge as such, shall remain as secure
and inviolable in my breast, as in his before communicated,
murder and treason excepted only; and they left to my own
election.
Furthermore I do promise & swear, that I will remember a
brother master mason when on my knees, at - my devotions.
Furthermore I do promise and swear, that I will go on a
master mason's errand, even barefoot, and bareheaded, to save
his life or relieve his necessities; .
I furthermore promise and swear, that I will be aiding
and assisting all poor and indigent master masons, their wid-
ows, and orphans, wherever dispersed round the globe, they
making, application to me as such, and I finding them wor-
thy, as far as in my power, without injuring myself or family.
Furthermore I promise and swear, that if any part of this
obligation be omitted at this time; I will hold myself ame-
uable whenever informed t!! To all which 1 do most solemn-
ly promise and swear, with a fixed and steady purpose of
mind in me to keep and perform the same, binding myself
under no less penalty, than to have my body severed in two
in the centre, and divided to the North, and South, and my
bowels burnt in the midst, and scattered by the four winds of
Heaven, that there might not the least remembrance remain
among men, or masons of so vile and purgered a wretch as I
should be, should I ever be guilty of violating any part of this
my solemn oath and obligation, of a master mason. So help
me God, and keep me steadfast in the due performance of.
the same." - . ,
Then the master asks the candidate, "what do you most
desire?" ~
TheCan. answers by his propter, "more masonic light."
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
Then the master says, Brother will you streatch forth )
hands and assist in bringing this new-made brother, to mc
masonic light. "And God said, let there be light and there
was light."
[The grand shock now takes place as in the preceding de-
grees.] _ ■" .
Then the master says to the candidate, "on being brought
to light, }'ou first discover as before, the three great lights in
masonry, by the assistance of the representatives of the three
lesser, with this difference; both points of the compass are
elevated above the square, which denotes to you, that you
have received more light in masonry.
Then the master steps back from the candidate, and says,
"Brother, you now behold me as master of this lodge, ap-
proachingyou from the east, underthe sign, step, and due-gard
of a master mason," the due-gard is given by putting the right
hand to the left side of the bowels, the hand open, the palm
down, and drawing it across from left to right, and let it fall
by the side. [See plate 4, fig 9.] Then the master says, bro-
ther senior deacon, as the candidate is not instructed, you
will please answer the following questions for him.
Q. What is that?
A. The pass-grip of a master mason.
Q. Has it a name ?
A. It has.
Q. Will you give it me?
A. I did not so receive it, neither can I so impart it.
Q. How will you dispose of it?
A. I will letter it or syllable it.
Q. Will you syllable it, and begin?
A, No, you begin.
Q* will you not begin?
S. D. Tw
W. M. Bal-
S. D. Cain.
W. M. Tubal.
S. D. Tubalcain.
W. M. Right brother Tubal Gaiu, I greet you, arise from a
square to a purpendicular, go and salute the junior and sen-
ior wardens, an satisfy them that you are an obligated master
mason. While the wardens are examening the candidate,
the master returns to his seat, in the east. The wardens
6*
66
TtlE world's wonder.
say to the master, we are satisfied that brother Easywit, fs kii
obligated master mason. Then the worshipful master says to
t he candidate, brother I now present yon with a lamb-skin or
white apron as before, which I hope you will wear in credit
to yourself, and to the satisfaction and advantage of your
brethren. You will please carry it to the senior warden in
the west, who will teach you how to wear it as a master ma-
son. Then the senior warden ties on his apron, and lets the
flap fall down before, in its natural and common situation.
Upon which the candidate is conducted to the master, who
says, brother I perceive you are clothed;, it is of course ne
cessary, you should have tools to work with, f wall now present
you with the working, tools of a master mason, which are all
the implements of masonry indiscriminately, but more es
pecially the trowel. The trowel1 is an instrument made use
of by operative masons to spread the cement, which unites a
building into a common massy but vve as free and accepted
masons are taught to make use of it, for the more noble and
glorious purpose of spreadingthe cement of brotherly love
and affection, that cement which unites us in one sacred-band,*
or society of friends and brothers, among whom no contension
should exist, but that noble contention,^ or rather emu-
lation, ot who can best work or best agree. Then the mas-'
tGr reads a charge to the candidate from the Ckatiyov Mon--
iior, and directs the senior deacon to conduct him back to the
preparation room, and invest him of what he has been di-
vested, and return him to the lodge for further instruction.
Then the candidate retires; the lodge is called from labor
to refreshment in the following manner, viz*.—The worship-
ful master says, brother senior it is my order, that this lodge
be called from laboF to refreshment, and to-be ort again, at
the sound of the gavel.
S. W. Brethien, it is our worehipfuf master's orders, &c.—-
G ives three raps, and all the brethren leave their seats. [The
intention of the masons is to make the candidate on his re-
turn to the lodge, believe that he has received the whole of
thisdegrlee.]
In the mean time the candidate returns to the lodge, finds
some drinking, some laughing and talking, and others pre,
paring as he supposese, to go home. The members of the
lodge salute their new brother immediately; one gives him
the pass-gripe, one the due guard and sign, another asks him
fue world's wonder...
67
how he likes the degree,and if it was as long as he expected,
■&c.
Then the master takes his seat unobserved by the candid-
ate, and gives one rap with his gavel, when the brethren
instantly resume their seats, and the candidate finds himself
standing alone in the middle of the lodge; this sudden change
in the movement of the brethren, often embarrasses him;
he hardly knows how to dispose of himself; but is soon re-
lieved by the master, who orders him to step to the east; and
taking up some masonic book, as though he was about to ex-
plain some emblem, says, brother, you now suppose you are
a master mason, and one entitled to all our privileges do you
not?
The candidate generally says I do;
The worshipful master then says, sir it becomes my duty
to inform you, that you are hot a master mason, neither ,do I
know you ever will be, you must now undergo one bifWhe
lnosttrying scenes that human nature ever witnessed; you must
travel a rough and rugged road, beset on every side-where
you will meet with ruffians; you may meet with death!
Such things have happened with some, who have traveled
this road before you.
In your preceding degree, you- had a brother to pray fcr
you, but in this you must pray for yourself; ycu will there-
fore suffer yourself to be again hood-tvinked, and go and
kneel at the alter, where you can pray orally or mentally, as
as you please. When you get through praying, you can sig-
ni'fy it by raising up.
Now the candidate is hood-winked, and conducted to thealt-
er for the purpose of prayer.* We are informed by masonry
that the candidate here personates Hiram Abiff, in the sane-
turn sanctorum of Solomon's temple, where he usually went
at high twelve, to offer up his prayers to Deity, and draw
designs upon his trestle-board; and that on a certain day pri-
or to the finishing of the temple, be was assaulted as he left
the palce, by three ruffians, and cruelly murdered. It is said
*Itis worthy ot remark, that some candidates, make great con-
tortions, derisions, and mockery; they even turn .the solemnity of
prayer into ridicule; and the masters of some lodges/though profes-
sorsof Christianity, yea ministers of the gospel will stand for five
minutes in astale of amusement, to see how admirably 'the candid-
ate performs this part of the ceremony.
68
THE WORLDS "WONDER.
these ruffians station themselves at the east, West, and south
gates of the temple.
Three masons station themselves in the lodge, in this man-
ner. When the candidate rises from the alter, one of the
brethren takes him by the .arm, and leads him several times
round the lodge.
The master, Senior, and junior wardens, generally take
that part of the three ruffians; and as the candidate comes
near the junior warden's station, who represents Jubela, [the
ruffian of the south gate of the temple,] who exclaims who
comes here?
The candidate is hood-winked: the room dark, the can-
didate answers, our grand master Hiram Abiffi
"Ourgrand, master Hiram Abiff!' 'Exclaims the ruffians;
"He is the very, man I want to see;", [at this, he- seizes the
candidate by the throat, and begins to jerk him about with
violence, ["says give trie the master's word, or I will take
your life."
The candidate replies I cannot give it now, but if you will
wait till the temple is completed, if,you are:worthy, you.
shall then receive it, otherwise you canndt.
The ruffian says, talk riot to me of the temple's being com-
pleted; give it to me now—and gives the candidate a blow
with the twenty-four inch gage a cross the the throat; on
which he returns to the west gate where he is accosted by
the second ruffian J-ubelo, with more/violence, on his refusal
to comply with his request, he gives him a severe blow with his
square, across his breast at which he attempts to make, his
escape at the east gate, where he is accosted by the third rffi-
an Jubclum, with still more violence; and refusing to comply
with his request, the ruffian gives him a violent blow with
ffiis common gavel, on the forehead, which brings him to the
floor; on which one of the ruffians exclaims, "what shall we
do? we have killed our grand master, Iliram AbifR" another
answers, "let us carry him out of the east gate, and hurry him
in the rubbish,till low twelve; and then meet,and carry him
a westerly course, and burry him." The candidate is then
taken into "a blanket, on which he fell,* and carried to a cor-
ner of the lodge, and covered up.
Hfour of the brethren generally hold a blanket to catch the ean-
didate. [Bee plate 5, fig. 3.]
THE. WOitLD's WONDER.
69
The ruffians now skulk around the lodge, and squat behind
benches, or whatever they can crawl under. Now all is si-
lent. Directly some brother raps twelve times on a tin pan,
(imitating the town clock,) which is a signal for the rumana
to meet; who immediately leave their hiding places, and
grope along, feeling their way, until they meet near the
body, and salute each other, ruffian-like; then they - uncover
the body [of the candidate,] and Jubela observes, "the body
has not been discovered.
Jubelo replies all is safe!
Jubelum. We must burry our grand master immediately;
fori perceive he begins to smell a little, already; and we
shall be discovered. Take him up and carry him to the brow
of the Mount Moriah, where I have a grave dug for him.
Now the candidate is taken up in the blanket, and carried
several times round the lodge, and deposited on his back near
the senior warden in the the west, (with his feet to the east.)
and covered up with chairs benches, &c. _&o. One of the
ruffians observes, as they are about to leave him, let us mark
the grave* with this sprig of cassia, (sticks down , a sprig of
evergreen near the candidate's head.)
Jubelum then says, "we will now endeavor to get a pas-
sage to Ethiopia. Ilere the brethren shuffle about the lodge,
the master resumes his seat, [King Solomon.is supposed to
arive at the temple at this juncture;] and calls to order, and
asks the senior, warden, the cause of all that confusion: He is
answered by S. W. Our grand master Hiram Abiff, is miss-
ing; and there are no plans or designs laid down on the tres-
tie-board for the craft to pursue their labors. Worshipful
master alias King Solomon, replies is our grand master miss-
ing? our grand master has always been very punctual in his
attendance. I fear he is indisposed. Assemble the crafts, &
search about the temple, and see if he cannot be found.
Then they shuffle about the floor for a while when the master
calls them to order, and asks the senior warden, what success?
Ae answers, we cannot find our grand master, my lord.
Then the master orders the secretary to call the roll of
workmen, and see whether any of them be missing.
The secretary calls the roll, and says, I have called the roll,
my lord, and find that there are three missing, viz. Jubela,
Jubelo, & Jubelum.
W. M. A circumstance is now brought to my mind that
70
THE VVORLD^S WONDER*
look place this morning. TVelve fellow crafts, clothed in
white gloves, and aprons, in token of their, innocence, came
to me and confessed that they twelve, with three others, had
conspired to eatorc the master's word from their grand master,
Hi ram Abiff and in case of refusial, to take his life; they
twelve had recanted, but feared the other three had been
base enough to carry their atrocious designs into execution.
Then the worshipful master ordered the fellow crafts to be
drawn from the bands of the workmen, clothed^ in white
gloves and aprons, in token of their innocence, and sent three
east, three west, three north, and three south, in search of
the ruffians, and if found to bring them forward. The broth-
ren all shuffle about the floor, and fall in with a reputed stran-
ger who is a traveller, when those who are travelling a west-
erly direction, accost him thus: "Old man, have you seen any
travellers passing this way." The Old man answers, "1 was
down near the cost of Joppa this morning; and saw three
men from whose dress, and appearance I supposed them to be
men,of Tyre, and workmen from the temple; they sought a.
passage to Ethiopia, but could not obtain one, in consequence
of an embargo recently laid on all the shipping; they returned
into the country."
Now the worshipful master calls to order, and enquires,
"what tidings, brethren?" one replies, "none from the east,"
another, "none from the south," and one exclaims in a Icud
voice, "tidings from the west, worshipful.''
Now the worshipful masterimmediately asks "what tidings
from the west?" And receives the following answer, "as we
three fellow crafts, were astearing a westerly course, we fell
in with a way-faring m n, who informed us he saw three •
men this morning down near the coast of Joppa, who from
their dress and appearance, supposed them to be men of Tyre,
workmen from the tqmple; they sought a passage to Ethiopia,
but could notprocure one inconsequence ofan embargo,which
had been laid on all the shipping; they returned back into
the country." Then the worshipful master observes, "I had
this embargo lafd on to prevent the ruffians from making
thir escape," and adds, "you will go search again, and search
till you find them, if possible and if they are not found, the
twelve shall be considered as the murderers and suffer accord-
ingly."
AH the members start-again and shuffle about awhile, un-
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
71
til one, under the pretence of being much fatigued with travel-
ling, seats himself on the floor near the candidate's head, and
as he rises, catches hold of the bush that was stuck there: he
immediately stamps his foot three times in a violent manner,
and exclaims companions assemble; his other two colleagues
join him, he states to them that a very singular circumstance
had just taken place, that he on rising from his seat caught
hold of that sprig of cassa, and drew itoutofthe ground; and
on examination he found it had lately been broken off, and
stuck there; one observes, "This looks like a grave," feeling
round the candidate's head, "While "they are ruminating,
the three reputed ruffians, who are seated m a private corner
near the candidate, are heard to exclaim in the following
manner:—
Jubela first says, O that my throat had been cut across from
ear to ear, my tongue torn out, and my body hurried in the
rough sands of the sea, at low water mark, where the tide ebbs
and flows twifce in twenty-four hours, ere 1 had been acces-
sary to the death of so good a man as our grand mastea Hi-
ram A biff.
Second Jiibelo. O that my left breast had been torn open, &
my heart and vitals taken from thence, and thrown over my
left shoulder, carried into the vally of Jehoshaphat, and there
become a prey to the wild beasts of the field, and the vultures
of the air, ere I had conspired in the killing of so good a man
as our grand master Hiram A biff. '
Third Jubehim. O that my body had been severd in the
midst, and divided to the north and south, my bowels burnt in
the centre, and the ashes scattered by the four winds, of hen-
ven, that there might not the least track or trace of remem-
brance remain among men or masons of so vile a wretch as I
am; ah! Jubela, Jubelo, it was I that struck him harder than
both of you, it was I that gave him the fatal blow; it was I
that killed him. -
The three fellow crafts who stood by the candidate all this
time listning to the ruffians, whose voice they recognized,
say one to another "What shall we do? there are three of
them, and there are only three of us." One in reply says,
"Our cause is good let us seize them;" on which they rush
forward,seize them. & take them to the master, who inquires,
"what tidings from the east?" One of thesi replies as follows;.
"worshipful as we three fellow craf:c were steering a due east
72
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
course, I being more weary than the rest, sat down on the
brdw of Mount JVloriah, to rest and refresh myself, and as I was
rising, I accidently caught hold of this sprig of cassa, which
easily giving way, excited my curiosity; upon this, I hailed my
companions, and while we were contemplating on the novelty
of the scene, we heard the voice of three ruffians crying from
a clift of the rock near by; we discovered them to be Jubela^
Jubclo, and Jubelum; we rushed upon, seized and bound them,
and have brought them before you, and wait for further or-
ders.
Then the worshipful master rising says, Jubela, you are
suspected and accused of being accessary to the death of our
grand master Hiram AbifF. Are you guilty, or not guilty ?
Jubela. I am guilty, my lord.
W. M. Vile and impious wretch, hold up your head and
hear your sentence. It is my order that you be taken
without the walls of the temple, and there have your throat
cut across from ear to ear, your tongue torn out by the roots,
your body burriedin the rough sands of the sea, where the tide
ebbs and flows twice in twenty-four hours.
W. M. Jubelo,are you guilty,or not guilty?
Jubelo. Guilty my lord.
W. M. Vile and impious wretch, hold up your head arid
hear your sentence. It is my order that you be taken with-
out the gates of the Temple, & there have your left breast torn
open, your heart and vitals taken from thence and thrown over
your left shoulder, and carried to the vally of Jehoshaphat,
and there to become a prey to the wild beasts of the field, and
vultures of the air.
W. M. Jubelum,are jou guilty, or not guilty?
Jubelum, Guilty my lord.
W. M. Vile and impious wretch, hold up you«" head, and
hear your sentence. It is my order that you be taken without
the walls of the Temple, and there have your body severed
in two, and divided to the north and south, your bowels burnt
to ashes in the centre, and scattered to the four winds of
heaven. Brother senior you will see that these penalties are
executed.
The senior takes the three ruffians, and draws them out
into the preparation room with some violence, where they
stamp and groan a few minutes, and the senior returns and
says, worshipful master, the penalties of their several obliga
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
7$
tions have been duely executed upon them.
Then the worshipful master says "It is my order that you
go in search of the body of our grand master Hiram Abiff: it
is my opinion, he is buried near where you arested these three
ruffians, on the brow pf Mount'Maria1!
All the brethren shuffle about the room, until they come
near the candidate, when one observes "here is something
that looks like a grave; let us dig down and see," They
then lay hold ofthe candidate, and begin to unroll the blan-
ket until they come to the body, when they all start back,
(and at the same time each extends his hand, the palm direct-
ly towards the candidate, as though they would guard their
nostrils from the offensive smell, with the head and face turn-
ed a littile one side,) when one observes, "we will go back
to the temple, and inform King Solomon of our discovery."
When the worshipful hears their approach inquires "what
tidings from Mount Maria, when one of them replies, worship-
ful, we have found the grave of our grand " master Hiram
Abiff. It is situated due east, near the brow of Mount Maria:
we dug down six feet perpendiculaily till we came to the
body and involuntarily raised our hands in this position, [see
plate 4, fig. 4.] to guard our nostrils from the effluvia, rising
from the body; we searched on and about the body for the
master mason's w;ord, or aitey to it, but we could not find it;
we discovered a faint resemblance of the letter (G.) marked
© l his left breast"
Then the master says, to the senior warden, "you will sum-
mon twelve fellow crafts and go with me to the grave; in or-
der to raise our grand master."
The senior anounces the orders of the grand master Solo
mon, and all shuffle about the room, as before; as the mas-
ter approaches the candidate, (or grave of Hiram Abiffp the
twelve fellow crafts form a circle, and kneel
Then the master says, "let us pray." The following pray-
er is then recited: "Thou, O God knowest our downsitting
and uprising, and understandest our thoughts afar off; shield
and defend us from the evil intention of our enemies, and
support us under the trials and afflictions we are destined
endure, while traveling through this vale of tears. Man that
is born of woman, i9 of few days, and full of trouble. He
cometh forth as a flower, and is cut down; he fleeth also as a
shadow, and continueth not. Seeing his days are determined,
74
THE WORLD'S WONDfR*
the number of his months are with thee, thou hast appointed
his bounds that he cannot pas?. Turn from him that he
may rest, til) he shalf accomplish his day. For there is hope
of a tree, if it be cut down, that it will sprout again, that the
tender branch thereof will not cease, But man dieth and
wastethft way; yea man giveth up the ghost, and where is he?
As the waters fail from the sea, and the flood decayeth and
dryeth up, so man heth down, & riseth not again till theheav-
ens shall be no more. Yet O Lord, have compassion on the
children of thy creation; administer unto them comfort in the
time of trouble, and save them with an everlasting salvation^
Amen. So mote it be*"
They then all rise, and the master directs one to search
the body of the corpse, to see if the master's word is on or a-
bout it; he examines, and reports that it is not on the body.
The master and brethren all give the grand hailing sign of
distress, and say, "O Lord, my God, I tear the master's word
is forever lost."
He then orders one of the fellow crafts to raise the body of
our grand master by the entered apprentice's grip. He takejs
the candidate by the entered apprentice's grip, and pulls so
as to raise the body partly up, and lets slip his hold,and says,
"worshipful King Soiomon, the body cannot be raised by the
entered apprentice's grip; the skin slips from the flesh."
At this intelligence the master, and all the brethren imita-
ting as one, give the grand hailing sign of distress, of a mas-
ter mason; [See plate 4, tig. 5.] and at the same time ex-,
claim aloud O Lord, my God, I fear the master mason's word
is forever,lost." w t .
Then the mast er orders one of the fellow crafts to raise the
body, by the fellow crafts grip, pulls the candidate partly up,
lets him fall back, and says, "worshipful master the body can-
not be raised by the fellow crafts grip; the flesh cleaves from
the bone." All raise their hands, and exclaim "O Lord, my
God, fear the master mason's word is forever lost; was there
no help for the widows son?"
Theii the master says, "I shall now raise the body of our
grand master by the lions grip, the 6trong grip of a master
mason; and as the master's word is now lost, the first word
spoken after the body is raised, shall be a substitute for the
master's word, untill future generations shall find out the right
one.*.
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
75
[Some brother now whispers to the candidate to keep him-
self stiff when he is raised.]
The grand master takes him by the master's grip, and J>ra-
cing the right foot against the candidate, by a strong pull,
raises him upon the five points of fellowship.
This is performed by putting the inside of your right foot to
the inside of the person to whom you are going to give the
word, the inside of your knee to his, laying your breast a-
gainst his, your left hands on the back of each other, and your
mouths to each other's right ear; in which position alone, you
are permitted to give the master's word, which is, Mah-hcih-
bone. [See plate 5, fig. 1.]
The master's grip, is given by taking hold of each other's
right hand, and sticking the nails of each other's fore fingers
into the joint of the others wrist; [See plate 5 fig. 2.] where it
unites with the hand. In this position the candidate is raised,
he keeping his whole body stiff, as if dead. The master in
raising him is assisted by some ofj;he brethren, who take hold
of the candidate, by the arms and shoulders. As soon as he
is raised to his feet, they step back, and the master whispers
the word, Mah-hah-bone, in his ear, and causes the candidate
to repeat it, telling him that he must never give it in any oth-
er manner than that in which he received it. He now is
told that Mah-hah-bone signifies marrow in the bone; they
then separate, and the master makes the following explana-
tion, respecting the five points of fellowship.
Brethren foot to foot teaches you, that you should whenever
asked, go on a brother's errand, even if you should have to go
barefoot and barehead. Knee to knee, that you should always
remember a master mason in your devotion to Almighty God.
Breast to breast, that you should keep the master mason's
secrets when given to you in charge, as such, as secure and
inviolable in your breast, as they were in his own, before
communicated to you.
Hand, to back, that you will not speak evil of a master ma-
son behind his back, nor before his face.
Mouth to ear„ that you will give a brother master mason due
and timely notice of all approaching danger. Now the can-
didate is instructed in the signs, and receives a charge, which
is rend from some masonic book and is told he has taken the
third step in masonry, and is entitled to a seat in any master'*
lodge,
76
THE WORLDS WONDER,
Then the master says to the candidate, Brother, yoa have
this evening represented one of the greatest men that ever
lived. It was our grand master Hiram Abiff, who was mur-
dered in the temple, just before it was completed, as you this
evening have represented in the latter part of this degree.
Then the candidate takes his seat.
The lecture of this degree is merely a recapitulation of the
ceremonies or work.
The lodge is closed in the same way that the first, or enter-
ed apprentice's lodge is.
Note.—The following questions are often put to test the Ortho-
doxy of master masons, when visiting a strange lodge, Q. From
what? by what? on what? and to what,? was you raised to the sub-
lime degree of master mason? A. I was raised from a dead level,
by the lions grip, on the five points of fellowship, to a living perpen-
dicular.
MAUK MASTER'S DEGREE.
The laws of masonry require the attendance of at
least eight members when they open on this degree,
for lodge business, viz; the Right Worshipful Mas-
ter, Senior Warden, Junior Warden, Secretary,
Treasuer, Senior Beacon, Junior Beacon, and Mas-
ter, Senior and Junior overseers.
The officers and brethren are assembled and seated,
as in plate No. 5 The right worshipful master gives
three raps with his gavel, saying, brethren, I am a-
bout to open a lodge of mark master masons in this
place, for the dispatch of business,. I therefore will
thank yon for your attention and assistance. If
any person is .present who is net a Mark Master
Mason, he is requested to retire.
Then the worshipful master says, brother senior
warden, are you satisfied that all present are mark
master masons?
The senior warden replies, right worshipful I wish
the pass-word might be sent round the lodge.
This performance is Jo detect 'impostors' among
themselves; that is to exclude those of a lower de-
gree, who sometimes stay, in order to ascertain the
mode by which they discover the 'intruders,' which
is by sending round the deacons for the pass-words,
which is by sending round the deacons for the pass-
words, as in the fellow craft's degree. The word is
Joppa. Then the right worshipful master gives one
rap with his gavel, and says, brother junior deacon,
the first care of congregated masons.
J. I) [rises on his feet, at the same time giving a
7*
*73
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
sign, says,] worshipful to see the lodge tyled. [See
plate 7, fig. 3.]
$t. W. M. perform that part of your duty; and
inform the tyler that we are about to open a lodge of
mark master masons in this place for the dispatch of
business; and instruct him to tyle accordingly.
Then the senior deacon walks quickly to the door,
and stations the tyler on the outside of it with a
sword drawn in his hand, whispers the order of the
right worshipful master in his ear, closes the door,
and gives twice two distinct knocks on the inside,
which are answered in like manner by the tyler, on
the outside. Then the senior deacon gives one rap,
which is andswered in like manner, returns to his
stationin the lodge, and says worshipful we are tyled.
R. W. M. How tyled?
S. I). A. With secrecy and brotherly love: also
by a brother of this degree, without the door, w ith a
drawn sword in his hand.
R. W. M. What is his duty there?
8. B. To keep off eaves-droppers and cowans:
also, to see that none pass or repass, but such as are
duly qualified and have permission from the chair.
R. W. M. Brethren,let us be cloihed.
Now all the officers and members of the lodge
put on their aprons and jewels, and resume their
seats as before.
Then the right worshipful master gives two raps
with his gavel, which brings all the suborinate offi-
cers on their feet; and each standing in his place,
recites his duty in his turn as follows:
R. W. M. Where is the junior overseer's station
in the lodge?
J. 0. At the south gate.
It. W. M. What is your duty there brother Jpn?
3V 0. A. To inspect all the materials brought up
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
79
for the building of the temple, and if approved pass,
them on to the master overseer, at the east gate, for
further] inspection.
R. W. M. "Where is the senior overseer's place
in the lodge?
M. O. A. At the east gate.'
R. W. M." Whatsis your duty there brother sen-
ior overseer?
M. O. A. To preside at the inspection of all the
materials brought up for the building of the temple,
and if disapproved, to call a council of my brother
overseers.
11. W. M. Where is the junior deacon's place in
the lodge?
J. D. A. At the right, in front of the senior war-
den.
11. W. M. Tour duty there brother junior?
. J. D. A. To carry messages from the senior war-
den in the west, to the junior warden in the south,
and elsewhere about the lodge as he may direct.
II. W. M. . Where is the senior deacon's place
in the lodge?
S. D. At the right, in the front of the right wor-
shipful master in the east.
Jl. W. M. Your duty there brother senior?
S. D. To carry messages from the right worship-
fal in the east, to the senior warden in the west, and
elsewhere about the lodge as he may direct. To
assist in the preparation and initiation of candidates,
and to welome and clothe all visiting brethren.
II. W. M. The secretary's place in the lodge?
Sec. A. At the left hand of the right worshipful
master in the east.
R. W. M. Your duty there brother secretary?
Sec. To record ther doings of the lodge, collect all
80
THE W0RLD?S WONDER.
money, pay it over to the treasurer, and keep & true
-and correct account of the same..
R. W. M. The treasur's station in the lodger
Treas. At the right hand of the right worshipful
master in the east.
R. W. M. Your duty there brother treasurer?
Treas. To receive all money from the hands
of the secretary, to keep a true and correct account
of the same, and pay it out, by order ©f the right
worshipful master, with the consent of the brethren.
R. W. M. The senior warden's place in the lodge?
J. W. Right worshipful, in the south.
R. W. M. Your duty there brother senior?
J. W. As the sun is in the south at high twelve,
which is the glory and beauty of the day, so stands
the senior warden in the south, to call the craft from
labor to refreshment, and from refreshment to labor,
that the right worshipful master, .may have profit
and pleasure thereby.
R. W. M. The senior warden's place in the lodge?
8. W. Right worshipful, in the west.
R. W. Your duty there brother senior?
S. W. As the sun sits in the west, to close the
day, so stands the senior warden in the west, to
assist the right worshibful master, in opening and
closing his lodge, pay the craft their wages if any
be due, and see that none go away dissatisfied; bar-
mony being the strength and support of ail iostiiu-
tions, but more especially this of ours.
R. W. M. The right worshipful master's station
in the lodge?
S. W. Right 'worshipful, in the east.
R. W. M. H is duty there brother senior?
S. W, As the sun rises in the east to open and
adorn the day, so rises* the right worshipful mas-
*The right worshipful master rises on his feet at these words.
THE WORLD'S WONDER. 81
ter in the east, to open and adorn his lodge, and
to set the crafj; to work with proper instruments for
their labor.
R. W. M. After that manner so do I. It is my
will and pleasure that a lodge of mark master ma-
sons be opened in this place for the dispatch of busi-
ness.
Brother senior, you will please communicate the
Same to the junior warden in the south,, that the
brethren may have due and timely notice thereof.
Now the senior warden addresses the junior, and
says, brother junior, it is the right worshipful mas-
terrs order, that a lodge of mark master masons be
opened in this place for the dispatch of business,
you will please inform the brethren thereof.
J. W. Gives three raps with his gavel, and says,
brethren, it is our right worshipful master's order,
that a lodge of mark master masons be opened in
this "place for the dispatch of business. You will
please take notice and govern yourselves accordingly.
Then the right worshipful master says, attend to
the signs brethen.
The signs are given from entered apprentice, to mark
master inclusive. Those of the three preceding de-
grees are given as before described. The first sign
of mark master is this. [See plate 7, fig 1.]
It is given by interlacing the fingers upon the right
hip, as though they held a heavy weight they then
with a quick motion bring them to the left side of
ihe neck, with the palms of the hands upon the shoul-
der. This sign is called 'heave over,' and alludes
to the rejection of the key stone, [which will here-
after be described.] Then disengage the fingers,
drop the right hand to the right hip, at the same time
bring the left hand down edgewise upon the right
the right hand open horizontally, the left purpendic-
the world^ wonder.
ular. [See plate 7, fig 2.]
This has an allusion to the penalty of the obli-
gation, and also to that of an impostor, which is to
have his right hand struck off. The third sign is
made, by extending the arm downwards on the right
side, the last two fingers of the hand clenched, the
first two and thumb open, parallel with each other,
about one inch apart. This alludes to the manner
the candidate is directed to carry the key-stone.
The fourth sign, [See plate 7, fig. 3.] raise the
right hand to the right ear, holding the thumb and
two first fingers open, as in the preceding sign, with
a circular motion of the hand, the fingers pass-round
the ear, as though you were combing back your ear-
locks, so that the ear passes between the two fingers
and thumb, the hand is then dropped by the side.
This sign alludes to the penalty of the obligation
to have the ear smote off The fifth sign is made by
extending the right arm at full length, the thumb and
two first fingers open, about one inch a part, the two
last fingers clenched, with the palm of the hand open.
It alludes to the manner that a mark master is taught
to "receive wages." [See plate 7, fig. 4.]
Then the right worshipful master takes off his
hat and reads the following charge from Cross' chart,
page 43.*
"Wherefore, brethren, laying aside all malice and
guile, and hypocrisies, and envies, and all evil speak-
ing. If so be, ye have tasted the Lord is gra-
cious; to whom coming, as unto a living stone, dis-
allowed indeed of men, but chosen of God, and pre-
cious; ye also, as living stones, be ye, built up a
spiritual house, an holy priesthood, to offer up sac-
rifices acceptable to God.,
'Brethren, *his is the will of God, that with well-
doing ye put to silence the ignorance of foolish men.
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
S3
As free and not as using your liberty for a cloak of
maliciousness* but as the servants of God* honor all
men, love the brotherhood* fear God.'
Then the right worshipful master gives two raps
with his gavei; the senior warden two* and junior
warden two* which are repeated again by the right
worshipful master, and wardens.
Then the right worshipful says* 'junior deacon this
lodge of mark master masons is opened in due and ani
cient form, and thereby forbid all improper conduct
whereby this lodge may be disturbed*- under no lessl
penalty than the by-laws* or a majority of the lodge
may think to inflict.'
Then he gives one rap with his gavel, which seats
all the brethren, and says,'brother junior deacon
inform the tyler, the lodge is open.'
The junior deacon informs the tyler, and returns
to his seat.
The lodge being open and ready for business, the •
rignt worshipful master directs the secretary to read
the minutes of the last meeting, which generally
brings to view the business of the present. If there
are any candidates to be brought forward, that is gen-
erally the first business. A master mason wishing
further light in masonry, sends a petition to the chap-
ter, and requests to be advanced to the honorary
degree of mark master mason; if there is no serious
objection, it is entered on the minutes, a committee
of several appointed to inquire into liis character,
and report to the next regular communication. At
that time* if the committee report in his favor, and
no serious objection made otherwise, a motion is
made that the ballot pass: if carried* the senior dea-
con passes the ballot-box* the same as in the prece-
ding degree.
Then the senior deacon who prepares and conducts
g4 THE WORLD'S WONDER.
the candidate, in the first part of the ceremonies,
' passes out of the lodge into the adjoining room,
where the candidate is waiting, pulls off his coat, and
rolls up his shirt sleeves to the shoulder, and directs
the candidate to do the same; he then takes in his
right hand a block of white marble about four inch-
es square, and six inches long, weighing about eleven
pounds, holding it between the thumb and two first
fingers, the other fingers clenched, the arm extended
down; the candidate is furnished with a key-stone,
of the same material and wieght, which he is direct-
ed to carry in like manner; the door is then opened
without ceremony, and the conducter enters, about
three paces, in advance of the candidate, and walks
four times round the lodge, and halts at the junior
overseer's station at the south gate, where the con-
ducter gives four raps with his heel on the floor.
J* 0. Who comes here?
"Can. A craftsman from the quarries, bringing up
work for inspection.*
J. 0. Have you a specimen of your work?
Can. I have.
J. O. Present it.
The candidate presents his stone to the junior
overseer, who applies his small trying square to its
different angles, and they agreeing with the angles
of the square, he says, 'this is good work —square
work—just such work as is wanted for the building.'
The conducter passes on a few steps and halts
until the candidate has been examined. Candidate
comes up to the junior overseer in imitation of his
conducter, and gives four raps.
J. O. Who comes here?
Can. A craftsman from the quarries, bringing up
work for inspection. • < r
J. O.' Have you a specimen of your work?
The World's wonder;
85
tlan. I have,
J. O. Present it. The candidate presents
the key stone, junior overseer applies his*1,square
to it, and finding it does not fit, says, 'this is'a curl-
ous wrought stone indeed; it is neither oblong or
square; square work is only such as we have orders
to receive, neither has it the mark of any of the craft
upon it. Is that your mark?* pointing to the letters
on the stone.
The candidate replies, 'it is not.'
J. O. Owing toits singular form and beauty, I
feel unwilling to reject it; you will pass on to the
senior overseer at the west gate for further inspect-
tion, where the same questions are asked and answers
returned as before. Senior overseer directs them to
the master overseer at the east gate, who, after exam-
ining the stone of the conducter as before, says,
this is good work—square work—just such work as is
wanted for the building, you are entitled to your wa-
ges, pass on.' Tliec onductor passes on and takes
his seat.
The candidate'comes up and presents his key-
stone as before.
Then the master overseer applies his square to it
and says, 'this is a curious wrought stone,' &c.:—
Looks sternly at the candidate* and orders him to
stand aside, stamps four times on the floor with his
foot, which brings up the other overseers.
M. 0.'Brother junior overseer, did you suffer this
work to pass your inspection?
J. O. I did: I observed to the young craftsman,
at the time, the stone was not such as we had orders
to receive; but owing to its singular form and beau-
ty, I felt unwilling to reject, and suffered it to pass
to the senior overseer at the west gate.
S. O. I made some observations, to the young
8
86
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
craftsman, and for the same reason permitted him to
pass to the master overseer at the east gate.
M. O. Why, you see the stone is neither oblong
nor square, neither has it the mark of any of the craft
upon it. Do you know this mark that is upon it?
J. 0. I do not,
S. O. Neither do I.
M. O. What shall we do with it?
J. O.I propose we heave it over among the rubbish.
S. O. I second that motion.
M. O. Agreed: it shall be done.
Then the master and senior overseer take up the
key-stone, swinging it four times back and foith be-
tween them, the junior overseer catches it over the
Jeft shoulder of the master overseer, (in intimation
of the sign of "heave over.') and throws it aside.
At this time ail the brethren begin to shuffle around
the lodge leaving their seats.
Now the right worshipful master gives three raps
with his gavel, and says, 'what is the cause of this
disturbance among the workmen?'
S. W. It is the sixth hour of the sixth day of the
week, and the craft are impatient to receive their wa-
ges.
It. W. M. Brother senior warden, it is my order
that you assemble the craft, & march in procession to
the officer of the senior grand warden, to receive
wages. Now the members form tow and two, [The
candidate behind,] and march round the lodge,
singing the following song to the tune of 'Go»
sate the King,'
SONG.
Mark masters, all appear -
Before the chief overseer,
In concert move:
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
87
Lot him your work inspect,
For the chief architect,
He will approve.
These who have passed the square,
For your rewards prepare,
Join heart in hand;
Each with his mark in view,
March with the just add true,
Wages to you are due,
At your command.
As they finish the second time, each brother walks up in
his turn to the senior warden who stands behind a lattice win-
tlorv, and thrusts his hand through the hole in the window,
receives his penny. The senior warden seizes his hand, and
bracing his foot against the window, draws the candidate's
artn through to the shoulder, and exclaims, venhemently,
"an impostor! an impostor!" a third person exclaims, "strike
off his hand," and at the same time runs up with a drawn
sword to give the blow. [See plate 7, fig. 7.] Now the con-;
ductor intercedes for the candidate, and says, "spare him,
spare him,: he is not an impostor; I know him to be a crafts-
man; I have wrought with him in the quarriers."
S. W. He is an impostor, for he has attempted to receive
wages without being able to give the token^ and the penalty
must be inflicted.
Con. If you will release him, I will take him to our rite
worshipful master, and state his case to him, and if the p^nal-
ty must be inflicted, I will see it duly executed. ' T1
S. W. On those conditions I will release him, providing
he can satisfy me, he is a fellow craft mason. 1.
Now the candidate withdraws his arm, and gives the sign
of a fellow craft mason. All the members of the lodge ar<jt
seated, and the conductor take3 the candidate to the righji
worshipful master, and says, "Right worshipful, this young
craftsman has been detected as an impostor, at the office of
the senior grand warden, in attempting to receive wages with-S
out being able to give the token.''''
Then the rite'worshipful master looks sternly at the caa-
didate and says, "are you a fellow craft mason?"
88
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
Can. 1 am.
R- Tr. M. Give me a sign of a fellow craft mason?
The "dandidate gives a sign.
R. W. M. [Says to the conductor.] He is a fellow craft
mason.
He also says, to the candidate, you have attempted to re-
ceive-Wages without being able to give the token—I am as-
tonished, that so bright a looking young craftsman as you are,
should attempt to impose upon the craft. Such conduct re-
quires severe reproof and punishment. The penalty you
have incured is to have your right hand struck off. Have
you ever been taught how to receive wages?
Can, I have not. ;
R. W. .M. Ah, this is a measure serves to mitigate your
crime.i—Ifyou are instructed how to receive wages, will you
do better for the future?
Cap. I will.
R. jW. M. On account of your youth and inexperience,
"the penalty is remitted. Brother senior deacon, you will
plea'i^ take this young craftsman, and give him a severe rc-
primand, and take him with you "to the quarriers, and there
teach him how to bring up a regular wrought stone. Then
the senior deacon steps to the candidate takes him by the
collar, and says, "Young man, it appears you have come up
hero this evening to impose on us; Jirst^by presenting work
which was not fit for the building, and then by .claiming; wages
when there was not. a tarthing your due. Your work was
not; approved ; you are not entitled to any wages, and had it
notibjoen for my timely interference, you would have lost your
right hand, if not your life. Let this be a striking lesson to
youj/never to attempt to impose upon the the craft hereafter.
But/go with me to the quarriers, and there exhibit some spe-
citriens of your skill and industry; and if your work is approv-
cjd, you. shall be taught how to receive wages in a proper
manner. Come, I say, go with me." He shakes the candi-
date severely and hurries him off into the preparation roorr.
i Then the senior deacon resumes his seat in the lodge ;&'lhe
Jfinior deacon prepares the candidate for the degree, by divest-
him of his outward apperal, and all money and valuables,
Ids breast bare and a cable-tow four times round his body: in^
which condition he is conducted, to the door, and gives four
distinct knocks; upon the hearing of which the senior dea*
THE WORLI>?S WONDER..
89
con says, "Right worshipful, while we are peacably at work
©n the fourth degree of masonry, the door of our lodge appears
to be alarmed."
R. W. 51. Brother senior attend to the cause Tof[that a-
larm.
Then the senior deacon steps to the door and answers the
alarm by four knocks; then each gives one; the door is then
partly opened, and the senior deacon asks, "who comes here?"
J. -1). A worthy brother, who has been regularly initiated
as up entered apprentice mason, served a proper time as such,
passed to the degree of fellow craft, raised to the sublime de-
gree of master mason; and now wishes further light in
masonry, by being advanced to the more honorable degree
of mark master mason.
S. D. 13 it of his own free will and accord, that he makes
ibis request?
J. D. It is.
S. 0. Is he duly and truly prepared?
J. D. He is.
S. D. Has he wrought in the quarries and exhibited spec!-
men3 of his skill in the preceding degrees?
J.'D. He has.
. S. D. By what further right or benefit does he expect to
obtain this favor?
J. D. By the benefit of a pass-word.
S. D. Has he a pass-word?
J. D. He has it not: but I have it for him.
8. D. Will you give it to me?
J. D. (Whispers in his ear) Joppa.
The senior deacon says, the pass-word is right. You will
please wait until the right worshipful master is made acquaint-
ed with his request, and his answer returned.
The senior deacon returns to the right worshipful mas-
ter where the same questions are asked, and answers returned
as at the door.
The right worshipful mastersays, "since he comes endowed
with the necessary qualifications, let him enter in the name
of the Lord, and take heed on what he enters."
Then the door is opened, and the candidate enters, the jun-
ior deacon steps behind him, takes hold of his arms, draws
them back, and holds them firmly behind.
The senior deacon steps up to the candidate, and exhibits
8*
90
THE WORLB.'S WONDER*
to him an engraving chisel, and mallet, and says, Brother, if
becomes my duty to place a mark upon you, which you will
probably carry to your grave.
"As an entered apprentice mason, you were received upon
the point of the compasses,' pressing your naked left breast;
as a fellow craft mason, you were received upon the angle of
a square^ pressing your naked right breast; as a master mason,
you were received upon both points of the compasses, enter-
ing from your naked left breast* They were then explained
to you. The chisel and mallet [at the same time placing the
edge of the chisel agaist his breast] are instruments used by
operative masons to hezo, cutf carve, and indent their work; but
we, as free and excepted masons, make use of them for a more
noble and glorious purpose. We use them to hew, cut, corny
and indent the mind.
And as a mark master mason , toe receive you upon the edge
of the indenting chisel, and under the preasure of the mallet.'*
As he pronounces the last words, he braces his feet, raises his.
mallet, and makes two or three false motions, and gives a vi-
oient blow upon the head ofthe chisel; throws down the mab
let and chisel, takes hold of 4he cable-tow, and says to the
candidate, ^follow me."
Then they walk four times round the lodge, and each time
as he passes the station of the master, senior and junior war-
dens, they each give one rap aloud with their mallet.
The master in the mean time, reads the following passages
of scripture; •
Psalhs cxvin, 22. The stone which the builders refused,
is become the head stone of the corner.
Math, xxi. 24. Did ye never read in the scriptures, The
stone which the builders rejected, is become the head of the
corner.
Mark xm 10. And have ye not read this scripture, the
stone which the builders fejected^is become the head of the
corner. " •
Luke xx. 17* What is this, then that is written, the
stone which "the builders rejected, is become the head of the
corner.
The reading is so timed, as to be completed just as the can-
cidate arives at the junior wardens post; who gives an alarm
of four knocks, and the same questions are asked, and an-
swers returned, as at the door. -
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
91
Thejunior warden directs him to the senior warden in the
West, where the same questions are asked, and like answers
returned as before.
Then the senior warden directs them to the worshipful mas-
ter in the east, who asks the same questions, and where the.
.same answers are returned. . -
Now the right worshipful master orders the candidate to be
conducted back to the senior warden in the west, by him to
be taught to approach the east, by four upright, regular steps,
his feet forming a square, his body erect at the altar.
The candidate kneels then, and receives the obligation,
as follows:
I, C. D., of my own free will and accord in presence, of
Almighty God, and this right worshipful lodge of mark master
masons, do hereby and hereon, in addition to my former obli-
gations, most solemnly and sincerely promise and swear, that
1 will not give the secrets of this'degree, of mark master ma-
son to any of an inferior degree, nor to any person in the
known world, except it be to a true and lawful brother, or
brethren of this degree: and not unto him or unto them whom
I shall hear so to be, but unto him, and them only, whom I
shall find so to be, after strict trial, due examination, or law-
ful information received.
Furthermore, do I promise and swear, that I will support
the constitution of the general grand royal arch chapter of
the Uuited States of America; also of the grand royal chapter
of this State, under which this lodge is held, and to conform
to all the by-laws, rules, and regulations of this, or any olhqr
lodge of mark master masons, of which I may hereafter be
come a member. *
Furthermore, do I promise and swear, that I will obey all
regular signs and summons, given, handed, sent, or thrown to
me, from the hand of a brother mark master mason, or from
the body ofajust and legally constituted lodge of such; pre-
vided it be within the length of my cable-tow.
Furthermore, do I promise and swear, that I will not wrong
thislodge^or any brother of this degree, to the value of his
wages, or one penny, myself, knowingly, nor suffer it to be
"done by others, if in my power to prevent it.
I furthermore promise and swear, that I will not sell, or ex-
change my mark, which I shall hereafter choose, after it has
been recorded in the book of marks, for any mark, unlfess it
92
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
he for a dead mark, one of an older date; nor pledge it a second
time, until it has been redeemed from its former pledge.
I furthermore promise and swear, that 1 will receive a
brother mark master mason's mark as a pledge,& grant him his
request, if in my power; if it is not, I will return him his mark,
with the price thereof; which is a half jewish shekle of silver,
equal in value to the fourth part of a dollar.
To all of which I do most solemnly and sincerely promise
arid swear, with a fixed and steady purpose of mind, in me, to
keep and perform the same: binding myself under no les3
penalty, than to have my right ear smote off, that I may for-
ever be unable to hear the word; and my right hand chopped
off, that I could no longer feel the grip, if I should ever violate
anjrpart of this my solemn oath, or obligation, of a mark mas-
tcr mason. So help me God, and make me steadfast, to keep
and perform the same." '
R. W. M: Detach your* hands, and kiss the book four
times.
As soon as the candidate has taken the obligation, some
brother makes an alarm on the outside of the door.
J. D. [Rising up says,] Right worshipful, there is an a-
larm at the door. , . ,
R., W. M. Brother attend to that alarm, and see who
comes here» .
The junior deacon enquires the cause df Ihe alarm, and re-
turns with a letter for the right worshipful master; who opens
it and raads as follows, or something to this effect:
4RigTit worshipful master of St. John's maike lodge, No. 10.
Dear brother, I am in the immediate want of the loan of
twenty-five dollars; which I wish to borrow of brother Ea-
-sywit. The only security which I can offer for the same, is
mv mark, which I pledge, until the money is paid or refunded.
You will please present it to him, and send the money by'
the bearer. ' Yours fraturnnlly.
NEVER-PAY.
Right worshipful master presents the mark to ihe candidate,
and asks him if he can accommodate brother N. with the
money. The candidate receives the mark, says he has no
money about him; he cannot grant the request.
S. W.' Says, right worshipful master, I can accommodate
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
98
brother N. with twenty-five dollars, if he will leave his mark
with me, as a pledge.
R. W. M. [Say the candidate.] Brother, you will return
the mark. [The candidate hands the mark back to the right
worshipful.]
R. W. M. Do you intend to return the mark without the
price thereof? and thus break your oath before you rise
from the altar.* You have just sworn to receive a brother
mark master mason's mark, and grant him his request, if
m your power; if not, you would return him his mark with
the price thereof, which is a half Jewish Shckle of silver, equal
in value to the fourth part of a dollar. Where is the qqar-
tcr of a dollar, you swore to return wifh it?
Now the candidate much embarrassed, says, "I have no
money about me. It was all taken from me in the prepara-
tion room. ,
S. D. But I know, that the candidate is a man that always
has money, and I belieVe he has it about him now.
He had -rather brake his oath than part with it.
R. W. M. Brother your conductor thinks you have mon-
ey about you. Search yourself.
The candidate feels in his pockets, and insists he has none.
S. D. Says, I know the candidate has money; and if he
will suffer me to search him, I will convince you of it.
R. W. M. [Says to the candidate.] Are you willing
that brother senior deacon should search you?
The candidate says he has no objections; for he is confi-
dent he has no money about him.
The senior deacon puts his hand into the vest pocket, of
the candidate, and at the same time, unobserved by him, drops
in Hhe fourth-part of a dollar;'' steps back, and says, 1 will-
search him. If he is disposed to break his oath for twenty-live
cents, he may doit, lam confident hehas the money in hispocket.
R. W. M. Search yourself again faithfully, brother.
The senior deacon seems to be confident you have money
about you.
The candidate says not one cent, but is willing to search.
Puts his hand into his pocket, and to his great surprise,,
finds a twenty-five cent piece.
S. D. [Now in a rage.] There! I told you he had it,
*All this time, the candidate is on hjs knees at the altar.
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
just like him; he is what you may call a mone) trap, he woull
break his oath any time for twenty-five cents.
R. W. M. You've squeezed it out at last!
You can now return the mark. No doubt some brother
standing by you, and seeing your destitute situation, slipped
this into your pocket, to keep you from breaking your obli-
gatiom
Then the right worshipful master takes him by the hand,
and says,'Brother, arise; and I will invest you with the pass-
grip, and word, and real grip and word, of a mark master
mason.' [The pass-grip is thus: See plate 7, fig. 5.]
This pass is given by locking the hands together, as you
would to help one up an ascent or bank, the thumbs braced
against each other. It is said to have been instituted by those
who were employed at the building of the temple, the tim-
her of which was felled and prepared in the forest of Lcbn-
non, and taken by sea on floats to Joppa, from thence to Jeru-
salem. Masonic tradition, informs us that the banks of the
river at Joppa were so steep that tlie workmen had to assist
each other up by means of this grip, which has since, been
used as a pass-grip to this degree.
Its name is Joppa.
It. W. M. Will you be ojf orfrom?
Can. From. -
R. W. M. From what?
. Can. From the pass-grip, to the true-grip of a mark master.
R. W. M. Pass on. . [See plate 7, fig. 6']
This grip is given by locking the little fingers of the right
hands, turning the backs of them together, and placing the
ends of the thumbs against each other; its name is'smoc,' or
' mark-well.'' • .
The right worshipful master after admonishing him never to
give the words in any other way. but in that in which he Ve-
ceived them, . resumes kis seat in the east, and all the breth-
ren shuffle about the room with their feet.
R. W. M. What means this disturbance among the work-
men, brother senior? - -
. Then the senior warden rises in the west, and says, 'broth-
er worshipful master, the workmen are at a stand for the
want of a key stone, to one of the principal arches, which no
one has orders to make.' * -
Jl, W. M. A key stone to one of the principal arches?
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
95
I gave our grand master, Hiram AbifF, strict orders to
make that key stone previous to his assassination.
[Gives three raps with his gavel, which brings three over-
seers befo.e him.] Brother overseers, has there not been a
stone of this description brought up for inspection? (exhibi-
ling the figure of the key stone, in Cross' chart.')
. M O. There was a stone of this descriptiou brought up for
inspection, but it being neither oblong nor square nor having
the mark of any of the craft upon it, and we not knowing
the mai-k that was upon it, supposed it unfit for the building,
and it was thrown over among the rubbish^
R. W. M. Let immediate search be made for it; the
temple cannot be finished without it; it is one of the most
valuable stones in the whole building.
[Then the brethren all shuffie about the lodge, and find
the key s/o«e, and bring it up to the east]
R. W. M. Takes it and (reads to the overseer,) Acts.
IV. II. This is the stone that was set at nought by you build-
ers, which is become the head stone of the corner. Upon
which the overseers retire confounded.
Then the right worshipful, master addresses the candidate,
and reads Rev. of St. John, XI, 17. 'To him that over-
cometh will I give to eat of the hidden monna* and will give
him a wh'destone and in the stone a new name written, which
no man knoweth, saving him that receiveth it.'
'Can. come forward, and receive the new name.'
The candidate steps up to the right worshipful master
who,thus addresses him: Brother the new name spoken of in
scripture, I will invest you with; none but mark master ma-
sons receive it. It is the circle of letters which is in the geh-
eral mark of this degree, arid are the initials of the words,
Hiram Tyrian, the widow's Son, sent to King Solomon.
'Within the circle of letters, every mark master mason must
place his own private mark, which may be any device he
choses to select.'
Then the right worshipful master reads Rev. Ill, 13. He
that hath an ear let him hear.' And instruct the candidate in
the signs of the penalty of the degree as before described.
He then presents the candidate with the working tools of a
mark master mason, which are a mallet & chisel, and explains
the use of them as follows:
The chisel, demonstrates the advantages of discipline and
96
The world's wonder.
education. The, mind, like a diamond in its original state,
is rude and unpolished; but as the effeetof the chisel on the
external coat, soon presents to view the latent beauties of the
diamond, so education discovers the latent virtues of the
mind, and draws them forth to range the large field of mat-
ter and space, to display the summit of human knowledge,
our duty to God,and to man.
The mallet, morality to correct irregularities, and reduce
man to a proper level, so that by quiet deportment, he may
in the school of discipline learn to be content.
"What the mallet is to the workman, enlightened reason is
to the passions; it curbs ambition, depresses envy, it moderates
anger, and encourages good dispositions; whence arises a-
mong good masons that comely order,
"Which nothing earthly gives, or can destroy
The soul's cairn sunshine, and the heart felt joy."
The rite worshipful master continues: Brother, you have
this evening represented one of the fellow craft masons
w~ho wrought at the building of King Solomon's temple; whose
custom it was on the eve of every sixth day of the week to
carry up their work for inspection. This young craftsman
discovered in the quarries, the hey stone to one of the principal
arches, (which was Wrought by our grand master Hiram
AbifF,) aud deliberately threw away his own work, and took
it up to the temple, where it was inspected by the overseer,
rejected (for the reason before explained,) and thrown among
the rubbish. He then repaired to the office of .the senior
grand warden, to receive his wages; but not being able to give
the token, he was detected as an impostor, which had like
to have. Cost him his right hand; but King Solomon pardoned
him and after a severe reprimand he was taken back to the
quarries. Previous to the completion of the temple, the pro-
gress of the work was interrupted for want "of the key stone,
which circumstance being communicated to King Solomon,
he gave order that search should be made for it among the
rubbish,where it was found, find afterwards applied to ifs.in-
tended use. "How it was disposed of, we cannot now in-
form you. You must advance further in the mysteries of
masonry, before you can know. -
"On the sixth hour of the sixth day of every week, the
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
97
craft being eighty thousand in number, formed in procession,
and repaired to the office of the senior grand warden to re-
ceive their wages; and in order to prevent the craft being
imposed upon by unskilful workmen, each craftsman claim-
ing wages, was made to thrust his _ hand through a lattice
window, into the oflfice of the senior grand wardens; and at
the same time, give this token, [See plate 7, fig. 4.] holding
under the two last fingers»of his hand, a copy of his mark.
"The senior grand warden casts his eye upon the corres-
ponding mark in the book, (where all the marks of the craft,
eighty thousand in number, were recorded,) and seesng how
much money was due to that particular mark, placed it be-
tween the finger and f/mrai & his two four-fingers of the crafts-
man, who withdrew his hand and passed on ; and so on, each
in his turn, until all were paid off. If any person attempted
to receive wages, without being able to give the token, the
senior grand warden seized him by the hand, drew his arm
through the window, held him fast and exclaimed immediate-
ly "an impostor." Upon this signal, an officer who was sta-
tioned there for that purpose, would immediately strike off
his arm." [See plate 7, fig, 8.]
Then the following charge is given to the candidate, by
the right worshipful master. "Brother I congratulate you on
having been thought worthy of being advanced to this honor-
able degree of masonry. Permit me to impress , on your
mind, that your assiduity should ever be commensurate with
your duties, which become more and more extensive, as you
advance in masonry. In the honorable, character of mark
master mason, it is more particularly your duty to endeavor to
let your conduct in the lodge and among your brethren, be
such as may "stand the test of the grand overseer's square:
you that may not like the unfinished and imperfect work of
the negligent and unfaithfulof former times, be rejected, and,
thrown aside as unfit for that spiritual building, that house not
made with hands, eternal in the heavens. ,
While such is your conduct, should misfortunes assail you,
should friends forsake you, should envy traduce your good
name, and malice persecute you: yet may you have confidence,
that among mark master masons, you will find friends, who
will administer relief to your distresses, and comfort your af-
dictions; ever bearing in mind, as a consolation, under all
frowns of fortune, and as an encouragement to hope for better
98
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
prospects, that the stone which the builders rejected ^ possesiag
merits to them unknown, become the chief stone of the cor-
ncr."
Then all the brethren shuffle about the lodge again, as
before, the right worshipful master gives one rap with his gav-
el, and says, "what is the cause of this disturbance among
the workmen Brother senior."
S. W. Right worshipful master,It is the sixth hour of the
sixth day of the week; the craft are impatientto receive their
wages.
R. W*. M. It is my order that yoir form the craft in pr©^
cession, and that they repair to the office of the senior grand
wardens, in order to receive their wages.
[They form two and two, and inarch around the lodge
against the sun, and finish singing, the "mark master's song,"
commencing where they left off before, as followsi]
Hiram, the widow's son,
Sent to King Solomon
The great key stone:
On it appears the name,
Which rises high the fame
Of all, to whom the same
Is truly known.
Now to the westward move,
Where full of peace and love,
Hiram doth, stand;
But if impostors are
Mixed with the worthy there,
Caution them beware
Of the rieht hand!
Now to the praise of those
\Vho triumph o'er the Iocs
Of mason's art -r
To the praiseworthy three,
Who founded this degree;
May all their virtues be
Deep in our hearts.
Thesongbeing ended, the right worshipful takes his seat in
the east; and eachof the brethren thrusts his hand through the
the world's wonder.
99
lattice Window, and receives every man a penny.11 As soon
as they have received their wages, they run round the lodge,
each inquiring of every one he meets, "how much have you
got! E.ich replies, penny.'''' Among the rest, the
candidate is asked how much he has got. He replies, "a
pennyAt this information, all the brethren pretend to be
in a great rage; and hurl their pennies on the floor with vio-
lemce.:. ^ /
[The candidate sometimes throws down his penny ,in itfti-
tation of the rest, not being what the masons call "bright!"]
The candidate finds him-elf surrounded not by a "band of
brothers," but more properly a band of mutineers, each pro-
testing against the manner of paying the craft. In the .midst
of all this noise and confusion, 'the right worshipful master
gives a rap, with his gavel and says, "what is all th/s con-
fusion brethren?" - -I .
S. D. All the craft are dissatisfied with the manner in
which you pay them. Here is a young craftsman, Who has
just past the square, and has received as much as we who
have borne the borderland fatigue of the day; and we don't
think it is right and just; and we will not put up with it.
R. W. M. This is the law;' and it is perfectly right.
J. D. I don't know any law that will justify any such pro-
ceedings. If there is any such law, I wish you would show
it. / ■
R. W. M. If you will be patient, you shall hear the law.
Then he reads as follows: ■ r. !
Matii. XX.. 1—16.* For the kingdom of heaven is like
unto a man that is an householder, which went out early in
the morning, to hire laborers into his vineyard. I And when
he had agreed with the laborers for a penny a <py, he sent
Ihem into his vineyard. And he went out abofit the third
hour, and saw others standing idle in the markelt-place, and
said unto them, Go ye also into the vineyard; and [whatsoever
is right, I will*give you. And they went their jway. And
again he went out, about the sixth and ninth hc^ur, and did
likewise; and about the eleventh hour, he w^nt out and
* *To the shame, and confusion of masons; they pretend that'
Solomon availed himself of the new Testament about a thousand
years before the christian era! [Consequently they ark a thousand
years before the news 11!^
100
THE WORLD'S WONDER,
found others standing idle, and saith unto them, why stand ye
here all the day idle? They say unto him, Because no man
hath hired us. He saith unto them, Go ye also into *he vine-
yard, and whatsoever is right, that shall ye receive. So when
even was come, the lord of the vineyard saith unto his stew-
ard, call the laborers, and give them their wages, begining
from the last unti the first. And when they came, that were
hired about the eleventh hour, they received every man a
penny. But when the first came,* they supposed they would
have received more;' and they likewise receive every man
a penny. And when they received it, they murmered against
the good man of the house, saying, these last have wrought
hut one hour, and thou hast made them equal unto us, who
have home the burden of;the day. But he answered one of
them,Wnd said, Friend, I do thee no wrong: didst thou not
agree With me for a penny? Take that thine is and go thy
way : I will give unto this last, even as unto thee. Is it not
awful for me to do what I will with my ownX Is thine eye
evil, because I am good? So the. last shall be first, and the
first last: for many are called, but few. are chosen."
R. W. M. What say you now to the law?
"The brethren say, we are all satisfied,'1 [all picking up
their pennies, and taking their seats as before, which finishes
thedegre^.]
PAST MASTER'S DEGREE.
o
When a master mason is elected master of a lodge, He of
necessity must receive this degree, before he takes the master's
chair; in which case it is conferred by an individual. Past
masters who organize themselves into a lodge for that pur-
pose; and confer this degree as hereafter described. But it
is generally conferred in a chapter of royal arch masons,
who possess the privilege of conferring all the intermediate
degrees, by a right inherent in them.*
This lodge consists of seven officers, viz: One Right Wor-
shipful Master, two Senior Wardens, three Junior Wardens,
four Secretaries, five Treasurers, six Senior Deacons, seven
Junior Deacons. All the officers and members, as many as
may be present keep their hats on, when the lodge is .open
and at work on this degree. .
The lodge is opened and closed in the same manner that
the lodges of the first three degrees are. The candid-
ate petitions, and is balloted for in the same way, but is re-
ceived into the lodge, in a very different manner. The
lodge being opened for the dispatch of business, and ready
for the reception of the candidate, the junior deacon con-
ducts him into the lodge, and seats him without ceremony,
and repairs to his own station.
A heavy alarm is immediately made at the outer door.
The junior deacon rises in his place and says,'there is an
alarm at the outer door, right worshipful master.'
R. W. M. Attend to the alarm, and see who comes there.
The Junior-deacon inquires the cause of the alarm, returns
and delivers a letter to the right worshipful master, who
opens and reads as follows:
Dear husband:—Our little Hiram has accidently turned
over the tea-pot of boiling tea upon him, and scalded him in
*See the constitution of the grand royal arch chapter.
9*
102. the world's Wonder,
a shocking manner; you must come immediately, for his life
is dispaired of.
Your affectionate but effected wife,*
E. L.
R. W. M. You must appoint some one brother, to fill the
chair. I must leave immediately, I cannot stay to confer
this degree. ,
J. W. I really hope that you will stay to confer this de-
gree, right worshipful; Brother Easywit has come some dis-
tance, and expects to receive it. I believe he is in the room,
he can speak for himself, and unless he is willing to put it off,
you will be under the necessity of staying.
The candidate [who at this time does not mistrust this is
part of the degree,] sometimes rises and says he is willing to
put it off, he is perfectly willing to accommodate, as the wor-
shipful's family is sick. -
J. W. Right worshipful, I am very anxious you should
stay to confer this degree this evening, as it is very uncertain
when I shall be able to attend again. He might not get so
many brethren together at another meeting; and as this is
a very difficult degree to confer, I feel that you ought to stay.
R. W. M. It is impossible for me to stay brethren ;you will
therefore appoint some one to fill the chair. There is a
number of brethren present qualified to confer the degree;
you will therefore please to nominate.
J. W. I nominate brother senior warden to fill the chair.
•W. M. Brethren, it is jnoved and seconded that brother
senior warden fill the chair this evening, to confer this degree
on brother Easy wit. All those in favor of it, signify it by
saying ay. [One says ay.] All those opposed to it, so sig- ,
nify it by saying no. [All the lodge exclaim no.] It is not a
vote. Brethren you will please to nominate a new master.
S. W. I nominate brother senior warden to fill the chair.
The right worshipful master tries the vote as before; but
cannot get a vote; and requests the brethren to nominate.
Then the candidate is nominated, and voted into the chair
by a unanimous vote.
R. W. M. Brother Easywit, (or some other name as the
case may be,) you are elected master of this lodge ;you will
step this way and take the chair. The candidate steps along
*The letter is generally addressed as may best apply to the master.
THE WOitLD?S WONDER.
find as he is about to take the chair, the right worshipful
master pulls him back and says, 'before you occupy the mas-
ter's chair, you must take an obligation to discharge with
fidelity the duty as master of the lodge. The candidate says
hetiasnoobjectionsjhe is then conducted to the altar, kneels on
both knees, lays both hands on the Holy Bible, square and com-
passes, and takes the following oath:
J. E. F. Of my own free will and accord, in presence of
Almighty God, and this worshipful lodge of past master ma-
sons, do hereby, and hereon, most solemnly & sincerely prom
ise and swear, in addition to my former obligations, that! will
not give the secrets of this degree of past master masons, or
any of the secrets pertaining thereto, to any one of an infer!-
or degree, nor to any person in the known world, except it
be to a t«-ue and lawful brother, or brethren, of past master
masons, or within the lodge of a true and lawfully constitu-
ted lodge of such; and not unto him or them whom I shall
here so to be, but unto him or them only, whom I shall find
so to be, after strict trial, and examination, or lawful, infor-
mation.
1 do furthermore promise and swear, that I. will obey all
regular signs, summons, sent, thrown, handed-or given from
the hand of a brother of this degree, or from the body of a
just and lawfully constituted lodge of past masters.
1 do furthermore promise and swear, that I will support
the constitution of the general grand royal chapter of the
United States of America; also that of the grand chapter
of this State, under which this lodge is held; and conform to
all the by-laws, rules and regulations of this or any other
lodge, of which I may hereafter become a member.
I do furthermore promise and swear, that I will not as-
sist, or be present at the conferring this degree upon any
person who has not been to the best of my knowledge and
belief, regularly received, (in addition to the degrees of en-
tered-fellow craft, and master mason,) the degree of mark
master mason, or been elected master of a regular lodge of
masons.
I do furthermore promise and swear, that I will aid and
assist all poor and indigent past master masons, their wid-
ow8 and orphants, wherever dispersed around the globe, they
applying to me as such, and I finding them worthy, so far as
104
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
in my power, without doing material injury to myself or
family.
I do furthermore promise and swear, that the secrets of ^
brother of this degree, delivered to me incharge as such,
shall remain as secure and inviolable in my breast, as tlfey
were in his own before communicated to me, murder and
treason excepted, and they left to my option.
I do furthermore promise and swear, that I will not wrong
this lodge, nor a brother of this degree to the value of one
cent, knowingly myself, nor suffer it to be done by others if
in my power to prevent it.
I do furthermore promise and swear, that I will not gov-*
em this lodge, nor any other, over which J may be called to
preside, in any haughty and arbitrary manner, but will at all
times use my best endeavors to preserve peace and harmony
among the brethren.
I do furthermore promise and swear, that I will never
open a lodge of master masons, unless there be present three
regular master massons beside the tyler, nor close the same
without giving a lecture, or section, or part of a lecture, for
the instruction of the lodge.
I do furthermore promise and swear, that I will not sit in a
lodge where, the presiding officer has not taken the degree of
past master mason. To all of which I do most solemnly and
sincerely promise and swear, with a fixed and steady purpose
of mind, to keep and perform, the same; binding myself
under no less penalty than (in addition to all my former obli-
gations) to have my tongue split from tip to root, that I might s
forever therefore be unable to pronounce the word, should
I ever prove wilfully guilty of violating any part of this, my
solemn oath or obligation, of past master mason. So help
me God, and make me steadfast to keep and perform the
same. y -
R. W. M. Says, kiss the bible five times.
Then the right worshipful master says to the candidate,
'you now behold me approaching you from the east, under
the step, sign, and due-gard, of a past master mason/
The right worshipful master steps off with the left foot, pla-
cing the* heel of the right at the toe of the left, so as to
bring the feet at right angles, 'forming the right angle of a
square.' He then placing the thumbs of the right hand
upon the lips gives this sign, having his fingers clenched.
THE WORLI)7S WONDER.
*05
[Sec plate 9, fig, 1.] This alludes to the penalty of a past mas-
ter mason: to have his tongue split from tip to root.
The following is also a sign of a past master, it alludes to
part of the penalty of this degree which covers all the former
penalties. Which is done by placing the right hand upon the
left side of the neck, (as in plate 9, fig 2,) draw the hand
edgewise downwards in a diagonal direction, from the left to
the right side, so as to cross the three former penalties.
Then the right worshipful takes the candidate by the hand
and says: "Arise brother,and take a seatip the ^Oriental chair
of SolomonA chair is then placed in front of the 'masters
chair,' and the candidate is directed to seat himself in it. •
Then "the right worshipful master says to him,'King solo-
mon, when a very old and decriped man, was attended by his
two old friends, Hiram King o f Tyre, and Hiram A biff;t [ ! !!]
who raised and seated him by means of the^pass master's grip.'
The right worshipful master and senior warden take the
candidate by this grip, [see plate 9,fig3,] and the candidate is
raised on his feet, and seated several times.
Then the senior warden takes his seat, and the right wor-
shipful master instructs the candidate in the grip and word
of a past-master. (See pi ite 9, fig, 3.)
This is done by taking each other by the master's grip, and
saying, ''from a grip to a span? at the same time, slipping
the right hands so as to catch each other just about the wrist;
then raising the left hand and ,catching each other by the
elbow of the right arm, while one says, 'a threefold cord is
strong,' the other says, 'a four fold cord is not easily brokenA
Then the master conducts the candidate to his chair, places
a hat upon his head, and comes down to the front of the new-
ly installed master, and addresses him as follows: worshipful
master, I now present you with the furniture and various im-
plemenls of our profession. They are emblematical of our
conduct in life, and will now be enumerated and explained,
as presented. " "
The holy writings, that great light in masonry, will guide
you to ail truth; it will direct your path tp the temple of hap-
piness, and point out to you the Whole duty of man.
The square teaches to regulate our actions by rule and
line; and harmonize our conduct, by the principles of moral-
ity and virtue.
The compasses teach us to limit our desires in every station ;
106
THE WORLD'S wonHER.
thus rising to eminence by merit, may we live respected.
'The rules direct, that we stand punctually, observe our
'duty, press forward in the path of virtue, and neither inclift*
ing to the right nor left, in all our actions have eternity in
view.
'The line teaches the criterion of moral rectitude, to avoid
dissimulation in conversation and action, and direct our steps
to the path that leads to immortality. The book of consti-
tutions, you are to search at all times, and cause to be read
in your lodge, that none may be ignorant of the excellent
precepts it enjoins. Lastly,-you receive in charge the by-laws
of your lodge, which you are to see carefully and punctually,
executed.
'I will also present yoa with $ mallet; it is anT emblem of
power. One stroke- of the mallet calls to order, and calls
up the junior and senior deacons; two strokes call up all
the subordinate officers; and three the. whole lodge.'
. R. W« You will salute your new master, brethren. -
He then walks in front of the caudidate, and gives the
signs of an entered apprentice mason, and passes on; and
each brother present'does the same, in like manner; until the
signs of each degree are given up to the past master.
Then the right worshipful master says to the candidate;
'I now leave you to the government of your lodge.'. [Taking
his seat.] ~ ' -
Now the senior warden goes and delivers up his jewel and
gavel, to the new master, and vacates his seat, and the.subop
dinate officers, each in turn according to rank, do the same,
After a few minutes' pause, the old master rises, and address.^
ing the chair, savs: Right worshipfql, I perceive^ the officers
have all left their seats, probably out of compliment to me,
Brother seck-offiicc was senior: warden: I have no'doubt he,
Will serve u ider you, if you request him.
The New Master asks brother S. to take the senior war-
den's jewels, who veiy promptly complies? and takes his seat;
and in like manner all the officers are re-inseated, until they
come to the treasurer, when the old master addressing the
chair, says, 'right worshipful, the treasurer's is an office of
considerable responsibility, he holds all the fqnds and prop*
er-ty of the lodge; the brethren all wish to have a voice m
opening or filling that office, and it is generally customary to
dp it by nqminqtion. If you will request the brethren to
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
nominate, I presume they will select some one that will suit
them.'
The JVew Master requests the brethren to nominate' a treas-
urer. Here a scene of confusion takes place which is not
easily described. .The new installed worshipful is made
the butt for evefy worthy brother to exercise his wit upon.
Half a dozen are up at a time, soliciting the toaster to nom-
inate them for treasurer, urging their several claims, and de-
crying the merits of others with much zeal; some crying out,
order, worshipful! keep order! others propose to dance! and.
request the master to sing for them; some whistle or sing, or
jump about the room, or scuffle, and knock down chairs or
benches. One propposes to call from labor to refreshment;
another compliments the worshipful master on his dignified
appearance&knocks oflf his hat, or pulls it down over his face,
& sometimes he is draged from his oriental chair; [See plate
9, fig. 4,] another informs him a lady wishes to enter. Senior
warden or some other brother makes a long speech about re-
ducing the price of chapter degrees, from twenty dollars to
twelve, and recommends lhat it be paid in country produce,
&c. His motion is seconded, and the neyr master is pressed
on all sides to lpui the question.' If .the question is put the
brethren all vote against it, and accuse the new master of
breaking his oath; when he swore he would support the con-
slitucion of the Grand Royal Jlarch Chapter, which establishes
the price of the four chapter degrees, at twenty dollars.
If the master attempts to exercise the power of the gavel, it often
has the contrary effect; for if he gives more than one rap,
instead of seating the noisy fraternity, it calls them all upon
their feet. If he gives one rap, and calls to order, every one
obeys the signal, with the utmost promptness, and drops on
the nearest seat. The next instant, before the master can
utter a word, all are on their feet again and as noisy as ever.
Some brother now proposes, that the lodge be closed;another
one hopes it will be closed in a short way. You can close
it as you please. You can merely declare the lodge closed,
or in any other way.' • *
The candidate, who is often much embarrassed, sometimes
rises and says,'/ declare this lodge f—At this, another genera!
confusion takes place. The old master catches him by the
arm, and says, 'Brother, you swore in your obligation, that
you would not close this or any other lodge, over which yoa
108
THE WORLD?S WONDER.
should be called to preside, without giving a lecture or some
part thereof. Do you intend to break your oath?' The can-
didate says he does not recollect taking that oath; he is very
sorry; he does not intend to break his oath, &c. On being
told he can resign to the old master, who will close for him,
he very cheerfully abdicates the 'oriental chair. The wor-
shipful master informs him that the preceding scene, notwith-
standing its apparent confusion, is designed to convey to him
in a striking manner, the Important lesson, never to solicite,
or accept any office, or station, for which he does not know
himself amply qualified.
The ceremony being through, the lodge is closed, asinthe
preceding degrees.
MOST EXCELLENT MASTER'S
DEGREE.
A part of the ceremonies of opening this lodge, is
the same as that of the preceding degrees. The of-
ficers and brethren take their seats as in plate No. 10.
No. 1. Most excellent master; 2. Senior warden;
3. Junior warden; 4. Secretary; 5. Treasurer; 6.
Senior deacon; 7. Junior deacon.
The tyler being stationed, the most excellent mas-
ter then gives two raps with his gavel; which brings
all the officers upon their feet; and- each recites the
duty, commencing with the junior deacon, in regular
course to the senior wardenj who also recites his
duty of the most excellent,master, which is the same
as in the mark or past master's lodge.
The most excellent master then says, 'brother sen-
ior warden, assemble the brethren round the altar,
for the purpose of opening this lodge of most excel-
lent master masons.'
S. W. Brethren, please to assemble round the al-
tar, for the purpose of opening this lodge of most
excellent master masons.
In pursuance of this request, the brethren assem-
ble round the altar, and form a circle; and stand in
such a position as to touch each other, leaving a
space for the most excellent master: then all kneel
on their left knees, and join hands; each giving his
right hand brother his left hand, and his left hand
brother his right hand, their left arms uppermost
and their heads inclining downwards. All being
10
110
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
thus situated, the most excellent master reads the fol-
lowing portion of scripture:
Psalm xxiv. 'The earth is the Lord's, and tht
fulness thereof; the world, and all that dwell therein.
For he has founded it upon the seas, and established
it upon the floods. Who shall ascend to the hill of
the Lord? And who shall stand in his holy place?
He that hath clean hands and a pure heart; who hath
not lifted up his soul unto vanity, nOr sworn de-
ceitfully. He shall receive the blessing from the Lord,,
and righteousness from the God of salvation. This
is the generation of them that seek him, that seek
thy face O Jacob. Selah. Lit; up your head,* O
ye gates! and be ye liftup, ye everlasting doors, and
the King of Glory shall come in: Who is the King
of Glory? The Lord strong and mighty! the Lord,
mighty in battle. Lift up your heads, Q ye gates!
even lift them up, ye everlasting doors, and the King
of Glory shall come in.', a '*
>Who is the King of Glory? The Lord strong and
mighty, the Lord mighty mbattle. Lift lip our heads,
O ye gates! even lift them up, ye everlasting doors!
and the King of Glory shall come in. Who is the
King of Glory? Selah,'
*As the most excellent master reads the words,'Lift jour heads*
0 ye gates,'each kneeling brother, applying the scriptures to hims ?lf>
alter/ at dy raise?, and again bows his head, as the reading proceeds;
out as often as the following passage, 'Let the king of glory corno
in 1* occurs in the reading, the most excellent master applying it to
himself, advances a few steps towards the space left for him intho
circle, and arrives there ohout the time the reading ends. His voice
is loud and sonorous; and when repeating the question,' 'Who is the
king of glory?1 He raises himself upon his t ies, erects his head,
and seems to say, as he strikes his heels to the floor, "f am the king
of glory?1—This is a difficult part to perform. The object of the
presiding officer in this part of the ceremony, is to personate Deity!
1 is scenic representation is therefore, as perfectly wrought up to
Us ideas of supreme majesty, as are those of a t ragedian on the stage
wahen.personating Rolla, Richar III. or Othello, according to his
notions of their characters. "
The world's wonder.
lit
The reading being ended, the most excellent mas-
ter then kneels, joins hands with the others, which
closes the circle, and they all lift their hands, as joined
together, up and down, six times, keeping time with
the words, as the most excellent master repeats them;
*one, two three; one, two,'three.' This is masonic-
ally called balancing. They then rise, disengage
their hands, and lift them up above, their heads, with
a moderate and somewhat graceful motion, and cast
up their eyes; turning at the same time to the right,
they extend their arms, and then suffer them to fall
loose and somewhat nerveless, by their sides, £8ee
plate tl, fig. 2.]
Tiie sign is said by mosons to represent the sign
of astonishment made by the queen of Sheba, on first
viewing Solomon's temple.
The most excellent master then resumes his seat,
and says, 'Brethren, attend to giving the. signs.'
The most excellent master then gives all the signs
from an entered apprentice mason, up to the degree
of most excellent master, in which they all join, and
imitate him.
M. E. M. Brother senior warden, you will please
to inform brother junior, and request him to inform
the brethren, that it is my will and pleasure that this
lodge of most excellent master masons, be now open-
ed for the dispatch of business, strictly forbidding all
private committees, or profane language, whereby the
harmony of the same may be interupted, while enga-
ged in their lawful pursuits; under no less penalty,
than the bylaws enjoin, or a majority of the brethren
may see cause to inflict.
S. W. Brother junior, it is the will and pleasure
of the most excellent master, that this lodge of most
excellent master masons, be now opened for dispatch
pf business; strictly prohibiting all prvate committees,
112
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
or profane language, whereby the harmony of the
same may be interrupted, while engaged in their law-
ful pursuits; under no less penalty than the by-laws
enjoin, or a majority of the brethren may see cause
to inflict.
J. W. Brethren, you have heard the most excel-
lent master's will and pleasure, as communicated to
me by brother senior. So let it be done.
The lodge being now opened, and ready for the
receptiou of candidates, the junior deacon repairs to
the preparation room, where the candidate is in wai-
ting; takes off his coat, puts a cable tow six times
round his body; and in this situation, conducts him
to the door of the lodge, against which lie gives six
distinct knocks, which are answered by the same
number by the senior deacon from within. Junior
deacon then gives one knock, and the senior deacon
answers it by giving one more; the door is then part-
ly opened by the senior deacon, who then says,
4 who comes here?'
r J. D. A worthy brother, who has been regularly
initiated as an entered apprentice mason, passed to
the degree of fellow craft, raised to the sublime de-
gree of master mason, advanced to the honorary de-
gree of mark master, presided as master in the chair,*
and now wishes further light in masonry, by being
received and acknowledged as a most excellent master.
8. D. Is it of his own free will and accord, he
makes this request?
J. D. It is.
SrD. Is he duly and truly prepared?
J. I). He is.
8. I). Is he worthy and well qualified?
J. D. He is.
8. H. Has he made suitable proficiency in the
preceding degrees?
the worlds wonder.
118
J. D. He has.
£. D. By what further right or benefit does lie ex-
pect to obtain this favor?
J. D. By the benefit of a pass-word.
S. D. Has he a pass word?
J. D. He has it not: but I have it for him.
S. D. Give it to me; ,
Junior deacon whispers in.the ear of the senior
warden the word Baboni. [In many lodges, the
past master's word 'Giblem', is used as a pass-word
for the degree, and the word 'Raboni,' as the real
word.]
S. D. The word is right. You will wait until
the most excellent master in the east is made acquain-
ted with your request, and his answer returned.
Senior deacon repairs to the most excellent mas-
ter in the east, and gives six raps at the door.
M. E. M. Who comes here?
S. D. A worthy brother who has been'regu-
larly initiated as an entered apprentice mason, pass-
ed to the degree of a fellow craft, raised to the sub-
lime degree of a master mason, advanced to the hon-
orary degree of mark master, presided as master in
the chair, and now wishes for further light in mason-
ry, by being received and acknowledged as most ex-
cellent master.
M. E. M. Is it of his own free will and accord he
makes this request?
S. I). It is.
M. E. M. Is he duly and truly prepared?
S. D. He is.
M. E. M. By what further right or benefit does
he expect to obtain this favor?
S. D. By the benefit of a pass-word.
M. E. M. Has he a pass-word?
S. D. He has not; but I have it for him.
M. E. M. Give it.
id*
114
THE WORLD*S WONDER.
Senior deacon whispers in the ear, the word <Ra*
boni.'
M. E. M. The pass is right. Since he cbihes
endowed with all these necessary qualifications, let
him enter this lodge, of most excellent masters; in
the name of the Lord.
The door is then flung open, and the senior dea^
con receives the candidate upon the key stone. The
candidate is then walked six times round the lodge,
by the senior deacon, moving with the sun. The
first time they pass round the lodge, opposite the jun-
ior warden, he gives one blow with the gavel; when
opposite the senior warden, he does the same; and
likewise the most excellent master, when opposite
him. The second time round, each gives two blows;
the third, three; and so on, until they arrive to six.
During the time, the most excellent master reads the
following passage of scripture.
Psalm cxxii. 'I was glad when they said unto
me, Let us go into the house of the Lord. Our feet
shall stand within tby gates, O Jerusalem. Jeriisa-
lem is builded as a* city that is compact together:
whither the tribes go up, the tribes of the Lord, unto
the testimony of Israel, togivethanks unto the name
of the Lord. ' For there are set thrones of judgment,
the thrones of the house of David. Pray for the
peace of Jerusalem, they shall prosper that love
thee. Peace be within thy walls, and prosperity with-
in thy palaces. For my brethren and companions,
sakes, 1 will now say, peace be within thee. Be-
cause of the house of the Lord our God, I will seek,
thy good.'
The reading of the foregoing is so timed, as not
to be fully ended, until the senior deacon and candid-
ate have performed their sixth revolution, and arriy-
ed at the juniur warden's station in the south; when
THE WORLD'S WONDER*
the same questions are asked, and answers returned
as at the door.. The junior warden directs them to
pass on to the senior warden in the west, for further
examination, where the same questions are asked)
and answers returned as before* The senior wardetl
directs them to be conducted to the right worshipful
master in the east, for further examination. The
right worshipful asks the same questions and receives
the same answers as before: and says,'please to con-
duct the candidate back to the west, from whence he
came, and put him in care of the senior warden, and
request him to teach the candidate bow to approach
the east, by advancing upon six upright regular steps,
to-the sixth step in masonry; and place him at theal-
tar, in a proper position to take upon himself the so-
lemn oath, or obligation of a most excellent master
mason.
The candidate then is conducted back to the west,
and put in care of the senior warden, who informs
him how to approach the east, as directed by the
most excellent master.* The candidate kneels on
both knees, and places both hands on the bible,
square and compasses. Now the most excellent
master comes forward and says, 'Brother you are
now in a proper position to take upon you the solemn
oath or obligation of a most excellent master mason,
which I assure you, as before, is neither to affect
your religion or politics. If you are willing to take
it, repeat your name and say after me.'
Then the following obligation is administered:
I, B. W., of my own free will and accord, in
presence of Almighty God, and this lodge of most
*The candidate, in taking the first step in masonry, steps off with
the left foot first, and brings up the right so as to form a square; he
takes two steps, viz. first as above described; second Step, right foot
first and so on, always beginning at the first step.
116 the world's wo&dfclu
i
excellent master masons, do hereby and hereon in
addition to my former obligations, most solemnly^
and sincerely promise and swear, that I will not give
the secrets of most excellent master, to any of an
inferior degree, nor to any person in the known world,
excep it be to a true and lawful brother of this degree,
and within the body of a just and lawfully constitu-
ted lodge of such; and not unto him nor them whom
I shall hear so to be, but unto him and them only
whom I shall find so to be, after strict trial and due
examination, or lawful information.
Furthermore I do promise and swear, that I will
obey all regular signs arid summons, sent, or thrown
to me from a brother of this degree, or from the bo-
dy of a just and lawfully constituted lodge of suclr;
provided it be within the length of my cable tow.
Furthermore I do promise and swear, that J will
support the constitution of the general grand royal
arch chapter of the United States of America; also
that of the grand royal arch chapter of this State,
under which this lodge is held, and conform to all the
by-lawsj rules, and regulations of this or any other
lodge, of which I may hereafter become a member.
Furthermore X do promise and swear, that I will
aid and assist all poor and indigent brethren of this
degree, their widows and orphans, wheresoever dis-
persed around the globe, as far as in my power, with-
out injuring myself or family.
Furthermore do I promise and swear, that the se-
crets of a brother of this degree, given to me in charge
as such, and 1 knowing them to be such, shall re-
main as secret and inviolable in my breast, as in his
own, murder and treason excepted, and the same
left to my own free will and choice.
Furthermore do I promise and swear, that I will
not wrong this lodge of most excellent master
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
masons, nor a brother of this degree, to the value of
any thing, knowingly, myself, nor suffer it to be done
by others, if in my power to prevent it.
Furthermore do I promise and swear, that X will
dispense lightand knowledge to all ignorant and un-
informed brethren at'all times, as far as in my power,
without material injury to myself or family. To all
of which I do most solemnly swear; with a fixed and
steady purpose of mind in me to keep and perform
the same; binding myself under no less penalty than
to have my right and left breasts torn open, my heart
taken from thence, and thrown on a dung-hill to rot,
if ever I violate any part of this my solemn oath or
obligation of a most excellent * master mason. *80
help me God, and keep me steadfast in the due per-
formance of the same.
M* E. M. Detach your hands, and kiss the book
six times.
The candidate is now requested to rise, and the
most excellent master gives him the sign, grip, and
word, appertaining to this degree. [See plate 11,
fig. 1.] It alludes to the penality of the obligation.
The grip is given by taking each other by the right
hand, and clasping them, so that each compresses
the third finger of the other with his thumb. [If on©
hand is large and the other snfall, they cannot both
give thegrip at the same time.] It is called the grip
of all grips, 01* covering, grip, because it is said to,
cover all the preceding grips. [Bee plate 11, fig. 3.]
The most excellent holds the candidal by the hand,
and puts the inside of his right foot to the inside of
the candidate's right foot, and whispers in his right
ear, 'Raboni.' In some lodges, the word is not giv-
en in a whisper, but in a low voice. If there is more
than one candidate, to take this degree in one evening,
the candidate in this place is requested to take his
418
the world's wonder.
seat in the lodge, until the rest have come 'thus far;'
and then all receive the remaining part together.
After these ceremonies are over, and "the members
are seated, some noise is intentionally made by shuf*
fling the feet. *
M. E. M. Brother senior, what is the cause of
this confusion?
S., W. Is not this day set apart for the celebra:
tion of the cap-stone? , .
M. . E. M. r will ask brother secretary. Broth-
er secretary, is -this the day set apart for the celebra-
tion of the cap-stone?
Bee. [L o-. iking in his booh. J It is most excellent.
M. E. M. Brother senior warden, assemble the
brethren, and form a procession, for the celebration
of the cap-stone- The brethren then assemble, (the
candidate stands aside, not joining in the procession.)
and form a procession double file, and march six
times around the lodge, against the course of the sun,
singing the following song, and giving all the signs
from an entered apprentice, to that of most excellent
master; when opposite the most excellent a second
time, they then give the second sign, and continue it
the second time in the same manner up to the sighs of
this degree.
SONG.
'All hail to the morning,1'that bids us rejoice;
The temple's completed, exalt high each voice ;
The cap-stone is finished—our labor is o'er,.
The sound of the gavel shall hail us no more..
To the power Almighty, who ever lias guided
The tribes of old Israel, exalted their tame;
To him who has govered our hearts undivided,
Let's send, forth our vows to praise his grent name,
Companions assemble on this joyful day,
{The occasion is glorious) the key stone to lay;
TI1E WORLD'S WONDER.
110
F., la led is the prorrfse, by the ancient of days
To bring forth the cap-s oae wiihshou ingand praisa.
The key-stoue is now brought forward, and pla-
ced in its proper place, that is, two pillars or col-
urnns, called Jachin & Boaz, each about five feet
high, are set up, and an arch placed upon them, made
of plank or boards, in imitation of block work, in
the center of which is a mortice left for the reception
of a key-stone; the most excellent master takes the
key-stone, and steps up into a chair* and places it in
the arch; and drives it down to its place by giving it
six raps with his gavel.
As soon as this ceremony is through, all the breth-
ren move round as before, continuing the song:
There is no more occasion for level or plumb line
For trowel or gavel, for compass or square;
As they come to these words, all the brethren divest,
themselves of their jewels, aprons, sashes, &c. and
bang them on the arch, as they pass round.
Our works are completed, the ark safely seated,
And we shall be greeted as workmen most rare. •
The ark, which all this time has been carried
round by four of the brethren, is brought forward
and placed on the altar, e& pot of inCetise is placed
on the ark.'
Now these that are worthy*, our tods who have shared.
And proved themselves faithful, shall meet their reward;
'f hesr virtue and knowledge, industry and skill,
Have our approbation—have gained our good-will.
The brethren now all halt, and face inward tp
the altar, and beckon the candidates to join in the
ceremonies.
120
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
We accept and receive them most excellent masters,
Invested with honor and power to preside,
Among worthy craftsmen, where'er assembled,
The knowlekge of masons to spread far and wide.
As they strike the following verses, each brother
throws his hands up, (turning up his eyes,) and giv-
ing the sign of admiration, [!!] as before described,
holds them jn that position through the two verses.
[See plate 11, fig. 2.]
AJmigty Jehovah, decend now and fil',
This lodge with thy glory, our hearts with good-will;
Preside at our meeting, assist us to find
True pleasure in teaching good will to mankind.
Thy wisdom inspired the great institution;
Thy strength shall support it. till nature expire,
Ar:d when the creation shall full into ruin,
Its beauty shall rise through the midst of the fire.
The members all kneel and join hands, as in ope-
ning; and while in this atitude the most excellent
reads the [following passage of scripture: 2 Chron.
vii. 1. 4. 'Now when Solomon had made an end of
praying, the fire came down from heaven, and consu-
med the burnt-offering, and the sacrifices; and the
glory of the Lord filled the house, and the priests could
not enter into the house of the Lord, because the glo-
ryof the Lord had filled the Lord's house. And
when all the children of Israel saw how the fire came
down, and the glory of the Lord upon the house,
"they bowed themselves with their face to the ground
upon the pavement, aniLworshiped, and praised the
Lord, saying, for he is good,* for his mercy endureth
*As the most excellent master reads these words, some brother
who stands behind the candidate touches a piece of gum-camphire
to a candle, and throws it, with a sort ol slight of hand, all blazing,
into 'he pot vf incense, of the same combustible matter, which stands
on the aliar before the kneeling brethren, which instantly ignites
and makes a very brilliant light.
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
121
forever.' The most excellent master now kneels, and
joins hands with the rest. They all then repeat in
concert the words, 'For he is good, for his mercy en-
dureth forever,' six times, each time bowing their
heads low to wads the floor. [See plate 11, fig. 4]
The members then balance six times as in open-
ing, rise and balance six times more, and disengag-
ing themselves from each other, take their seats.
The most excellent master then reads a charge to
the candidate from Cross' Chart.
The lodge is closed as in the preceding degrees.
11
ROYAIi ARCH DEGREE,
These nre briefly the circumstances upon which this de-
gree is founded, according to masonic tradition.
At the destruction of Jerusalem, by Nebuchadnezzar, three
most excellent master masons were taken prisoners, and co»-
reyed captives to Babylon, where they remained in bondage
seventy years, until the-reign of Cyrus King of Persia, by
whose proclamation they were liberated, and permitted to re-
turn to Jerusalem, to assist in rebuilding the temple. After
travelling over rough and rugged road, for many days, they
arrived at the '•outer veil of the tabernacleerei ted near the
ruins of the tempje. This tabernacle was an oblong square,
inclosed by four veils, or curtains, and divided into separate
appartments, by four cross veils, including the west end veil,
or enterance. The veils were parted in the centre and guard-
ed by four guards, with drawn swords.
In the 'Easternmoopend of the tabernacle, Ilaggai, Joshua,
and Zerubhahel usually sat in grand council to examine all
who wished to be employed in the noble and glorious work
of lebuiHing the temple. Since that time, every chapter of
royal arch masons, if properly formed, is a correct represent-
ation of this tabarnacle. [See plate 12.]
These three most excellent masters, on their arrival, were
introduced to the grand council,* and employed, furnished
with tools, and directed to commence their labors at the
north-east corner of the ruins of the old temple, and to clear
away and remove the rubbish, in order to lay the foundation
of the new. *
The grand council nlso gave them strict orders to preserve
whatever should fall in their w ay, (such as specimens of am
cient'architecture, &c.) and bring it up for their inspection.
The three most excellent masters repaired to the designated
place, and commencing work, discovered, among other tilings,
'o secret vaults in the vortex of w hich they iourd treasures
of incalculable benefit to the craft, and to the world generally,
♦High Priest, King, and Scribe.
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
121
For the remaining part of this history, the reader is refered
to the ceremonies of exaiting companions to this degree, which
(if masonic tradition or veracity can he relied on,) is literally
a recapitulation of the adventures of the notorious three who
founded this degree.
All legally constituted bodies of masons, from the degree
of entered apprentice to that of most excellent master, are
called lodges; and all legal assemblies of royal arch masons,
chapters. A chapter consists of nine officers, acting under a
charter or warrant, from the grand chapter within whose ju-
risdiction it is convened. Tae chapter or warrant empowers
each chapter to confer four degrees, viz. mark master, past
master, most excellent master, and royal arch.
The officers of the chapter, when installed, have not only
a right of ruling and conducting its own affairs, but also those
©f the three lodges under their jurisdiction.
The following list of officers of the chapter will show how
they rank in the lodges.
Chapter Officers. Officers of a mark master's
lodge
1. High priest, as 1. Right worshipful master.
2. King, 2. Senior warden.
3. Serine, 3. Junior warden
4. Captain of the host, [as marshal, or master mason.]
5. Principal sojourner, 4. Senior deacon.
6. Royal arch captain, 5. Junior warden.
7. Grand mister of 3d veil, 6. Mister overseer.
8. Grand master of 2d veil, 7. Senior overseer.
9. Grand master of 1st veil, 8. Junior overseer.
Thesearet'ie requisite number of officers to open a chapter,
or lodge, according to the oaths and rules ot these degrees.
In addition to these, they have three other officers, viz.
Secretary, as Secretary.
Treasurer, Treasurer.
Guard, Tyler.
r The officers and companions of the chapter being statipn-
ed [as in plate 12,] the presiding offices-proceeds to business,
as follows:
THE WOBLD?S WONDER.
H. P. Companions, I am about to open a chapter of royal
arch masons in this place, for the dispach of business; and
will thank you for your attention and assistance.
If there is any person present who is not a royal arch ma-
son, he is requested to retire.* Gives one rap with his gavel,
which brings the captain of the host upon his feet, and con-
tinues, companion captain of the host the first care of congre-
gated masons.
C. H. [Giving the sign as in plate 13, fig. 1.] To see the
tabernacle duly guarded, most excellent.
H. P. Attend to that part of your duty, and inform the
guard that we are about to open a chapter of royal arch ma-
sons in this place for the disptach of busines, and direct him
to guard accordingly.
Captain of host stations the guard at the outside of the
door, gives him his orders, closes the door, and makes an a-
larm of three times three, on the inside, to ascertain that the
guard is on his post; the guard answers by nine corresponding
raps-, the captain of the host then gives one, and the guard
does the same; the captain of the host then returns to his post,
and addressing the high priest says, 'The chapter is duly
guarded, most excellent.'
H. P., How guarded?
C. H. By a companion of this degree at the outer avenue,
with a sword drawn in his hand.
H. P. What is his duty there?
C. H, To observe the approach of all cowans and eaves-
droppers, and see that none pass or repass, but such as are duly
qualified.
II. P. Companions we will be clothed.
The companions place the furniture of the chapter in pro-
per order, clothe with their various jewels, robes and badges
of this degree, and draws aside the veils, which bring the hall
into one apartment, and resume their seats. The high priest
then gives two raps with his gavel, which brings all the offi-
cers on their feet, while the following lecture is given, or
questions asked by the high priest, and. answered by the cap-
tain of the host, or some officer that is qualified.
*If theie are any strangers present, or persons who are not known'
to be royal arch masons, they are invited into the preparation room,
and a committee appointed to examine them.
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
125
Q. Companion captain of the host, are you a royal arch
mason ?
A. I am, that I am.
Q. How shall I know you to be a royal arch mason?
A. By three times three.
Where was you made a royal arch mason?
In a just and legally constituted chapter of royal arch ma-
6ons, consisting of most excellent high priest, king and scribe,
captain of the host, principal sojourner royal arch captain,
and the three grand masters of the veils, assembled in a room"
or place, representing the tabernacle, erected by our ancient
brethren, near the ruins of King Solomon's temple.
Where is the high priest stationed and what are his duties?
lie is stationed in the sanctum sanctorum. His duty with
the King and Scribe, is to sit in the grand council, to form
plans and give directions to the workmen.
Where is the King's station and what is his duty.?
His station, is at the right hand of the high priest; and his
duty is to aid him by advice and council, and to preside, in his
absence.
Where is the scribes station, and what is his duty?
His station, is at the left hand of the high priest; and hie
dwty is to assist him and the King in the discharge ot their du-
ties, and to preside in their absence.
Where is the captain of the hosts, station, and what is his
duty?
His station is at the right hand of the grand council: and
his duty is to receive their orders and see them duly executed,
, Where is the principal sojourner's station, and what is his
duty?
His station is at the left hand of the grand council, and his
duty, is to bring the blind a way they have not known; to
lead them in the paths they have not trodden, to make dark-?
ness light, before them and crooked ways straight, >
Where is the arch captain's station, and what is his duty?
His station is at the inner veil, or entrance to the sanctum
sanctorum; and his duty is to guard the same, and see that
none pass, but such as are duly qualified, and have the proper
pase-word and signet of truth.
What is the color of his banner j
White, and is an emblem of that purity of heart, and recti.
it*
126
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
tude of conduct, which is essential to obtain admission infos
the divine sanctum sanctorum a bove;
Where are the stations, and what the duties of the three
grand masters of the veils ?
They are stationed, at the entrance of their respective veils;
and it is their duty to guard the same, and see that none pass
but such as are duly qualified, and in possession of proper pas?-
words and token. What is the colors of their banners?
That of the third scarlet; which is emblematical of ferven-
Cy, of zeal, and the appropriate color of the royal arch de-
gree. It admonishes us to be fervent in the exercise of our
devotions to God, and zealeous in our endeavors to promote
the happiness of men. Of the second, purple; which being
produced by a due mixture of blue and scarlet, the former of
which, is the characteristic color of the symbolic, or three
first degrees. It teaches us to cultivate that spirit of harmony
between the brethren of the symbolic degrees, and the com-
panions of the su blime degrees, which should ever distinguish
the members of a society founded upon the principals of ever-
lasting truth, and universal philosophy. Of the first blue,,
the peculiar color of the three ancient, or symbolic degree.
It is an emblem of universal friendship, and benevolence,
and instructs us that in the mind of a mason, those virtues
should be as expansive as the blue arch of heaven itself.
Where is the treasurer's place in the chapter, and what
his duty?
His station is at the left of the principal sojourner; and his
duty is to issue the orders, and notifications of his superior offi-
cers, record the proceedings of the chapter proper to be with-
in, to receive all moneys due the chapter, and pay them over
to the treasure,,
, Where is the guards station, and what is hi^duty?
. His station is at the opter avenue' of the chapter, and his
duty is to guard against the approach of cowans, and eaves-
droppers, and suffer none to pass, or repass, but such as are
duly qualified.
Then the high priest directs the companions to assemble*
around the altar, for the purpose of opening a chapter of royal
arch masons. The companions kneel upon the right knee, in
a circle round the altar, leaving an opening for the high
priest, king, and scribe* The high priest standing up, readsb
THE WORLD?S WONDER.
127
the following a passage of scripture from Cross' Masonic Chart.
[2 Thess. HI. 6—18.]
'Now we command you, brethren, that ye withdraw your-
selves from "every brother that walketh disorderly, and not
after the tradition that ye received of us; for yourselves know,
how ye ought to follow us; for we behaved not ourselves dis-
orderly among you, neither did we eat any man's bread for
nought but wrought with labor & travail night & day, that we
might not be chargable to any of you; not because we have
not power, but to make ourselves an example unto you to
follow us.
For even when we were with you, this we command you,
that if any would not work neither should he eat..
For we heard that "there are some which walk disorderly
among you, working not at all, but are busy-bodies. Now
them that are such, we command and exhort, that with quiet-
ness they work and eat their own bread,' &c.
Then the scribe high priest, and king, take their places in
the circle, kneeling on the right knee, each companion crosses
his arms and gives his right hand to his left hand companion,
and his left hand to his right hand companion. In this pos-
rtion they all give the pass-word, 'Rabojvi,' commencing with
the king on the right of the high priest,, who whispers in his
ear, the word 'Raboni;' the king receives it from his right
hand companion, and he from the next; in like manner the
word goes round to the scribe, and from him to the high priest,
who says,'the word is right;' all balance 'three times three,'
with their hands joined, bringing them down on their knees,
nine times, making a pause between each three; they then
rise and give the signs from the entered apprentice degree, to
the rpyal arch, inclusive, after which the companions join in
squads of three^ for the purpose of giving the grand omnific
royal arch word. [See plate 13, fig. 6.] This is performed
as follows: Each of the three companions with his right hand
takes hold of the right wrist of the left hand companion, and
with his left hand takes hold of the left wrist ofthe right hand
companion, and places their right feet, in front with the hollow
to the centre, so that the toe of each one touches the heel of the
right hand man; this is called 'three times three,' that is three
right feet, forminga triangle; three \e(t hands forming a trian-
gler and three right hands forming a triangle. In this positions
each repeats as follows:
128
the world's wonder*
As we three did agree,
In peace, love, and unity*
The sacred word to keep*
So we three do agree
In peace, love, and unity,
The sacred word to search;
Until we three*
Or three such as w.e, shall agree
To close, this royal arch.
Thev then balance '•three times three J- bringing the right
hand with some violence down upon the left.
The right hands are then raised above theii heads, and the
'word Jah-buh-lun, Je-ho-vah, G-o-d, are given at low breath,
each companion pronouncing each syllable or letter as fol-
lows:
1st: 2d, 3d.
J a ii Boh - - Lun.
- - J ah - - - - - - buh
Luv. - - *
- -. ^ . Jah
Buh - - Lun.
je ------- ho ------- - yah.
-------- - -Je ho
yah.
- - - - - - - Je
ho ------ - -vah.
0 ------- - o ------- - d.
.......... Q O
d.
----- - G
o - - - d.
After the 'word,' is thus given the high priest inquires if
"the word is right,? each squad replies 'the word is right.'
The officers and companions resume their seats. The high
priest raps three times with his gavel, the king repeats it, as
also the scribe; this is done three times. The high priest
rising, says, '1 now declare this chapter of royal arch masons,.
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
129
opened in due and anceint form; and I hereby forbid all im-
proper conduct whereby the peace and harmony of this chap-
ter may be disturbed, under no less penalties than the.by-laws,
or a majority of the chapter may see fit to inflict.'
He directs the captain of the host to inform the guard that
the chapter is open, which being done, the chapter is ready
for business.
The secretary reads the minutes of the last meeting, and if
there were candidates proposed, they are generally balloted for,
as in the ^preceding degrees. The principal sojourner then
repairs to the preparation room, prepares them for the degree,
and makes the alarm at the door.*
The captain of the host rises and says, 'There is an alarm
at the door, most excellent.'
H. P. Attend to the cause of that alarm, and see who
comes there?
The captain of the host repairs to the door, and raps nine
times, and the principal sojourner once, which the captain of
the host answers, and opens the dQor, inquiring 'who comes
here ?'
P. S. Three white brothers, who have been initiated^ p^s-
ed and rawed to the sublime degree of master mason, ad-
ranced to the honorary degree of mark master, presided as
master in the chair, and at the completion and dedication„of
the Temple, were received and acknowledged most excel-
lent masters; and now wish for further light in masonry, by
being exalted to the august sublime degree of holy royal arch.
C. II. Then says, to the candidate; is it of your own free
will and accord, you make this request? t ,
The candidate being prompted, says it is. [Principal so-
journer is promted.J
*A clause in the oath of royal arch masons runs thus: '1 turilier-
more promise and swear, that I will not be at the exaltation of more
01 less than three candidates, at one and the same time.* In case
there is not that number to take the degree, the deficiency is made
up by volunteers from the chapter. The candidates are prepared
by taking their coats oflf, tying a bandage round the eyes, and coil-
ing a rope seven times around the body of each, which unites them
together, with about three feet of slack rope between them. A>
they enter the 'living arches.' groping one after the other, it rein n !s
one of the economical manner of fattening hogs in Westphalia as
dascribed by Iludibras.
132 the world's wonder.
converse upon the secrets 0/ this degree with a clandestine
made mason,or with one whohas been expelled or suspended,
while under that sentence.
Furthermore I do promise and swear, that I will not assist,
or he present at the exaltation of a candidate to this degree,
who has not received the degrees of Entered Appretice,
Fellow Craft, Master Mason, Mark Master, Past Master,
and Most Excellent Master.
Furthermore I do promise and swear, that I will not be at
the performing or opening of a chapter of royal arch masons,
unless there be present nine regular royal arch masons, my-
self making one of that number.
Furthermore I do promise and swear, that I will not speak
evil oCa companion regular arch mason, behind his back, nor
before his face, but will apprize him of all approaching dan-
ger. If in my power.
' Furthermore I "do promise and swear, that I will support
the constitution of the general grand royal arch chapter, of
ihe United States of America; together with the grand
chapter of the state, under which this chapter is holden;
that I will stand to, and abide by all the by-laws, rules, and
regulations of this chapter, or of any other chapter of which
I maj- hereafter become a member.
Furthermore I do promise and swear, that I will answer
and obey all due signs and summons, handed, sent, or thrown
to me from a chapter of royal arch masons, or from a com-
panion royal arch mason, if within the length of my cable-tow.
Furthermore I do promise and swear, that I will employ a
companion royal arch mason, in prefFerenee to any other
person of equal qualifications.
Furthermore I do promise and swear, that I 'will assist a
companion roylaarch mason, when I see him engaged in diffi
culty, and will espouse his cause so far as to extricate him
from the same,whether he be right or wrong!!
Furthermore I do promise and swear, that I will keep all
the secrets of a companion royal arch mason, (when commu-
nicated to me as such, or I knowing him to be such,) without
exception.'* _________________
*This pari of the oath is varied and given in three different ways,
'that is the phraseology of the sentence varied, but it always covers
or comprehends murder and treason; sometimes it is expressed,
^murder and treason not not excepted.'
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
133
FurthermoreT do promise and swear, that I will be aiding
and assisting all poor and indigent companion royal arch
masons, their widows and orphans whersoever dispersed a-
round the globe; they making application to me as such, and
1 finding them worthy, and can do it without material injury
to myself or-family.
To all which I do most solemnly and sincerely promise an<h
swear, with a firm and steadfast resolution to keep and per-
form the same without any equivocation, mental reservation,
or self evasion of mind in me whatever: binding myself un-
der no less penalty, than to have my skull smote off and brains
exposed to the scorching rays of the sun, should 1 knowingly
or wilfully violate, or transgress any part of this my solemn
oath or"obligation of a royal arch mason. So help me God,
and keep me steadfast in the due performance of the same,
kissing the bible seven times.
P. S. Companions you will arise, and follow me.
For although you are obligated royal arch masons, yet as
the secrets of this degree are of infinitely more importance
than any that precede it, it is necessary that you should trav-
el through rough and rugged ways, and pass through many
trials, in testimony of your fidelity to the order, before you
can be instructed in the more important secrets of this degree.
Then the candidates are conducted once round the chapter,
and directed to kneel, while the principal sojourner reads
the following prayer. [See Ahiman Rezion, page 239, and
and Webbs' Monitor, page 134.]
P. S. Supreme Aarchitect of universal nature, who by
thy Almighty word, did speak into being the stupendous arch
of heaven, and for the instruction and pleasure of the i\i-
tional creature, didst adorn us with greater and lesser light?,
thereby magnifying thy power, and endearing thy goodness
unto the suns of men: we humbly adore and worship thine
-unspeakable perfection! WE BLESS"THEE, that when
man had fallen from his innocence and happiness, THOU*
didst leave him the powers of reasoning, and capacity of im-
provement and of pleasure.
We thank thee, that amidst the pains and calamities of
our present slate, so many means of refreshment and sat-
isfaction are reserved to us, while travelling the rugged
path of life; especially would we, at this time, render thee,
thanksgiving and praise for the institution, as members of
12
134
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
which we are at this time assembled, and for all the pleas-
ures we have derived from it. We thank thee that the few
here assembled before thee, have been favored with new
inducements, and been laid under new and stronger obli-
gations of virtue and holiness.
May these obligations O blessed father, have their effect
on us. Teach us we pray thee, the true reverence of thy
great, mighty, & terrible name. * Inspire us with a firm, and
unshaken resolution in our virtuous pursuits.
Give us grace deligently to search thy word in the book of
nature,* wherein the duties of our high vocations are incul-
cated with divine authority. May the solemnity of the cer»
emoniesof our institution be drily impressed upon our minds,
and have a happy and lasting effect upon our Jives! O thou
who didst aforetime appear unto thy servant Moses, in a
flame in the midst of a Bush, enkindle, we beseech thee,
in each ef our hearts aflame of devotion to thee, of love to
each other, and of charity to all mankind!
May all thy mericles and works fill us with thy dread, and'
thy goodness impress us with the love of thy holy name.
May holiness to the Lord be engraven upon our thoughts,
words, and actions! May the incense of piety ascend con-
tinually unto thee, from the altar of our hearts, and burn day
and night as a sacrifice of a sweet smelling savior, well pleas-
ing unto thee! And since sin has destroyed within us the
first temple of purity and innocence,may thy heavenly grace
assist us in rebuilding a second temple of reformation, and may
the glory of his latter- house, be greater than the glory of
the former! Amen, so mote it be.
After prayer, the principal sojourner says, 'companions,
arise and follow me.'
"Then he conducts them once round the chapter, during
which time he reads from Exodus III. I—6. See Cros*.*
Chart, pa. 103.} •
'Now Moses kept the flock of Jethrohis father-in-law, the
priest of Midian; and he led the flock to the back side of the
desert, and came to the mountain of God, even Jloreb.
and the angel appeared unto him in a flame -of tire, out of
*It is presumable that they have reieienee to the science ot natural
philosophy; which is in unison with the Pin Beta Kappa; which
teaches that a knowledge of. philosophy is sufficient to introduce
them into the joys of the world to come (or nearly so.j
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
135
the midst of the bush and he looked, and behold the bush
burned with fire, and the bush was not consumed.'
By the time this reading is ended, the candidates have arriv-
ed in front of a representation of the burning hush, placed in
thecorneroflhe chapter: when the principal sojourner directs
them to halt, and slips up the bandage from their e_)es.'
Then the companion behind the bush exclaims more ve-
hemenlly,'draw not nigh hither, put off thy shoes from off thy
feet, for the place where thou standest is holy ground,
I am the God of thy fathers, the God ,of Abraham, the
God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.'
Then the principal sojourner says to the candidates,'arise
and follow me,'and leads them three times round the chapter,
during which time he reads the followicg passage of scrip-
ture, from Cross' chart, page 101. "
2. Ciiron. XXXVI. II—20. 'Zedekiah was one and
twenty years old when he began to reign, and he reigned ele-
ven years in Jerusalem. And he did that which was evil in
the sight of the Lord his God, and humbled not himself be-
fore Jeremiah the prophet, speaking from the mouth of the
Lord. And he also rebelled against King Nebuchadnezzar,
and stiffened his neck, hardened his heart from turning unto
the Lord God of Israel. Moreover, all the chief of the priests
and the people transgressed very much, after all the abom-
inalions of the heathen, and poluted the house of the Lord,
which he had hallowed in Jerusalem.
And the Lord God of their fathers sent to them by his mes-
sengers, because he had compassion on his people, audonhis
dwelling place. But they mocked the messengers of God,
and dispised his word, misused his prophets, until the wrath
of the Lord arose against his people, till there was no. rem-
edy.
'Therefore he brought upon them the King of the Chal-
dees, who slew their young men with the sword, in the house
of their sanctuary, and had no compassion on young men or
maidens, old men or hirn that stooped for age; he gave them
all intQ his hand. And all the vessels of the house of God,
great and small, and the treasures of the house of the Lord,
and the treasures of the King, and his princes: all these he
brought to Babylon. 'And they burnt the house of God,
and broke down the walls of Jerusalem, and burnt all the
places thereof with fire, and destroyed all the goodly vessels
is o
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
C. H. Are they duly and truly prepared?
P. S. They are.
C. H. Have they made suitable proficiency in the prece-
ding degrees?
P. S. They have.
C. II. By what further right, or benefit, do they expect
to gain admission to this chapter of. royal arch masons?
P. S. By the benefit of a pass.
C. II. Have they that-pass?
P. S. They have it not; but I have it for them,
C. II. Advance and give it.
The principal sojourner whispers in his ear the word
Rajboni.
C. II. The word is right, you will wait a time, until the.
rpost excellent high priest be informed of their request, and
his answer returned. Then the captain of the host closes
the door, returns to his place in. the chapter, gives* the alarm,
which is answered by the high priest, who ask the same ques-
tionsand receives the same answers from the captain of the
host, as were asked and given at the door.
II. P. Since this is the case, you will let them enter this
chapter of royal arch masons, and be received under a living
arch.
Then the captain of the host repairs to the door, opens it
and says, it is our most excellent high priest's order that the
candidates enter this chapter of royal arch masons, and be
received under a living arch.*
P. S. [Walks in leading the candidate by the rope, and
says,] companions you will follow me, I will bring the blind
by away they have not known; I will lead them in paths
they have not known; I will nrmke darkness light before
them, and crooked things straight. These things will I do
*The living arch is formed by a number of companions standing
in two lines, extending from the door, to the centre ol the ehap-
ter; face inwards and each companion takes bold, and locks bis
fingers with those of his opposite companion; and as the candidates
pass under each couple, they place their knuckles on the necks
and backs of the candidates, (similar to the manner in which old wo-
men sometimes kneed bread,) the candidates generally find them-
selves prosterate on the floor, before they pass half way through the
living archi and one placing his feet on the shoulders (and perhaps
in tjje face) of the one behind him, endeavors to force his way
through like a man swimming.
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
unto them, and will not forsake them. Stoop low, brethren:
lie that humbleth himself shall be exalted.
Having got through the archs,the candidates are conducted
once round the chapter, and directed .to kneel at the altar
to receive the obligation.
P. S [Then addresses the -candidates,] brethren as you
advance in masonry, your obligation becomes more binding.
You are now kneeling at the altar for the seventh time}
and about to take a solemn oath, or obligation. which like
your former obligation is not to interfere with your duty that
y< u owe your country, or your maker.
if you are willing to proceed,you will repeat your christ-
ian and surname, and say after me:
I. B. W. Of my own free will and accord, in presence of
Almighty God, and this chapter of royal arch masons, erected
to God, and dedicated to Zerubbabel, do hereby arid hereon?
most solemnly and sincerely promise and swear, in addition
to my former obligations, that 1 will not reveal the secrets of
this degree to any of an inferior degree, nor to any being in
the known world, except it be to a true and lawful Compan-
ion, of royal arch mason, or within the body of a legally
constituted lodge chapter of.such; and never unto him or
them, whom I shall hear so to be, but unto him and them on-
ly whom 1 shall find so to be, after strict trial and due exam-
ination, or lawful information given.
Furthermore 1 promise and swear, that I will not wrong
this chapter of royal arch masons or a companion of this de-
gree, out of the value of any thing myself, or suffer it to be
done by others, If in my power to prevent it.
Furthermore I do promise and swear, that I will not reveal
the key to the infallable characters of this degree, or retain
it in my possession, but will destroy it whenever it comes to my
sight.
Furthermore I do promise and swear, that I will not speak
the grand omnific royal arch word, which I shall hereaftey
receive, in any manner, except that in which I shall re-
oeive, which will be in the presence of three companion
royal arch masons, myself making one of the number; and
then by three times three, under a living arch, and at low
breath.
Furthermore I do promise and swear, that I will not be at
tin; exaltation of candidates in a clandestine chapter, nor
the world's wonder.
thereof And them that had escaped from the sword, car-
ried he away to Babylon ;-^where they were servants to him
and his sons, until the reign of the King of Persia.'
As the principal sojourner commences reading, 'therefore,
lie brought upon them the King of the Chaldees, &c. a scene
of confusion takes place noteasily described. The intention
of it is to represent the siege, and destruction of Jerusalem.
They commence by rolling cannon-balls, clashing old swords,
and discharging pistols, and finally a general shouting, groan-
ing, whistling, stamping, and throwing down benches, &c.
are heard.in all parts of the hall.
In the mean time, the candidates are thrown down, bound
and dragged out into the preparation room, and the door clos-
ed.
In a few minutes there is heard a great shout of rejoicing,
each one in the chapter exclaiming,'Hurrah for the captain P
This is several times repeated: Then the door is opened by
the captain of the host, who informs the candidates that Cy-
rus, has made a proclamation to build a second Themple at
Jerusalem, and that they are at liberty to return.
Then the principal sojourner who is all the time with the
candidates, requests that the proclamation be read to them.
The captain of host reads from Cross' chart, pa. 105.
'Now in the year of Cyrus, King of Persia, that he made
a proclamation throughout all the, Kingdom, and put it also
in writing, saying, Thus saith Cyrus, king of Persia: The
Lord God of Heaven hath given me all the kingdoms of the ,
earth, and he hath charged me to build him an house at Jeru-
saiem, which is at Judah.' Who is thereof all you* among
his people? His God be with him, and let him go up to Jeru-
salem, which is in Judah, and build the house of the Lord
Gpd of Israel, which is in Jerusalem.' . . ^
C. II. What say you to the proclamation; are you willing
to go up? : . ,
P. S. [After consulting the candidates, says,] we are wil-
ling to go up to Jerusalem; but we have no pass-word, where-
by to make ourselves known to our brethren ; when we ar-
rive there, what shall we say to them?
C. H. Read Exodus IIL 13,14.
'And Moses said unto God, Behold! when I come unto the
children of Israel, and shall say unto them, The God of your
fathers hath sent me unto you, and they shall say unto me.
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
137
What is his name; what shall I say unto them? And God
said unto Moses, I am that I am: and thus thou shalt say unto
the children of Israel, I AM, hath sent me unto you.'
P. S. We shall go up." Companions, follow me; our pass-
word is'/ am that I am.''
As they enter the chapter, they again pass under the living
arch, and the principal sojourner says, stoop low brethren,
lie that humbleth himself shall be exalted.* The arches
grow heavier every time they are passed; but.the conductor
consoles his dupes by reiterating, 'This is the way many great
and good men have travelled before you; never deeming it
derogatory to their dignity to level themselves with the frater-
nity. I have often travelled this road from Babylon to Jeru-
salem, and generally find it rough and rugged. However, I
think I never saw it much smoother than it is at the present
time.'
By this lime the candidates have stumbled over the rugged
road, and arrived again at the entrance of the living arch
[See plate 15.]
P. S. Companions, here is a very difficult and dangerous
place ahead, which lays directly in our way.. Before we at-
tempt to pass it we must kneel down and pray.
Principal sojourner reads Ps. cxli.
'Lord, I cry unto thee; make baste unto me; give ear unto
my voice. Let my prayer be set forth before thee as in-
cense: and the lifting of my hands as the evening sacrifice.
Set a watch, O Lord, before my mouth; keep the door of my
lips. Incline not my heart to any evil thing, to practise wick-
•ed works with men that work iniquity. Let the nghteous
smite me; it shall be a kindness: and let him prove me; it
shall be an excellent oil. Mine eyes are unto thee, O God,
the Lord; in thee is my trust: leave not my soul destitute,
keep me from the snare which they have laid for me, and the
gins of the workers of iniquity. Let the wicked fall into
their own nets, whilst that I, withal escape.'
The candidates arise, pass under the arch, over the rugged
road, and kneel; while the principal sojourner reads from
Ps. CXLII.
*On one side of the hall or chapter, the living arches are formed;
on the other side is what is called the lrugged road.' this isgener-
al'y made of blocks and logs of wood, old chairs, benches, &c.
12*
138
THE WORLD'S WONDER*
P. S. Letuspray:
'I cried unto the Lord with my Voice; with my voice ante?
the Lord did I make supplication. I poured out my com-'
plaint before him; I showed before him my trouble. When my
spirit was overwhelmed within me, then thou knowest my
path. In the way wherein I walked have they privaly laid
a snare for me. I looked on my right hand, and behold, but
there was no man that would know me; refuge failed me;
no man cared for my soul. -1 cried unto thee O Lord; I said ,
Thou art my rufuge and my portion in the land of the living.
Attend unto my cry, for I am brought very low; deliver me
from my persecutors; for they are stronger than I., Bring
my soul out of prison, that I may praise thy name.' -
Passing round as before, the candidates kneel, while Ps.
cxlii. is read.
P. S. Let us pray: Hear my prayer, O Lord, give ear to-
my supplications: in thy faithfulness answer me, and in thy
righteousness. And enter not into jundgment with thy serv-
ant: for in thy sight shall no man be justified. For the en-
emy hath pursecuted my soul; he hath made me to dwell in
darkness. Therefore is my spirit overwhelmed within me;
my heart within me is desolate. Hear me speedily, O Lord:
my spirit failethr hide not thy face from me, lest I be like
those that gow down into the pit.
Cause me to.hear thy loving kindness in the morning; for
in thee do I trust: cause me to know the way wherein I should
walk; for i lift up my soul unto thee. Bring my soul out of
trouble. And of thy mercy cut of mine enemies; for I am
thy servant. T ,
The principal sojourner then informs the candidates they
have arrived in sight of the ruins of the old Temple, near the
outer veil of the tabernacle,* at the same time making an
alarm, by stamping on the floor, ithree times . threef which
brings out the master from the first veil.
M. 1st. Y. Who comes here? who dares approach this
first veil of our tabernacle? Who are you and What are your
intentions? - -
P. S. Three weary journers from Babylon, who have come
*Here the veils are suspended through the hall, and the officers
take their seats, (except the principal sojourner, who is with the can-
didates through the whole ceremony,) as in pla'e 12
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
130
Gp thus far, to aid and assist, in the noble and glorious work
of rebuilding the house of the Lord, without the hope of
fee or reward.
M. 2d. V. How do you expect to enter this first veiR
My word of exhortation is explanatory of this sign, and
it is to be found in the writings of masons, and is as follows;
Exodus, iv. 1—10. [See Cross'chart, page 107.]
P. S. Companions, we have passed the first guard and will
make an alarm at the second veil.
M. 2d. Y. Give them [words given as before,] they are
right, you have my permission to enter the second veil. Pass
in. Three most excellent masters you must have been or tfius
far you could not have came; but further you cannot go
without my words, sign, and a word of exhortation. -
My words are Shem, Japhsth, and Adoniram ; my sign is this,
[see plate 13, fig. 5.] it is in imitation of one given by God
to Moses, when he commanded him to thrust out his hand & it
became as leprous as snow: My word of exhortation is explan-
atory of this sign, and is found in the writings of Moses.
P. S. Companions, we will pass on, and make an alarm
at the third veil,
M. 3d. y. Who comes here? whodares approach this third
veil of our sacred tabernacle?
The answer is three weary sojourners (as before.)
M. 3d. P. S. By the words, sign, and word of exhorts-
tion of the master of the second veil.
M. 3d. y. Give them; they are given as before, they are
right,—enter—Three most excellent masters you must have
been, or thus far you could not have come; but further you
can not go without my words, sign, and word of exhortation.
My words are Bagger, Joshuah, and Zcrubbable:my sign is
[see plate 13,fig. 3,] it is in imitation to one given by God
to Moses, when he commanded him to poor water upon the
dry ground, and it became bfood. My word of exhortation
is explanatory of this sign, and is found in the writings of
Moses.
I also present you with the signet of Zerubbabic.
P. S. Companions, we have passed the third veil; we will
make an alarm at the fourth veil.
R. A. C. Who comes here? whodares approach this fourth
veil of our sacred tabernacle, where incense burns day and •
140
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
night, upon our holy altar? who are you, and what are your
intentions?
P. S. Three weary sojourners from Babylon, who hare
come up thus far, to aid and assist in the noble and glorious
work of rebuilding the house of the Lord, without the hope
of fee or reward.
R. A. C. IIow do you expect to enter this fourth veil of
our sacred tabernacle?
P. S. By the word, sign, and word of exhortation of the
master of the third veil.
R. A. C. Give them; [words &c. of third veil given,]
they are right; you have my permission to enter.* [Enter.]
Three most excellent masters you must have been, or thus
far you could not have come. I will now make an alarm and
present you to the grand council.
H. P. Who comes here?
P. S. Three weary sojourners from Babylon, who have
come up thus far to aid and assist in rebuilding the house of
the Lord, without the hope of fee or reward.
II. P. Have you the signet of Zerubbabel?
P. S. We have, [presenting a triangular piece of metal
with the words Zer ub-ba-bel engraved on it.]
The high priest takes it, reading from Cross' chart, page
108. 'In that day, will I take the, O Zerubbabel my servant,
the son of Shealtiel, salth the Lord, find will, make thee as a
signet, for I have chosen thec.r [Turning to the king.] 'Com-
panion king, areyou satisfied this is the signet of Zerubbabel ?
K. I am satisfied, most excellent, that it is, [taking it into
his hand and scrutinizing it very segaciously )
. II. P. Companion scribe, are you satisfied that it is the sig
net of Zerubbabel?
S. Looking shrewd, I am satisfied, most excellent.
H. P. Drawing it across his. forehead, in imitation of the
penalty. Signet of truth,holiness to the Lord! The king
and scribe take and give the sign, repeating, 'holiness to the
Lord.'
II. P. It is the opinion of the grand council, that you have
*The veils are drawn aside, the candidates enter, and for the first
time, are permitted to behold the,'grand council,' high priest, king,
and scribe, by the light ofignited gum camphor in an urn upon the
altar
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
141
presented the signet of Zerubbabel. But owing to diflicul-
ties having arisen from the introduction of strangers among
the workmen, none are allowed to undertake in the noble
and glorious work, but the true descendants of the twelve
tribes. It is necessary you should be very particular in trac-
ing your genealogy. Who are you and what are your inten-
tions?
I\ S. We are of your own kindred, the descendants of
those noble families of Giblumitcs, who wrought so hard at
the building of the first Temple. We have been regularly
initialed as entered apprentice masons, passed to the degree
of fellow craft, raised to the sublime degree of master mason,
advanced to the honorary degree of mark master, presided as
master in the chair, and at the completion and dedication of
the temple, were acknowledged as most excellent master.
W e were present at its destruction by Nebuchadnezzar, and
by him were carried away captive to Babylon; where .we
remained servants to him and his successors, until the reign
of Cyrus king of Persia, by whose proclamation we were lib-
erated, and have come up thus far to aid and assist in the
noble and glorious work of rebuilding the house of the Lord,
without the hope of fee or reward.
II. P. Let the captives be unbound, and brought to light.
Companion king, I think we bad better employ these sojour-
ners. They look like good hardy men: just such men as we
want about the building. What say you?
K. It is my opinion, most excellent, they are very expert
workmen. I wish they might be examined,
II. P. What is your opinion, companion scribe?
S. If they can satisfy us they are free-masons, I shall be
infavor of employing them immediately.
II. P. You say you are entered apprentice mason? Sat-
isfy the grand council.
All give the sign of the first degree.
II. P. Are you satisfied, companion king?
K. I am satisfied, most excellent. [Bows gracefully.]
II. P. Are you satisfied, companion scribe ?
S. I am satisfied, most excellent.
II. P. The grand council are satisfiedj you are entered
apprentice masons. Can you satisfy them you are fellow craft
masons?
Candidates give the signs of the fellow craft, which causes
142
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
the same remark from the grand council as the first. In like
manner, the signs of each degree are given up to most ex-
eellent master's degree, inclusive.
After a little consultation, 'the grand council' agree to
employ them, and furnish them with working tools,* and
direct them to repair to the north-cast corner of the ruins
of the old Temple, with orders to remove the rubbish, pre-
punitory to laying the foundation for the new, and be very
careful to preserve every thing that falls in their way, that
they think will be of any service to the craft, and bring it
up to the grand council.
P. S. Says to the candidates: follow me.
Each one shoulders bis working tools, and follows the prin-
cipal sojourner, in Tndiau file, to one corner of the hall,
where they find a quantity of blocks, brick-bats, &e. and
many other things, a key stone. They comrr\ence moving
the rubbish, under which they discover a trap-door, and find-
ing the key-stone, they take it up to the grand couiicil.
II. P. Companion king, have you further business to lay
before the grand council?
I have nothing, most excellent.
S. I know of nothing except it is to examine the work-
men from the ruins of the Temple. The workmen may come
forward, and give an account of their labors.
P. S. Most excellent, in pursuance of your orders, we
repaired to the ruins, and commenced ourlabors; and af-
t r laboring seven days, we come to what we supposed to
be an impenetrable rock; hut one of the companions striking
on it with his crow, it returned a hallow sound: and on clo-
ser examination, we found it to be the key stone of an arch,
which, with much difficulty, we succeeded in removing it
from its place: through the apperture of which, we discover-
ed an immense vault, curiously arched, and we have brought
the key stone up, that it may be examineed by the grand
council. . *
II. P. You will present it. Companions kin|, this is a
very valuable discovery, indeed. It must he a key stone of
a mark master mason. . . -
*The candidates are presented with a pick-axe, crow and shovel,
of the ordinary size, generally made of wood, and kept in tbe chap-
ter for tljis use,
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
K. I think that is the stone wrought by our grand master
Hiram Abijf.
II. P. Addressing the scribe in the same manner, and re-
ceiving a like answer, draws the key stone across his forehead,
and giving the sign, of a lmark master mason: holiness to the
Lord.'' King and sicribe do, and say the same.
II. P. [To the candidate.] This is a very valuable dis-
coverj, indeed. No doubt it will lead to some important
treasure, of inestimable value to the craft. -Are you willing
to pursue your labors, & endeavor to penetrate this secret vault!
P. S. [After consulting his companions,] We are even to
the risk of our lives.
II. P. Go: and may the God of your fathers be with you:
Preserve every thing that falls in jour way.
The principal sojourner and companions repair to the same
place, where they first commenced their labors; and, raising
the trap-door, consult together, to ascertain who is willing to
decend into the vault: one of the candidates agreeing to go
down, they put a rope seven times round his bodv,
P. S. [To the candidate decen'ding into the secret vault.]
It is necessary you should take a little precaution; that is, if
you wish to descend still lower, pull the rope in your left hand:
if you wish to ascend, pull that in your right.
Two companions take hold of each end of the rope, letting
the candidate down eight or ten feet, to another trap-door,
where he finds three small trying squares: and giving the sig-
nal of ascending, is drawn violently up. Each candidate
taking a square, repairs to the grand council. As they present
themselves, the following passage of scripture is read from
Gross's Chart, p. 109.
Zecjimuaii IV. 9—10. 'The hands of Zerubbabel have
laid the foundation ofthis house; his hands shall also finish it;
and thou shalt know that the Lord of hosts hath sent me unto you.
For who hath despised the day of small things? for they shall,
rejoice, and shall see the plummet in the hand of Zeru bbabel,
with those seven.'
The high priset then inquires of the king and scribe, as be-
fore, if they have any more business, &c.; and being answer-
ed in the negative, directs the candidates to come forward and,
give an account of their labors. The principal sojourner then
relating what took place in the secret vault, delivers the three
squares. :
144
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
H. P. [Drawing the square across his forehead,] the jew-
els of our three grand masters. Holiness to the Lord!
The king and scribe in turn do the same. The high priest
enquires again if they are willing to penetrate this secret
vault still further? The principal sojourner replies as before,
that they are even to the risk of their lives.
II. P. Go, and may the God of your fathers be with you;
and remember your labor shall not go unrewarded*
They repair to the secret vault, Jetting down one of the
companions, who raises the second trap-door, and is let down
about eight or ten further, where he finds the ark; [see plate
14*] gives the signal and is drawn up. They take the ark
and carry it up to the grand council, who after due inquiry
into the business as before, direct the workmen, from the sc-
cret vault, and let down one of our companions as before.
The sun atthis time was at its meridian height, the rays of
which enabled him to discover a small box, or chest, stand-
ing on a pedestal curiously wrought, and overlaid with gold:
He involuntarily found his hand raised in this position, [see
plate 13, fig. 1,] to guard his eyes from tne intense light and
heat that reflected from it. The air becoming exceedingly
offensive, he gave the signal of assending, and was immedi-
ately drawn out. We have brought the ark up, for the ex-
animation of the grand council.
II. P. Looking at the ark apparently much alarmed and
surprised. Companion king, this is the ark of the covenant
of God! The King and scribe declare the same.*
H. P. Taking the ark, we will open this ark, and see
what valuable treasure it contains, opens it and takes out n
Book, companion king, here is a very ancient looking Book;
what can it be? Let us read from the first page. (He reads.)
Gen. I, 1—3 'In the beginning God created the Heavens
and the Earth. And the earth was without form and void;
and darkness was upon the face of the deep; and the spirit
of God moved upon thie face of the waters. And God said
let there be light, and there was light.'
Deut, XXXI, 14—26. 'And it came to pass, when Mo-
*es had made an end of writing the words of this law in a
Book, until they were finished, that Moses commaded the Le-
*Probably they goon the principle, that 'alie well stuck to ia
as good as the truth.' .
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
145
vites which bore the ark of the covenant of the Lord, saying,
take this Book of the law, and pdt it in the side of the ark
of the covenant of the Lord your God, that it may be there
for a witness against thee.'
Ex. XX. 21. 'And thou shalt put the mercy seat above
upon the ark; and in the ark thou shalt put the testimony
that I shall give thee.'
II. P. This is the book of the law, long lost but now found;
holiness to the lord!
A Book of the law, long lost but now found; holiness to
the Lord!! A book of the law, long lost but now found;
holiness to the Lord!!!* The king and scribe does each the
same once. Then the high priest says to the candidates: you
see that the world is indebted to masonry for the preservation
of this sacred volume. Had it not been for the wisdom and
precaution of our ancient brethren, this the only remain-
ing copy of the law, would have been destroyed at the de-
struction of Jerusalem. Then takes a little pot out of the
ark, communicating king, what can this be? A pot of man-
na. We will read in this of the law, and see what it says.'
Reads from Ahiman Rezon, pa. 208. lies. IX. 2—5.
<For there was a tabernacle made: the first wherein was the
candlesticks, and the (able, and the shew-bread, which is called
the sanctuary; and after the second veil, the tabernacle, which
is called the holiest of all: which had the golden censer,
and the ark of the covenant, overlaid round aboutwith gold;
wherein was the golden pot that had manna, and Aaron's rod
that budded, and the tables of the covenant; and over it the
cherubims of glory, over shadowing the mercy seat;of which
we cannot now speak particularly.' A pot of manna: holiness
to the Lord. The king and scribe repeat the same as be-
fore. Companions, we read in the book of 'hidden manna.'
Come forward companions you are entitled to it.; Each one
receives a small lump of sugar.. But how it came deposited
here, we cannot now particularly speak. You must ascend
higer in masonry before you can know. The high priestfinds
Aaron's rod in the ark and also a key the infallable charac-
ters of this degree; [see plate 13, fig. 7,] takes the key, ex-
plains the four characters on the four sides of the ark, thus:
*Every time the high priest repeats, 'abook of the law,' &c. he
gives the sign of the penalty of this degree. See plate 13, fig. 1.
13
146
THE WORLD'S WOKDEH.
H. P. 'Deposited in the year three thousand. 'By Solo-
mon king of Israel.' 'Ilyram king of Tyre, and Hiram Abiff.'
'For the good of masonry generally, but the Jewish nation
in particular.'
II. P. Then the high priest addresses the candidates,
Companions, here are three mysterious words in a triangular
form upon the ark, which, when first formed, were covered
with three squares, the jewels of our three grand masters;
and from this circumstance, we supposed it to be the 'long
lost master mason's word;' and on applying the key to it, it
proved our suspicions to be correct. It is the name of Deity
in three languages, viz: Chadleac, Hebrew, and Syrian, which
is the long lost mason's word, and has now become the grand
omnific royal arch word. The word is given to the candid-
' ats as before described.* [See plate 13, fig. .6.] Then the
high priest gives the, candidates a history of the degree, as
before herein given, and the chapter is closed in the same
manner as it is opened; except the high priest declares the
chapter closed.
*In Closing the chapter, the words are not given; they only raise,
the arch and put their hands under, without giving the word.
This is sad.
ROYAL. MASTER'S DEGREE.
The circumstances on which this degree was found*
ed (according to masonic tradition,) originated at the
bunding of King Solomon's Temple; our three an-
cient grand masters, viz: Solomon, king of Israel,
Hiram, king of Tyre, and Hiram Abiff, at that time
formed a resolution to reward all those master ma-
sous who should prove themselves Worthy by their
fidelity, industry, and skill, by communicating to
them the qmnific word. This being agreed upon,
it then became necessary to agree at what time, and
under what circumstances, it should he first comma-
liicated; this was a point not easily determined; sev-
eral plans were proposed and found ex ex pti on able,
insomuch, that their deliberations upon this subject
continued until a short time prior to the completion
of the Temple; when it was proposed by Hiram Abiff,
that the word should not be given, until the Temple
was completed, and then only in the presence; and
by the consent of ail three; this plan was adopted,
and they bound themselves by solemn oaths to a
strict observance of the same. Not long after this
agreement, Hiram Abiff went into the sanctum canc-
torum, as it was his usual custom at high twelve to
offer up his prayers to the Deity, and draw designs
upon the trestle board, and as he was returning, he
was accosted at the entrance of the same by. Adon-
iram,* who in a very friendly manner inquired, when
he should receive the omnific word. Hiram Abiff
replied, fmy worthy friend Adoniram, it is uncertain
when, or whether you will ever receive it, for agree-
143 the world's wonder *
able to the arrangements letely entered into by Sol-
onion, king of Israel, Hiram, king of Tyre, and my-
self, the wolrd cannot be given until the Temple is
completed, and then only in the presence of all three.'
Adoniram replied, Supposing one of you three be
removed heace by death) prior to the completion of
the Temple,. how then shall I expect to receive it.,
Hiram Abiff, pointing down and tapping the floor
three times with his foot, observed, in a very solemn
tone, 'when I die they'll bury it there.'*
The following passage from Cross' Chart, page
116, gives an allusion to what is intended to be rep-
resented by this council.
'And he set the cherubims within the inner house,
and they stretched forth the wings of the cherubims,
so that the wing of the one touched the one wall, and
the wing/of the other touched the other wall, and their
wings touched one another, in the midst of the house.'.
The ark called the glory of Israel, which was set
in the middle of the 'holy place, under the wings of
the cherubims, was a small chest, or coffer,' &c.
The companions being thus arranged, around the
altar, the candidate is conducted into the room, or
hall; soon after he enters, a companion, in imitation
of Hiram Abiff, comes in and kpeelsat the altar,
(called sanctum sanctorum,) and repeats the fdllow-
ing prayer:
'Thou, 0 Gfod, knowst pur downsitting and np-
rising, and understandest our thoughts afar off:
shield and defend us from the evil intentions of our
- *it is believed by Moses, that Hiram Abiff had been foreworned of ,
his approaching awiul fate, of which we have a detailed account in
the master mason's degree This history the author had word for word
from the mouth of one Mr. Barney, who styles himself the grand
lecturer of Masons; arid if the history is merely fiction, probably
Mr. B. like the author, was duped by some one who made it his bu*
sincss to neddle falsehoods.
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
149
enemies,and support us under the trials and afflictions
we are destined to endure while travelling this vale
of tears. Men that is born of woman is of few days,
and full of trouble. He cometh forth as a flower,
and is cut down: hefleeth also as a shadow, and con-
tinueth not; seeing his days are determined, the num-
ber of his months are with thee; thou hast appointed
his bounds that he cannot pass: turn from him, that
he may rest, if it be cut down, that it will sprout a-
gain, and that the tender branch thereof will not
cease. But man dieth and wasteth away; yea, man
giveth up the ghost, and where is he? As the wa-
ters fail from the sea, and the flood decayeth and dri*
eth up, so man lieth down, and raiseth not up till the
heavens shall be no more. Yet, OLord, have com-
passion on the children of thy creation; administer
them comfort in time of trouble, and save them with
an everlasting salvation. Amen. So mote it be.'
He rises and pases out of the sanctum sanctorum,
under the extended wings of the cherubims. Tire
candidate is directed to walk up to him and accost
him as follows: 'Our grand master Hiram Abiff, when
shall I expect to receive the master mason's word?'
H. A. My worthy companion Adoniram, &c.
The same conversation passes, as related in the
history of this degree. The candidate personates
Adonirum, and the other companion Hiram Abiff.
The obligation of this degree is given in different
ways. When the author received his degree, which
was in a regular council, the obligation was thus,
viz: 'Do you promise, upon the oath of a royal arch
mason, to keep the secrets of this degree?'Anas.'I do,'
*
LEOTUEE,
If C and D wish to examine each other on this
degree, they will proceed as follows?
m
150
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
C. Taps the floor three times with his toe, and
eays, 'do you know any thing about this?'
D. I know something about it.
C. What do you know about it?
D. I know something about the beginning of it.
D. Then taps the floor three times, and says, 'Do
you know any thing about this?
C. I know something about it.
D. What do you know about it?
C. I know something about the ending of it.
C. What is the begining?
D. Alpha.
D. What is the ending?
C. Omega.
The grip is given by taking each other by the
wrist, (as two childrenr do to make a seat for a third,)
that is,-C takes hold of the wrist of his left hand with
his right; D does the same, and with the left hand,
they each take hold of jthe other's right wrist, so that
the four hands form a, square.
The words are given by quitting the hold of your
own wrist, extending your left arm downwards at
the full length, keeping hold of your companion's
right wrist;* at the some time, place ^your right feet
together, to heal, so as to form two sides of a triangle;
looking down at the feet, each in low tone says,
Alas poor Hiram [See plate 17, fig. 9.]
The sign of this degree is given by placing the
fore finger of the right hand upon the lips. [See
plate 17, fig. 1.]
It is used as a caution to a companion, when you
wish him to keep silence.
The following extracts are from Cross' Masonic
Chart. They will serve to cast some light on this
degree. [See Chart, page 115.]
*This is said by masons to represent a broken square, and is em-
biematical ol the untimely death ef their grand master Hiram Abiff
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
151
'This degree cannot legally be conferred on any
but royal arch masons, who have taken all the pre-
ceding degrees; and it is preparatory to that of the
select master.
Although it is short, yet it contains some valuable
information, and is intimately connected with the de-
gree of select master. It also enables us with ease
and facility to examine the privileges of others to this
degree, while at the same time, it proves ourselves.'
The following passages of scripture, &c. are con-
sidered to be appropriate to this degree. [See Chart,
page 116.]
Rev. XXII. 12—14. 'And behold I come quick-
ly; and my reward is with me, to give every man
according as his work shall be. I am Alpha and
Omega, the beginning and the end, the - first and the
last.
Blessed are they that do his commandments, that
they may have a right to the tree of life, and may en-
ter in through the gates into the city.'
SELECT MASTER'S DEGREE*
According to masonic tradition this is the summit, of ancient
masonry: and without which, the history of the royal arch
degree cannot be complete. It rationally accounts for the
concealment and preservation of those essentials of the craft
which were brought to light at the erection of the second
Temple, and which lay concealed from the masonic eye, four
hundred years.
Many particulars relative to those few, who, for their supe-
rior skill,* were selected to complete an important part of
King Solomon's temple, are explained ; and here too, exem-
plified an instance of justice and mercy, by our ancient patron
towards one of the craft, who was led to disobey his com-
mands, by an over-zealous attachment for the institution. It
ends with a description of a particular circumstance, which
characterizes the degree. See Cross'Chart, pa. 118. For
form of council, see plate 16.
The first officer is seated in the east, (council chamber,)
under a rich canopy, dressed in royal purple robes, a golden
crown on his head, and sceptre on his hand; and a gold trim-
med collar on his neck, to which is suspended a gold troweL
He represents King Solomon, and is tyled, thrice illustrious
grand master.
The second officer is on his right, with the same dress and
decorations. He represents Hiram, King of Tyre, and is
styled, deputy illustrious grand Tnaster.
Tho third is seated on the left of the first. He is dresed
in yellow robes, trimmed with blue; a collar on his neck,
and a gold hammer in his hand.
He represents Hiram Abiff, and is called principal conduc-
tor of the work.
*Great professions were made among ancient masions to aknots
unerring skill, 1 think in the lapse of time it has become degenerate,
for I know masons in this country, who in point Of wisdom have
ascended only one step above Baalem's Saddle-nag.
THE WORLD*S WONtJE&i
Before each of the three first officers is a triangular table*
upon each angle of which is a burning taper; and in the cen-
tre, a triangular plate of gold. A veil or curtain separates
them from the rest of the officers and companions, as is repre*
sented in plate 16.
The next three officers in rank, are seated in the other part
of the hall, so as to form a a triangle, in the following order
viz:
The secretary, who is the fourth officer in the south.
The fifth, treasurer, in the north.
The sixth is seated in the tresf, with a drawn sword, repre*
senting Adonircim, and is styled captain of the guards.
The seventh officer is called ahishar, the grand steward,
lie acts as tyler, and is to guard the inside of the door.
The officers being seated, the veil or curtain is drawn aside,
which brings them all into one apartment.
The presiding (or first) officer gives notice that he is about
to open a council of select masters; and after the necessary
precaution, to ascertain that there is none present but those
of the degree, he proceeds as follows:
K. S. My worthy companion of Tyre, shall we resume
our labors, and complete the work which has so happily been
begun?
Hiram, King of Tyre, replies, 'Thrice illustrious grand
master, it is my most ardent wish to see it complete, and the
sacred treasure therein safely deposited; that I may return
to my own country with the satisfaction of faithfully having
discharged my duty to the craft.
K. S. Companion conductor, are our members complete?
II. A. Thrice illustrious grand master, 1 find the number
of three times nine.
K. S. Companion conductor, you will see that the secret
vault be made secure.
Hiram Abiff returns, and says*'Thrice illustrious, all is
in security.'
K. S. Illustrious deputy grand master, what is it o'clock?
II. K. T. Nine at nine, thrice illustrious, when all pray-
ing eyes are closed in sleep.
K. S. Such being the hour, it is my pleasure thatacoun-
cil of select masters be now opened for the dispatch of business.
Companion conductor, you will therefore order the compan-
ions to the several stations, and after the regular alarm shall
154
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
be given, let them proceed in their labors, according to the
directions they have received.
H. A. Companions^ it is our illustrious grand master's or-
ders that a council of select masters be opened for the dis-
patch of business; and after the regular alarm of the mysteri-
ens nine is given, each will resume his labor.
Solomon then knocks eight quick and one slow, and all the
officers imitate him in. their turn, according to rank.
Then all the companions .knock eight quick and one slow
with their hands.
Solomon says,'attend to giving the signs companions.'
All the companions arise on .their feet, and give the signs
from entered apprentice to the royal master, as before descri-
bed. . ' ,
The signs of a select master are as follows;"The first is
similar to the sign of distress of a master mason. The fists
are both clenched, in allusion to one of the penalties of the
obligation, which, is to have both hands chopped off to the
slumps. [See plate 17, fig.. 7.]
Another sign is made by crossing the hands and arms, as in
plate 17, fig. 4: with a quick motion draw the hands edge-
wise a'cross the body downwards, as though you were in the
net of quartering the body, and let them drop by your sides,
this is in imitation of part of the penalty of this degree, which
i,s to have the body quartered.
Another sign.is given,.by placing the hands over each' eye
[as in plate 17, fig, 8,] and with a quick motion throw the
arms downwards at an angle- of forty-five degrees, as though
you was 'tearing the eye-balls from" their sockets,'-jand
dashing them on the ground, drop the arms .by the side; this
is a part of the penalty of a select master* -
Another sign, (see plate 17, fig- 6,) alludes to that part of
the penalty of being'thrown among the rubbish of the tern-
pie; it Is made by placing the left hand upon the upper part
of the forehead, the palm down, and cover it with the right,
the body erect, the heels together, step off , with the left foot,
and plant it about eighteen inches in front with a stamp, at
the same time dart the hands forward.
The most important signs of this degree among masons are
these,[see plate 17,fig.2and 3;] they are made in this man-
ner—place the palm of the right hand upon the heart, and
pronunce the word 'secrecy,' and immediately raise the left
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
155
hand, and place the palm over the mouth, the first finger
against the upper lip, the others a little off, the thumb against
the side of the nose, and pronunce the word 'silence,' raise
the right hand from the breast, and place it over the eyes,
and say silence and darkness.
Solomon then says, I declare this council of select masters
opened in due and ancient form', the companions will govern
themselves accordingly. He then gives a heavy rap with
his gavel, and his right and left hand companions do the same,
and each resumes his seat.
The council being opened, the candidate is conducted to aa
antechamber, and is told to remain there until he sees the
door open, when he must walk into the council.
The tylcr, (or grand steward Ahishar) takes his post on the
inside of the door to guard the same, who, after walking back
.and forth, sits down by the door, and feigns himself sleeping
(this is a very difficult part to act: the loudest snorers are al-
ways selected, and, to test their point, each companion eXhi-
hits a specimen of his talents or skill, by laying down on the
lloor or bench near the door, and throws himself into all the
attitudes and grirhaces of somnolency, by groaning, snoaring,
grating of teeth, choaking, &c.;) the door is now trown open,
and the candidate (Izabud) enters.
Captain of the guards demands,'Who comes here?'
Izabud replies as directed, 'a zealous brother who wishes
to partake of your labors.'
C. G. Give me the word, sign, and token of your entrance.
1 have none.
C. G. An intruder! an intruder!
Companions all exclaim put him to death instantly. For
ceremonies of initiating a companion to this degree, see his-
tory; the candidate represents Izabud, who lived in the days
of king Solomon.
HISTORY.
Our three grand masters at the building of the temple ente-
red into a solemn agreement, by obligation among themselves,
not to confer the master's degree until the temple should be
completed, and even then only on such as should have rem-
dered themselves worthy, by their skill, and their inflexible
fidelity to the craft; their agreement was such, that all three
rnast be present when it should be conferred, lest partiality
156
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
for a friend, might occasion the admission of an unworthy
member; they also caused their obligation to be such, that if
either should be taken away by death prior to the finishing
of the temple, the master's degree would of course be lost;
they, also, in their wisdom, and by the. writings of their pro-
phets, possessed a firm belief, that if the children of Israel
continued in the belief, of the Supreme Judge, to obey his
commands, their enemies would be let lodse against them,
their city.and temple would be sacked and destroyed, and
themselves carried into captivity, and thus the knowledge of
the arts and sciences, together with the patterns and valua-
able models, which were contained in the temple,and writings
of Moses would be forever lost. .
To remedy this evil, they agreed to build a secret vault
under ground, leading from king Solomon's most retired a-
partment, a due west coarse^and ending under the sanctum
sanctorum, to be divded into hine separate apartments, or ar-
ches, the ninth to be under the sanctum sanctorum, all of
which were to be erected or built by themselves, and such
as they select, for the special purpose; the ninth ark was r
to be the place for holding their grand council, and also a
deposile for a true copy of all those things which were con-
tainedln the sanctum sanctorum above. , There were select-
eel to work in the other eight arches, twenty-three from Ge-
,bul, a city in Phinicia, who were Ghiblimites, or stone
quarres, who, together with Adoniram, where well skilled
in theartsand sciences, particularly sculpture; their hours
of labor were from nine at night, to twelve, .when
they retired to rest. During the erection of this secret vault,
a circumstance occured which characterizes this degree..,
A particular friend of king Solomon, whose name was Iz-
abud, discovered that a secret work was going on about the
temple, of which he was not informed by his friend; he for
some time grieved in silence: at length he communicated
his suspicions to king Solomon, begged to know how he had
forfeited his. confidence; the king told him .that his coufi-
dence in him remained the same, and desired him to be con-
tented for the present, for the time will soon arrive when a
door would be left open for his reception,(meaning when the
templeshould be finished and he receive the masfr's degree.)
this for a thime satisfied him, but one evening haying some par-
lieular business with king Solomon, he went as usual to seek
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
157
him in his most retired room, finding the door of the secret
Vault open and not guarded as usual, by the grand steward
Ahishar; he took it for granted that it was left open for his
reception, agreeble to the king's promise: he therefore bold-
ly entered, but was soon- accosted by Idoniram, the captain
of the guards, who sternly demanded,'who comes heie?'
Izabud replied, 'a zealous brother, who wishes to partake
of your labors.'
The captain of the guard demands, 'give me the word,
sign, and token of your entrance.'
Izabud replied, 'I have none.'
The captain of the guard exclaims, 'an intruder! an intra-
der!'
This caused the three grand masters and the rest of the
companions to assemble, when king Solomon demanded the
cause of the alarm. The captain of the guard informed him
that 'an intruder has invaded our secret vault.'
King Solomon ordered him to be put to death immediately.
The captain of the guard taking him by the collar, and
placing his sword at his breast, was about to execute the
order, when he discovered him to be Izabud: and knowing
the intimacy subsisting between him and king Solomon, ad-
dressed him thus:
'Thrice illustrious king Solomon, consider for a moment
on whom you are about to inflict this penalty. It is no less
than your particular friend Izabud.'
King Solomon said, 'bind him fast and see him forthcoming
when called for, or your life shall answer for the escape.'
The captain of the guard binds him, and conducts him to
prison. The three grand masters retire to the ninth arch to
consult together; and on examination, foynd that only twenty-
seven could be employed in the work; three in each arch;
and that those thus employed, could not pass beyond that in
which they were stationed; nor could any others enter, with-
out forfeiting their lives. It was therefore out of the power
of the king to pardon his friend. They then returned to the
first arch, and ordered the offender to be brought before them;
when king Solomon thus addressed him:
Alas! my unfortunate friend Izabud, your disobedience and
curiosity have forfeited your life. I have consulted with jny
colleagues, and find them inflexible. My obligation, is of
such a nature, that I have not the power to pardon you.*
14
158
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
Izabud then fell on his knees, and thus addressed the king:
'Thrice illustrious king Solomon, I pray you to remember
how great and sincere my attachment has ever been to your
Sacred person, to your services and secrets. Of late finding
a private work going'on, with which I was not made acquain-
ted, 1 feared I had lost the confidence of my sovereign* and
grieved in silence. At length I took the liberty of mention-
ing the. matter to your majesty, and you directed me to rest
contented; for the time would soon arrive when .a door would
be left open for my reception. This assurance satisfied me;
and this evening having some particular business with your
majesty, 1 sought you in the retired room; and finding the
door open and unguarded, I took it for granted, it was for
my reception, and entered accordingly. But X beg your ma-
jesty to believe that it was not a spirit of disobedience or cu-
riosity which prompted me to do it.'
The king of Tyre addressed king Solomon,'thrice illustri-
ous, I find your friend is not guilty of the charge alledged a-
gainst him. His oiFence is rather owing to some imprudent
observation of your own; he must therefore be pardoned,
and admitted.''
Kibg Solomon observes,'my worthy companion of Tyre,
how ran that be done? is not our number all ready full?'
Hiram Abiff'addresses king Solomon: 'thrice illustrious,it
is true our numbers are full; but Ahishar, the. guard is no
longer worthy of our confidence. He was found sleeping
at his post, and he alone is guilty. Let him therefore be dis-
chared and immediately executed; let Izabud be placed in
his stead.'
King Solomon observed, 'I thank you my worthy com-
paniou, for your,advice: it shall be done. Izabud,are you
willing to take a solemn obligation to keep inviolably the
secrets of our order?'
Izabud assents.
King Solomon says, 'free him of his shackles, and conduct
j imto the altar.'
I, B. W. In presence of the grand architect of the
Universe, and before this illustrious assembly, dedicated to
the most puissant, most terrible, most merciful Creator, do so-
lemuly swear, that I will never discover the signs, tokens and
worth belonging to a select master, nor to any one living, the
sterols of this royal vault, neither by speaking, writing, en-
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
159
graving, carving, or printing; or by any dumb sign, or mo-
tion, in any unlawful way, whereby the least hint might be
taken, that in this place existed a secret work, cr that any
secrets are deposited here.
Furthermore do I swear that I never will penetrate into
the secrets of the ninth arch unless legally authorzed by our
thrice illustrious grand master.
All this I swear, with a firm and steady resolution, without
any mental reservation or self evasion of mind, in me what-
ever, binding myselfunder no less penalty besides all my for-
mer penalties, than to have my hands chopped off to the
stumps, my eyes plucked out from the sockets, my body quar-
tered,and then thrown among the rubbish of the temple; that,
there may remain no more remembrance of such a vile wretch
if ever I should wilfully violate this my obligation. So help
me God, and keep me steadfast in the same. Amen.
Then kisses the bible nine times.
King Solomon took him by the hand, raised him, and ob-
served, I now receive you a companion select; therefore, in
future, be ever blind and dumb to every thing you have seen
and heard.
Then the thrice illustrious gave him all the necessary cau-
tionsv
After the ninth arch was completed, the three grand mas-
ters deposited therein a true copy of those things which were
of importance to the craft and to the Jewish nation; such as
the ark of the-covenant, the pot of manna, the rod of Aaron,
the book of the law, &c.; and that they might be known and
duly appreciated, if ever found by future generations, they
agreed to place their names On three of the sides of the ark,
and on the fourth side, they placed the date, of by whom,
and for what purpose they were thus deposited; which was
for the good of the craft in general, and the Jewish nation in
particular; and that, should the temple be destroyed, and
the people carried away into captivity, on their release and
rebuilding the house of their God, they might possibly discover
these valuable treasures
After this deposite was made, and prior to the completion
of the temple, our grand master Hiram AbifF was assassinat-
ed, in the manner related in the preceding degree; and by
his death, the masters word was lost.
The two kings were willing to do all in their power to pre-
160
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
serve the sacred word, and as they could not commtinicate it
to any, by reason of the death of their friend Hiram Abiff,
they agreed to place it in the secret vault, that if the other
treasures were ever brought to light, the word might be found
also; they therefore placed it on the top of the ark of the cov*
enant, in the Hebrew, Syraic,and Chaldaic languages; and
that it might be known as the true word, when discovered,
they placed the three grand master's Jewels, one on each
language, well knowing that a description of those jewels would
be handed down to the latest posterity, and by these means,
the royal, arch, or rather the ancient master's word; was fin-
ally discovered; being the same which was communicated
by Gojd himself to Enoch, and in use 3000 years when it was
lost by the death of Hiram Abiff, and afterwards brought to
light at rebuilding the second temple, and has been in use
ever since, and will continue to be the same till time shall be
no more.
The ceremony of receiving the candidate being through,
the officers and companions all resume their seats, as before
described, & the thrice illustrious reads the following passage
from Cross' Chart, page, 120.
Deut. XXXI. 24—26. 'And it came to pass when Moses
had made an end of writing the words of this law in a book,
until they were finished, that Moses commanded the Levites
which bare the ark of the covenant of the Lord, saying, take
the book of the law, and put it in the side of the ark of the
covenant of the Lord your God, that it may be there for a
witness against thee.' *
When the reading of this chapter is finished, four compan-
ions bearing the ark, advance to the centre -of the council, and
place it upon the altar open it, and put the -book of the law
into it, and return into their seats. ,
The thrice illustrious reads.
Exodus. XVI. 33, 34. 'And Moses said unto Aaron,
Take a pot, and put one omer full of manna therein, and lay
it up before the Lord, to keep for your generation. As the
.Lord commanded Moses, so Aaron laid it up before the les.ti-
mony to be kept.'
A companion brings the pot of manna, and puts it into the
ark. . . . '
Then thrice illustrious reads.
Numbers. XVII. 10. 'And the Lord said unto Mose$
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
161
bring Aaron's rod again before ohe testimony, to be kept for
a token.
In like manner Aaron's rod is deposited.
Thrice illustrious reads.
Numbers VII. 89. 'And when Moses was gone into the fa-
bernacle of the congregation to speak unto him, then he heard
the voice of one speaking unto him off the mercy seat, that
was upon the ark of the testimony, from between the two cher-
ubims; and he spake unto him.'
The three grand masters, viz: Solomon, king of Israel, Hi-
ram, king of Tyre, and Hiram Abiff, then place the^name of
Deity upon the ark, in three languages, in the Hebrew, Chal-
daic, and Syraic, and place their three jewels (or squares,) in
a triangular form upon it. They place on the sides of the
ark the time of its deposite, whom by, and for what purpose,
&c. They also put into the ark a key to the ineffable charac-
ters upon its sides and tops. [See plate, 13, fig. 7 and 8.]
The ark is then put down through the scuttle, or hole
through the floor, made for the purpose, and placed in the po-
sition in which they are found, in the royal arch degree.
The business being through, the companions take their sta-
tions, as in opening, and then proceed to close the council, as
follows:
K. S. Companion captain of the guards, are you a select
master.
C. G. I am acknowledged as such, and have wrought my
regular hours in the select vault.
, The following questions are also said to be asked by King
Solomon, and answered by the captain of the guard.
Q. What are the regular hours?
A. From nine at night until 12.
Q. How did you gain admission there?
A. Through fervency and zeal, which was mistaken for
life; but justice and mercy prevailed, and I was admitted.
Q. How so?
A. My fervency and zeal led me into.a place, through a
misconstruction of King Solomon's promise; by which I forfit-
ed my life; but mercy triumphed over justice, and I was ad-
mitted a member among them.
Qi What is meant by a select master?
A* Those that were selected to build the royal vault. Mep
162
THE WORLDfS WONDER.'
whose skill, integrity and secnOcy, were well known to our
grand master.
Q« How many were there?
A. Twenty-two, from Gebal, together With Ahishar, Adon-
iram, and our three grand masters; making in all twenty-
seven, and no more.
Q. Why but twenty-seven ? •
A. Because there were but nine arches, and three only
could be employed in each.
Q. Where did this royal vault begin?
A. At Solomon's most retired room.
Q. Where did it end. -
A. Under the sanctum sanctorum, or holy, of holies, of
King Solomon's temple.
Q, When were you to be admitted into the ninth arch?
A. When the temple should be completed; but owing to
the death of Hiram Abitf, it was then closed from our eyes.
Q. What countryman are you?
A. A Phoenican.-
Q. In what city was you born?
A. In Gebal.
Q,. What is your name? /
A. Giblem, a stone square.
Q. What is it o'clock?
A. Low twelve; the usual time to call from labor to refresh-
ment. -
Q. What remains now to be done?^
A. To retire in peace, practise virtue, and meditate in si-
lence.
Then King Solomon says, companion captain of the guards,
you will give notice to the companions by the- mytserious
number nine, that this council is about to be closed. Then
the captain of the guards knocks eight quick and one slow,
which is repeated by Hiram king of Tyre, and Hiram Abiff.
King Solomon knocks one, and calls to order, and gives-
the" sign of silence, with his left hand on his mouth, and his
right hand on his breast; which is repeated by all the select,
and Ish Soundy, is repeated byhll.
' K. S. This council is closed, companions.
'Charge. Companions, having attained this degree, you
have passed the circle of perfection in ancient masonry. In
the capacity of select master, you must be sensible that your
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
Obligations are increased in proportion to your previledges.
Let it be your constant care to prove yourself worthy of con-
fidence reposed in you, and the high honor conferred on you,
in admitting you to this* select degree. Let uprightness and
integrity attend your steps; let justice and mercy mark your
conduct. Let fervency and zeal stimulate you in the discharge
of the duties incumbent on you: but suffer not an idle, or im-
pertinent curiosity to lead you astray, or betray you into dan-
ger. Be deaf to every insinuation which .would have a ten-
dency to weaken your resolution, or tempt you to an act of
disobedience. Be voluntarily dumb and blind) when the ex-
ercise of those faculties would endanger the peace of your
mind, or the probity of your conduct: and let silence and se-
crecy, those cordinal virtues of a select master, on all neces-
sary occasions, be scrupulously observed. By a steady ad-
herance to, the important injunctions contained in this degree,
you will merit the approbation of a select number with whom
you are associated, and will enjoy the high satisfaction of
having acted well your part in the important enterprise in
which you are engaged; and after having wrought your regu-'
lar hours, may you be admitted to participate in all the privi-
leges of a select master.' [Cross'Chart, page, 121.]
SUPER-EXCELLENT MASTER*
The circumstances on which this degree is founded are said:
to have taken place, at the destruction of the temple by Neb-
uchaanezzar king of Babylon.
The first we heard of it was in 1825; at which time it was
annexed to several of the council of select masters in Massa-
chusetts. The officers are stationed differently from those of
the select master's degree.
The first officer represents Zedekiah, the last king of Israel,
lie is seated in the east, and is styled most excellent king.
The second, officer represents Gedaliah, is styled companion,
and is seated in the west. The third officer is called the 1st
keeper of the temple, and is seated on the right of the com'pan-
ion Gedaliah. The fourth officer is called 2d keeper of the
temple, and is seated on the left of the companion Gedaliah.
Thejfifth is called the 3d keeper of the temple, and is seated
at the door, within the hall, to guard the sanctuary. There
are three officers, called7ieraMs, whose stations are without
the hall; with bugles in their hands, and whose duty it is to
bring intelligence. There are three other officers, called
royal guards, whose duty it Is'to attend upon the king.
FORM OF INITIATION.
The candidate is hood-winked, taken into the hall, and
seated, before opening the council. The king is absent, the
business consequently devolves on the second officer, compan-
ion Gedaliah, who calls the council to order with one rap of
the gavel, and addresses the first keeper of the temple as fol-
lows: - ,
Com. Ged. Gompanion 1st keeper of the temple, are all
present, super-excellent masters?
1st K. T. They are.
C. G. As a super-rexcellent master keeper of the temple,
let it be your first duty and last care, to see the sanctuary du-
ly guarded.
THE WORLDS WONDER.
165
1st K. T. Companion 3d keeper of the temple, are wedu-
ly guarded?
3d K. T. Companion 1st keeper of the temple, we aredu-
ly guarded; the sanctuary is secure.
IstK. T. CompanionGedaliah,the sanctuary is duly guard-
ed.
C. G. Where is the King?
1st. In one of the apartments of the temple.
C. .G. What is the hour?
1st. K. T. It is the time of the second watch.
The companion Gedaliah then gives three raps with his
gavel, the companions all arise, and Gedaliah thus speaks—
'Companions, since it is the time of the second watch, let us
repair to the holy altar, and there offer up our fervent aspira-
tions to Deity, that he would be pleased to vouchsafe to us,
as heretofore, his protecting care and favor.' They assemble
round the altar, kneel on the left knee, the right elbow rest-
ing on the right knee, and the forehead leaning on the right
hand, in imitation of silent devotion. After remaining in this
position a short time, companion Gedaliah,'companions let us
arise and attend to giving the signs.' *
Then the signs are given, from the entered apprentice dc-
gree, to the Super-excellent master, inclusive. After these
are given, companion Gedaliah says;—'Let each repair to his
station.'
Then the first herald sounds.
The third keeper of the temple announces his approach
by saying a'herald.'
Then the first keeper exclaims *a herald approaches.'
The herald then advances and makes the following procla-
mation.
'Nebuchadnezzar, king of Babylon, approaches withinnu-
merable forces, and fills the city; they are formidable and
■victorious, approaching the king's palace, and within a few
furlongs of the temple, and every where are unhallowed ravage
and devastation.
Then the second herald sounds his approach, and announces
in the same manner, and gives the same intelligence as the
first. Then the third herald sounds..
The third keeper of the temple says,'a heialdl' and this
herald is immediately followed by the king with the royal
guard, one on each side, and one in front.
166
T*HE WORLD*S WONDER.
Then the first keeper announces the approach of the king
by saying,'the king approaches.'
The companion Gedaiiah gives three raps, and alhthe com-
panions rise and face the king, as he takes his seat in the east.
Then the companion Gedeliah addresses his majesty as foi-
ows:—'Most excellent king, the coucilis assembled, the ofii-
cers stationed, and they all await your order.' The king rises
and says, 1 proclaim this council of super-excellent master's
duly organized.' Then the king inquires of the recorder
there is any business before the council.
The recorder replies, that a candidate, [calling the can-
didate's name,] is desirous of taking the degree of super-excel
lent master.
The first herald again sounds; the third keeper exclaims,
'a herald!' The first keeper exclaims, 'a herald 1' Then the
third keeper exclaims, ka herald approaches.' The herald
then advances and brings the following intelligence.
Nebuchadnezzar, the king of Babylon, with battering rams,
assaults the temple, and the courts are filled with carnage.'
The king says,'companion Gedaiiah, is there no way of es-
cape?' Gedaiiah answers, there is none, except by the way
oT the king's garden, between the walls, by the private en-
trance, leading out to the plains of Jericho.' The king says,
—^Let us make our escape.' At this moment, there is great
commotion, running, and stamping. After the noise sease«,
a heralds ounds. His aproach is announced as above describ-
ed. Companion Gefahah inquires, 'what tidings from the
king?' The herald replies,'the King and all the men of war
fled by night, by the way of the gate between two walls, which
is by the king's garden, and the king went the way towards
the plain, and the armies of the Chaldees pursued after the
king and overtook him on the plains of Jericho, and all his
army .was scattered from him; so they took the king, and
brought him up to the king of Babylon, to Riblah, and they
gave judgment upon him, and they slew the&sons of Zedekiah
before his eyes, and they put out" the eyes of Zekekiah, and
bound him in fetters of brass, and carried him to Babylon.
Then the companion Gedaiiah, addressed the companions:
'The sword of the enemy prevails: our young men are cap-
tives, and our old men slaves. In this extremity what re-
mains to be done ?-—Let us repair to the holy altar, and there
pledge our faith, and renew our vows.' They then -form a
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
167
circle round the altar; the candidate is caused to kneel at
the altar,—both hands on the Holy Bible,square and compass-
es,—and takes the following obligation.
I, A. B., of my own free will and accord, in the presence
of the most puissant, most holy, and most merciful Creator,
and tliis council of super-excellent masters, dedicated to him,
do hereby and hereon, most solemnly and sincerely promise
and szosar, that i will not bow down to other gods, nor pay
religious adoration to idols. And I promise and swear, that I
will hot worship the sun, moon, or stars of heaven; but in good
faith and conscience to the best of my abilities will serve and
worship the. only true and living God:—And I promise and
swear, that I will always hail and conceal the secrets of- this
degree, and never reveal them except it be to a true and law-
fill companion super-excellent master, or in a legally cohstitu-
ted council of such; and neither unto him or them tjil first by
strict trial and due examination or lawful information, I shall
have found him, or them as lawfully entitled to the same as
1 am, or shall be myself; And I promise and swear, that I will
give meat, drink and lodging to a poor unworthy brother in
necessity; will defend him in danger, and vindicate his char-
acter, so far as honor, justice and go >d faith may warrant;
and I promise & swear, that I will not derogate trorn the char-
acter of a super-excellent master now about to be conferred
upon me. To ail this I do most solemnly promise and swear,
with a fixed and steady resolution to keep and perform the
"same, without any hesitation, equivocation, or sell-evasion "of
mind in me whatever: binding myself under .no less* penalty
than to have my thumbs cut off, my eyes put out, my body
bound in fetters of brass, and conveyed captive to a strange
land. So help me God, and keep me steadfast in-this my sot
lemn oath and obligation of a super-excellent master.
At the close of the obligation a herald sounds. The ap-
proach of the enemy is announced. They enter with huzzas
and shouting, led by the captain of the guard. They seize
the candidate, and thrust him with violence out of the hall..
The moment he is out, the. bandage is torn from his eyes;
he is then introduced to companion Geda'iah, who explains
the pass-word, signs, and grand-word. The pass-word is,'Saul
the first king of Israel.' The first sign is made by cross-
ing the arms at right angles in front of the body, the right
one uppermost, the fingers clenched, and the thumbs erect.
the world's wonder.
It alludes to the penalty of the obligation. [See plate 28 fig-.
% the same as in the degree of sublime knights elected.] The
second sign is made by raising the right hand as high as the
eyes, drawing it back over the right shoulder, the elbow raised,
and with a qufck motion darting it forward in a horizontal
direction, the two first fingeVs open, and extended like a fork,
the thumb and other fingers being clenched. It alludes to
the penalty of gauging out the eyes of a traitor. The grand-
word is,'JVahod T^abod Bone.
Closing.—Companion Gedaliah says, Companion 1st keeper
of the temple, where do super-excellent masters convene in
council? ,
1st K. T. In a place representing the sanctuary.
C. G. Their first and last care?
IstK. T. To see the sanctuary duly guarded.
C. G. Please to attend to that part of your duty.
1st K. T.. [Addressing the 3d K. T-] Companion 3d keep-
er, are we duly guarded ?
3d K. T. We are duly guarded, and the sanctuary is secure.
C. G. Companion 1st keeper, where is the king?
IstK. T. In the prison of Babylon; his thumbs have been
cut off, his eyes put out, his body bound in fetters of brass,
and conveyed captive to a strange land, as the penalty of per-
jury•
C. G. What is the hour?
IstK. T. It is the time of the third watch.
G. G. Companions, since it is the time of the third watch,
let us repair to the holy altar, and offer our fervent aspirations
to Deity, for his protecting care and favor. They then as-
Semble round the altar, kneel on the left knee, the right elbow'
on the right knee, the head bowing on the right hand in imi-
tation of secret prayer. After remaining so a few moments,
companion Gedaliah says, hLet us arise.' 'They arise, make
the signs, from super-excellent master to entered apprentice,
companion Gedaliah then raps ten, the 1st and, 2d keepers do
the same, and the "council is closed.
DEGREE OF ARK AND DOVE.
This degree, though short, can boast of as ancient and hon-
orable a pedigree (if masonic tradition be true,) as any other.
It cannot legally be confered on any but royal arch masons;
upon them only (if theyare foundworthy,) it is confered as an
honorary degree. The obligation. Do you solemnly promise
as a royal arch mason, that you will keep the secrets of this
degree! Candidate,I do.
HISTORY-
Masonic tradition informs us, that the circumstances upon
which this degree was founded took place in the atk in which
Noah and his family were preserved from the deluge. Noah,
in order to ascertain if the flood had begun to subside, opened
the window of his ark, and put out a dove, knowing that it
would return; and if the flood had subsided, would probably
bring back some sign of vegitation.
The dove left the ark, and contrary to Noah's expections,
did not return for many days: he almost dispaired seeing it
again.
One day, ho wever, as he was standing in the window of his
ark; he saw something at a very great distance, moving just
above the surface of the water, and as it came nearer to the
ark, he discovered it to be the dove; in the great joy of his
heart, he raised his hand to an angle of forty-five degrees, and
exclaimed, iLo she cometh P .
If you wish to make yourself known to a brother of this de-
gree, raise the hand as in the plate, and say,Xo she comethl
*5
KNIGHTS OF CONSTANTINOPLE.
This is called on honorary degree, and may be conferred
by one mason on another; but it is generally done-in a lodge
or chapter, after other regular business is finished.
The presiding officer represents Constantine, and is seated
in the east, with a crown on his head, and a sceptre in his
hand. The conductor represents one of Constantine's noble-
men, the rest of the brethren, are six knights represent the
common people, Constantine's subjects. -
The candidate is brought in: each and every one goes at
work, in imitation of so many tinkers, shoe-makers, joiners,
tailors &c. The conductor takes the candidate by the arm,-
and opens the door without any ceremony, and botfi walk up
the hall to the east, and introduce themselves to Constantine,
as follows: . •
CancL YoUr majesty's most humble servants, [bowing very
low,] we have long observed it has pleased your majesty to
show your favor to the common people, while we the nobility,
.have been neglected. We should like to know the reason.
If for crimes, we may be punished, make amends, and receive
your majesty's favor.
Con. None can e&peot to receive my favor but the knights
of Constantinople. <
Cond. Ah! the knights of Constantinople.
Then they turn and walk off. The conductor observes as
he passes the brethren, who are all this time busily at work,
'these are the common people,they are beneath our notice; it
would be degrading for us, the nobility, to condescend to
speak to them. Our sovereign says, none can receive his favor,
but the knights of Constantinople. Let us return, and request
him to confer that degree on us.
They return, walking arm in arm, to the east.
Cond. Will your majesty confer the degree of knights of
Constantinople upon us, your humble servants?
Con. I confer it on no man.
Cond; Where then can we expect to obtain it?
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
171
Con. From th laboring people you just observed to be your
inferiors; the knights of Constantinople.
Cond. Ah! from the knights of Constantinople.
Then they go to the brethren who are at work, and inquire,
*are you the knights of Constantinople?'
Com. Peo. We are the knights of Constantinople.
Cond. Will you confer that degree on us?
Com. Peo. O yes, O yes, O yes, (reply three or four times,) if
you are willing to take the obligation.
The candidate is now hood-winked, kneels down, and takes
the following oath.
I, B. W., In the presence of Almighty God, and these six
knights of Constantinople, dosolemnly and sincerely swear, in
addition to my former obligations, that I will not confer this
degree upon any person, unless he be a worthy master mason.
^Furthermore do I promise and swear, that I wili not con-
fer this degree of knights of Constantinople, upon any person
unless he shall acknowledge that all men are equal; to all of
which do I solemnly and. sincerely promise and swear, with-
out any equivocation, mental reservation, or self-evasion of
mind in me whatever: binding myself under no less penalty
than to have a dagger thrust through my body, should I violate
this my oath and obligation of a knight of Constantinople, 80
help me God, and keep me steadfast to keep and perform the
same. *.
Then kisses the bible.
As soon as he receives the oath all the brethren surround
him, and strike him in the sides, breast, and back, with the
ends of their thumbs, [See plate 25, tig. 3,] asking him 4Are
all men equalV Ifthe candidate says, they are, the bandage
is taken off; if he says, they are not, they continue to pound
him until they have expelled his aristocrical principles.
See the sign in plate 25, fig. 3, alludes to the penalty.
Hold the hand as though you had a dagger; with your
(hum bagainst the guard*
HISTORY.
If masonic tradition be true, this degree was instituted by
Constantine the Great. It is said, to be founded on the follow-
in circumstances.
Constantine saw that the nobility had so completely got the
172
THE WORLD'S WONDBR.
power of eontroling the common people, that his kingdom was
likely to be endangered; and in order to remedy this very
great evil, & bring the nobility to a proper level with the com-
mon people, he instituted this degree, and confered it upon
some of his common people; he then engaged that he would
not confer it again on any inan; but whosoever received it
must receive it from the common people.
He also agreed that he would not associate with, or show
his. favor to, any but the knights of Constantinople.
And he gave them orders to put any person to instant death,
who received the degree, & would not acknowledge all men to
be equal. Soon after this arrangement, the nobility saw the
sovereign had withdrawn his confidence and favor,and two of
them appeared before him, and addressed him thus;
Nobility. Your majesty's most humble servants. We have
long observed that it has pleased your majesty to show your
favor to the common people, while we, the nobility, have
been neglected. We should like to know the reason: if for
crime, we may be punished* and receive your majesty's favor.
Constantihe replied, 'None can expect to receive my favor
but the knights of Constantinople.'
The nobility went away j but knowing they could not live
without the favor and friendship of their sovereign, returned
and requested him to confer that degree on them: he replied,
'I confer it on no man.' 'How/said they,'shall we expect to
receive it?'
Constantine replied, 'From that class of people you unjust-
ly call your inferiors, the knights of Constantinople.'
Then they werit away and received the degree from the
common people, as described in the preceding part of this,
degree*
SECRET MONITOR, OR
TRADING DEGREE.
This degree cannot legally be confered on any but worthy
master Masons. A brother of this degree who has commit-
ted the oath or obligation to memory, has a right to confer it
upon a master Mason, in a lodge or private room, or even in
some casesit is confered out of doors, provided they are not
liable to be discovered by cowans, and have a bible to take
the oath upon.
The candidate lays his hand upon the book, and takes the
following oath. .
'I, A. B., in presence of Almighty God and this witness,
do hereby and hereon, solemnly and sincereley swear, in addi-
tion to my former obligations, that I will not confer this degree
of secret monitor, on any person in the known world except it
be a worthy master Mason.
*1 furthermore promise and swear, that I will caution a
brother secret monitor by sign word, or token, whenever I
see him doing or about to do anything contrary to the true
principles of Masonry. .
*1 furthermore promise and wear, that I will caution a
brother secret monitor by sign, words, or token, whenever I
see him doing or a bout to do any thing contrary to his interest
in buying or selling.
'I furthermore promise and swear, that when I am so cau-
tioned myself by a brother secret monitor, I will pause and
reflect on the course lam pursuing.
kI furthermore promise and swear, that I will assist a
brother secret monitor, in preference to any other person by
introducing him to business, by sending him custom, or in any
other manner in which I can throw a penny in his way.
'I furthermore promise and swear, that I will imediately
commit this obligation to memory : to all" of which do I most
solemnly and sincerely promise'and swear, without any mental
reservation or self-evasion of mind in me whatever; binding
15*
174
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
myself under no less penalty than that of haying my heart
trust through with the arrow of an enemy, and to be without
friends in the hour of trouble. So help me God, and keep me
steadfast in this my solemn oath and obligation of a secret ,
monitor.' [Kisses the book.]
The bible is then opened, and the following passages are
read.
1 Samuel xx. 16—23, and 35—42. 'So Jonathan made a
convenant with the house of David, saying, Let the Lord even
require if, at the hand of David's enemies. And Jonathan
causes David to swear again, because he loved him, for he
loved him as he loved his own soul.
'Then Jonathan said to David, To-morrow is the new moon ;
and thou shalt be missed:, because thy seat will be empty.-—
And vsken thou hast stayed three days,fAen thou shall go down
quickly and come to- the place where thoa didst hide thyself,
when the business is in hand? and shalt remain by the stone
Ezel.
'And I will shoot three arrows on the side thereof, as though
I shot at a mark. * •
'And behold I will send a lad, saying Go find out the ar-
rows. If I expressly say unto the lad, Behold, the arrows
are on this side of thee, take them: then come thou, for there is
peace to thee, and no hurt; as the Lord liveth.
'But if I say thus unto the young mant Behold the arrows
are beyond the; go thy way. For the Lord hath sent thee
away. And as touching the matter which thou and I have
spoken of^ behold, the Lord be between me and the foe
ever.'
* * % # # #
'And it came to pass in the morning, that Jonathan went
out into the field at the time appointed with- David, and a
little lad wih him.
'And he said unto his lad, Run,, find out now the arrows
which I shoot. And as the lad ran, he shot an arrow beyond
him. And when the lad was come to the place of the arrow,
which Jonathan had shot, Jonathan cried after the lad,& said,
Is not the arrow beyond thee 1
'And Jonathan cried after the lad, Makespeed, haste, stay
not. And Jonathan's lad gathered up the arrows and came
to his master.
the World's wonder.
175
'But the lad knew not anythig: onlj Jonathan and David
knew the matter.
'And Jonathan gave his artillery onto his lad, and said
unto him, Go, carry them to the city.
'And as soon as the lad was gone, David arose out of a
place towards the south, and fell on his face to the ground,and
bowed himself three times; and they kissed one another, and
wept one with another, until David exceeded.
'And Jonathan said to David, Go in peace forasmuch as
we have sworn both of us in the name of the Lord sayfng,
The Lord be between me and thee, and between my seed and
thy seed for ever. And he arose and departed; and Jonathan
went into the city.'
LECTURE.
Brother. I am David.
Can. I am Jonathan.
Brother. David and Jonathan knew the mat-
ter.
Can. The lad knew nothing at all.
The signs, and also the words and tokens of this
degree, are of two kinds negative and and affirma-
tive.
The negative sign is made by exhibiting two fin-
gers, as in plate 25, fig. 2.
It is given whenever you see a brother doing, or
about to do any thing contrary to his interest in buy-
ing or selling, &c.; it means desist; the brother who
receives the sign, is bound by his oath to pause and
reflect. *
The sign of approbation is given by holding up
one finger, as in plate 2 fig. 1.
It is given whenever you wish secretly to advise
a brother in any traffic or dealing to his profit and
interest; it means proceed.
Grips are given and received in the same admon-
ishing way. When you take the hand of a brother,
if you gripe him in the centre of the hand, with two
176
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
fiingers, it means desist, if you grip with one finger,
it means proceed. .
To caution a brother by word. If you see a
brother doing any thing contrary to his interest, in
buying or selling, say to him, you had better buy
two, 'two is better than one;' it means desist. ]f
you say to him, 'One is as good as two,' it means
proceed and he will directly understand you, and
act accordingly.
Thus you can caution a brother, by sign, token,
or word, whenever you see him doing anything con-
trary to the principles of Masonry, or his interest;
and he so cautioned, is bound to pause and reflect,
before he further goes under the penalties of having
the arrow of an enemy thrust through his heart, &c. <
There is also another way to caution a brother. If
you say to him, 'the arrows are beyond thee;' it
means desist. If you say to him, 'the arrows are this
side of the;'it means proceed.
The due-guard and sign of this degree is given by
placing yourself in the attitude of springing a bow;
it is in imitation of Jonathan shooting the arrows; it
alludes to the penalty of the obligation.
To answer this sign, strike the left side, opposite
the heart, with the end of the fore finger of the left
hand, the other fingers clenched.
This degree is much in use in the trading part of the
fraternity. The following anecdote may serve to il-
lustrate its utility among Masons.
'Brother H****; while in the village of******,
visited a lodge, and in the course of the evening the
degree of Secret Monitor was confered upon a wor-
thy master, to the great edification of all present;
at the usual hour, the lodge closed, and each broth-
er repaired to his lodging, rejoicing in himself, that
he was David or Jonathan, as the case might be.
In the course of the next day Mr. H stepped into a
the world's wonder.
shoe-store to treat himself to a new pare of hoots; he
selected a pare, and was about to pay the owner,(who
unfortunately for himself was not a Mason) his price
when one of the journeymen of the shoe merchant,
who was at Work in the store, observed, *Mr.' those
boots will do you good service, you had better take
two pair, 'two is better than one.' Mr. H, recognb
zed the friendly journeyman to be a brother Secret
Monitor, whom he sat in the lodge with the night
before. He understood the caution, paused, reflec-
ted, and after some excuse, concluded he would not
take the boots then—he might call again.'
David and Jonathan knew the matter, the lad
knew nothing about it.
In this case, the journeyman shoemaker felt himself
bound to assist a brother secret monitor, although a
stranger, in preference to his employer, who was not
a Mason.
HEROINE OF JERICHO.
—ftllM ■■
This is sometimes called the ladies degree: it is coafered
upon.royal arch masons, their wives and widows.
It is confered generally at parties exclusively composed of
royal arch masons, their wives and widows convened for that
purpose at the house of some royal arch mason. Those who
have taken the degree occupy one room, and those that have
not, another. The novices (male or female, as the case may
be,) receive the degree one at a time, in the following manner:
The candidate if a female, is conducted into the lodge of
heroines, and seated in a chair near the centre of the room,
and a male heroine, (not her husband,) who is qualified, con-
fers the degree in the following manner: .
After a few introductory remarks, he seats himself before the
candidate, & requests herto-place her hands upon the holy bi-
ble, which he holds upon his lap before her; telling her at the
same time that the degree of heroine of Jericho is not at all
like masonry in any of its bearings. That there is an obliga*
tion which she must take before she can be made acquainted
with the mysteries of this beautiful degree; and she may re-
peat her name, and say after him. The following oath is
then administreed. -
I, K. D., Of my own free will and accord, in presence of
Almighty God, and these heroines of Jericho, do hereby and
hereon, solemnly and sincerely promise and swear, that I will
not communicate the secrets of heroine of Jericho to any per»
son in the known world, except it be to a true & lawful broths
er or sister Heroine of Jericho.
I furthermore promise and swear, that J will not confer this
degree upon any person in the known world.*
I furthermore promise and swear, that I will keep the secrto
of a brother or sister heroine of Jericho, when they are com-
*A man receiving this degree' he swears that he will not cooler iha
dogrce upon any person except it be a worthy Companion royal arch
mason their wives or widows, and that ho never will confer it on hi?
own wife.'
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
17#
manicated to me as such, whenever their interest or safety re-
quires it.
'I furthermore promise and swear, that I will answer and
obey all due signs summons, handed, sent, or thrown to me
from a brother or sister heroine of Jericho.
'I furthermore promise and swear, that I will not give the
word of heroine of Jericho, which I shall hereafter receive,
in any manner, except in that in which I shall receive it.
'I furthermore promise and swear, that I will not speak evil
of a brother or sister heroine behind their back, or before
their face; but will give them due and timely notice of all ap-
proaching danger. To all of which I do most solemnly and
sincerely promise and swear, with a firm and steady purpose,
to keep and.perform the same;' binding myself under no less
penalty, than to have my head struck off and carried to the
highest mountain. So help me God, and keep me steadfast
in due performance of "the same.' - The candidate kisses the
bible. As soon as the oath is administered, the bible is open-
ed at the second Chapter of the book of Joshua, and read as
follows: 'And Joshua the son of1 Nun sent out of Shittim two
men to spy secretly, saying, Go view the land, even Jericho.
And they went, andcame into a harlot's house, named, Rahab,
and lodged there. And it was told the king of Jericho, say-
ing, Behold, there came men in hither to-night of the children
of Israel, to search out the Country. And the king of Jericho
sent unto Rahab, saying Bring forth the men that are come
to thee, which are entered into thy house: for they be come
to search out all the Country. And the women took the two
men, and hid them, and said thus, There came men unto me,
but I wist not whence they were: and it came to pass about
the time of shutting the gate, when it was dark, that the men
went out: whether the men went I wot not: pursue after them
quickly; for you shall overtake them. But'she had brought
them up to the roof of the house, and hid them with stalks of
flax, which she had laid in order upon the roof. And the men
pursued after them to Jordan unto the fords: and,as soon
as they which pursued after them were gone out, they shut
the gate. And before they were laid down, she came up un-
to them upon the roof. And she said unto the men, J know
that the Lord hath given you the land, and that your terror
is fallen upon us, and that all the inhabitants of the land faint
because of you. For we have heard how the Lord dried up
180
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
the water of the Red Sea for you, when ye came out of Egypt $
and what ye did unto the two kings of the Amorites that were
on the other side Jordan, Sihon and Og, whom ye utterly des-
troyed. And as soon as we heard these things, our hearts did
melt, neither did there remain any more courage in any man,
because of you: for the Lord your God, he is God in heaven
above, and in earth beneath. Now therefore, I pray you swear
unto me by the Lord, since I have showed you kindness, that
ye will also show kindness unto my father's house, and give
me a true token: And that ye will save alive my father, and
my mother, and my brethren, and my sisters, and all that
they have, and deliver our lives from death. And the men
answered her, Our lives for yours, if ye utter not this our bu-
siness. And it shall be, when the Lord hath given us the
land, that we will deal kindly and truly with thee. Then she
let them down by a cord through the window: for her house
was upon the town wall, & she dwelt upon the wall. And she
said unto them, Get ye to the mountain, least the pursuers meet
you: and hide yourselves there three days, nntil the pursuers
be returned; and afterward may ye go your way. And the
men said unto her, We will be blameless of this thine oath
which thou hast made us to swear. Behold, when we come
into the land, thou shalt bind this line of scarlet thread in the
window which thou didst let us down by; and thou shalt bring
thy father, and thy mother, and thy brethren, and all thy father's
household home unto thee. And it shall be, that whosoever
shall go out of the doors of the house into the street, his blood
shall be upon his head, and we will be guiltless: and whoso-
ever shall be with thee in the house, his blood shall be on our
head, if any hand be upon him. And if thou utter this our
business, then we will be quit of thine oath which thou hast
made us to swear. And she said According unto your words,
se be it. And she sent them away, and they departed: and she
bound the scarlet line in the window, and they went and
came into the mountain, and abode there three days until the
pursuers were returned: and the prusures sought them
throughout all the way, but found them not. So the two men
returned, and descended from the mountain, and passed over,
and came to Joshua the son of Nnn, and told him all things
that befell them." And they said unto Joshua, Truly the
Lord hath delivered into our hands all the land; for even all
the Inhabitants of the Country do faint because of .us*'
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
181
The candidate is then instructed in the mode or manner of
giving the signs, and word. The first sign is in imitation of
her father's house to assist the spies to make their escape from
the city. [See plate 26, fig. 1»] The second sign is repre-
sented in plate 26, fig. 2.
The grand hailing sign of distress is given by raising the
right hand and arm to an angle of forty-five degrees, holding
between the thumb and fore finger a handkerchief, , which
hangs perpendicularly. [See plate 26, fig. 3.]
The word is given by placing the right feet together, and
C placing his hand on the shoulder of D, says^'My Wc* . ^
raises her right hand and places it on C's shoulder, and says,
'For yours."* C then rises and puts his left hand on D's shoul-
der, and says, 'If ye utter not.'' D places her left hand on C's
shoulder, and finishes the sentence,' This our business.' Then
the word Rahab is whispered in the candidate's ear. [See
plate 26, fig. 4.]
Then the lecture is given as follows:
C. It is very dark to-night.
D. Yes, but not sq dark but that I can see.
C. What can you see?
D. A scarlet line,
C. Why a scarlet line ?
D. Because it saved my life in the hour of danger.
The history of the degree is then related to the candidate,
as follows:
Tradition informs us that this degree has been known and
confered upon the nobility and royal personages ever since
the days of Rahab, by whom the degree was founded A It has
been very recently confered upon royal arch masons, their
wives and widows, as an honorary degree.
Sir William Wallace was a brother heroine of Jericho, and
*The reader will understand that this history is the one that the
masons give of this degree to those who receive it. Yet we have no
correct account of any who received it prior to the Morgan outrage, and
it is generally believed by heroines in America, that it was 'got up,'
by those concerned in that masonic tragedy. And by swearing their
female relations to conceal the same crimes, should they themselves,
as royal arch masons, fell bound, upon the traitor Morgan.. They
expected and hoped to receive the same hospitality from thetn, in
case they were suspected, as did the spies in the house of the bar-
lot Rahab.
16
182
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
while he was at the head of those noble clans, who so valiant-
ly strove to shake of the yoke of oppression, a circumstance oc-
cured that illustrates the utility of this degree to sister hero-
ines of Jericho. -
As he was riding past a house near the enemy's line, he saw
a female standing in a window giving this sign. [See plate
26, fig. 1.] He discovered it to be the sign of a heroine of
Jericho, and immediately rode up to the window; and after
saluting her as a sister, inquired the cause of her distress, and
of giving the sign, telling her at the same time, that any service
or favor in his power to bestow, should be most cherfully grant-
ed to render her happy. She told him that her husband.was
a soldier and had joined the army opposed to Wallace, that
she feared he was slain, or had been taken prisoner in a late
engagement, and in consequence of his absence, she was in
want of almost all the necessaries of life. Wallace replied,
'My life for yours, if ye utter not this my busines,' and
rode off. [Wallace at this time, had been to spy out the en-
emy's camp. She understood him, and acted accordingly.]
Wallace returned to his own camp, and after making strict
search he found that the husband of his sister heroine of Jer-
icho was one of his prisoners. He promptly ordered him to be
liberated, which was accordingly done, and he returned to
his affectionate wife, to the great joy of all parties.
Not long after this, another circumstance took place no less
honorable to Sir W. W. than the one jusi related. One day,
as he was walking up the banks of one of those beautiful
lakes in Scotland, his attention was suddenly arrested by the
upsetting of a sail boat^some distance from the shore; he saw
the merciless element engulfiing a large number of his fellow
beings of both sexes, which (to all human appearance,) defied
the frail arm of man to extricate them. One awful shreik of
despair was heard—they sunk—and all was silent. He stood,
his eyes riveted on the scene of destruction; already had the
tear of sympathy stole down his manly cheek in view of suf-
fering and death. At length he saw a hand rise from the sur-
face of the water, holding a handkerchief and giving the haib
ing sign of distress of a heroine of Jericho, [as in plate 26, fig. 3.]
He thought of .his obligations, and although the undertak-
ing was very dangerous, he plunged into the lake, and swam
to the place where he saw the signal, ofore down, caughb hold
of the sister heroine of Jericho, and rose with her upon the
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
183
surface of the waves, like a lion when he shakes the dew from his
mane, & being a man of great muscular strength, he succeed-
ed in bringing the sister heroine of Jericho to the shore; and
she was the only person that was saved.
The secrets and ceremonies of this degree have become ex-
tensively known in the state of New York, and in most of the
states of New-England, among royal arch masons, their wives
and widows. It was introduced into Connecticut in 1827; and
although it was broght by one of the grand dignitaries of the
order, it met at first rather a cold reception; but since that
it has been confered on many who probably had no connexion
directly with the Morgan outrage.
KNIGHTS OF THREE KINGS.
In the general,this degree is confered in a chapter or lodge
after other business is finished 5 all master masons are entitled
to it, if they are considered worthy. It is mostly confered
by our grand lecturers, as an honorary degree upon their pu-*
pib. Soon after the the candidate enters, some brother, best
qualified to perform the part, retires from the room, and those
that remain proceed to give the degree as follows:
The candidate kneels at the altar, and some one commen-
ces administering the following obligations:
'I, B. W., of my own free will and accord, in the presence
of Almighty God, and these witnesses, do hereby and hereon
solemnly and sincerely promise and swear, that I will not con-
fer the degree of nights of thpp«-kings upon any person ex-
cept it be a worthy masfer mason.
Furthermore I do promise and swear, that 1 will not confer
this degree, unless by the unanimous consent, of all present.*
Where an interpretation of the ceremonies take place, the
brother who left the lodge returns in a great rage, and very
abruptly enquires the cause of confering the degree, without
his consent.
The person administering the oath replies. 4I did hot
cxpe,ct that you had any objection to the candidate, and
therefore I commenced administering the oath. You should
have made your objection known before you left the room.
The objection brought replies vehemently, 'I did make my
objection known before I left the room! I stated to you and
the rest of the brethren that there was difficulty existing of a
very serious nature between the candidate and myself, and
unless he gave me satisfaction^ I should oppose him.'
All the brethren now interpose in order to settle this affair.
They say they are very sorry that two brother masons should
quarrel, especially at this time; it is very wrong to carry their
/prejudices into the lodge.
The candidate rises from the altar apparently much surpri-
s>d, says lie was not aware until the present that Brother
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
185
was offended at him; he wishes he would tell wherein
he had done him any injury, and if it is in his power he will
give him satisfaction.
The offended brother then very gravely relates his aggriev-
ances; he accuses the candidate of slandering him in various
ways. You have reported, says he, 'that I am a common
drunkard,* or that I quarrel with my wife, that I am dishon-
est in my dealings, that I speak disrespectfully of mason-
ry &c .&c.
The candidate generally promptly denies ever making any
sufh statements, and demands the name of the author.
He is told it came from brother , (naming some res-
pectablc mason who is not present.)
The candidate says, it is an absolute falsehood, a malicious
report circulated to injure him. (Gets in a passion.)
The objecting brother says, he believes the candidate has
reported the story; it is just like him, he is always meddling
with other men's affairs.
A general war of words, now ensues, and not unfrequently
hard names are called. The candidate by this time being
nearly worked up into a rage, and the other brother feigning
himself so.
Now some brother makes a proposition that all shall leave
the room,, and leave them alone to settle their difficulty.
The candidate and his antagonist being left alone, they com-
mence walking the room with rapid strides, and loud and
boisterous invectives are exclaimed in abundance, each con-
tending with much zeal that he has Been misrepresented and
abused.
*1 once saw the degree eonferad when the candidate assumed
quite different ground from what was anticipated. He was one of
th< se candid, prudent men, that never made assertions without satis-
factory evidence of their thruth.. #
The brother who'made the objection, " was a bright mason of the
higher order. He was a man of pretty fair character, yet it was ap-
parent that he had contracted some habits which are characteristic
of the art, labor and refreshment. He objected to the candidate
on the ground that he had reported stories detrimental to his char-,
aeter, &e. to wit: 'That he was a dissipated character.1
The ctnlidate very honestly replied that he had made such a
statement, but he did not recollect who it was to, and he sincerely
lameu'ei that he had any occasion for saying or thinking so.
16*
186
THE WORLD'S WONDER*
In the course of five or ten minutes one of the brethren
returns from the other room anil inquires, 'have you agreedf
The offending or objecting brother replies, 'the difficulty
is not settled, neither is it likely to be.'
They are again left alone for about the same space of time,
and the conversation becomes louder and more personal. It
is notjunfrequent on these occasions that the candidate is work-
cd up to complete madness.
The brother returns to them again and inquires, 'have you
agreed?' being informed they have not, he retires a third time.
The objecting brother now proposes to the candidate that
they submit their case to a third person, and to abide by bis
decision which being acceded to on the part of the candidate,
the rest of the bfethrenflreturn to the hall and inquires if they
on being informed, they have chosen a referee to settle their
differences, the umpire says' 'if you can agree in the dark,
you can in the light.' . ,'
He then takes his seat and directs the candidate to kneel
at the altar and receive the remaining part of the obligation.
The candidate kneels at the altar, and repeats as follows:
1 furthermore promise and swear, that I will not confer this
degree upon any person, without the hope of fee or reward.*
To all of which I do most solemnly and sincerely promise
and swear, with a firm and steadfast resolution to keep and
perform the same, binding myself under no less penalty thent
Ak Afe. Afc. 4k -Alt
vft
So help me God and keep me steadfast.' Kisses the Bible
once.
*"lt is believed that this degree was invented by some of our grand
lecturers, who make it their business to travel from lodge to lodge,
and instruct men in the mysteries of ancient freemasonry.
'They have in corporated in the oath a clause which prohibits
them from confering the degree without pay, and by this means they
often replenish the small charge.
After they have confered the degree, they gravely say, 'you sec
sir, that I must receive some trifling compensation, just to save the
oath'(!!) - :
How much is customary V inqires the brethern.
Oh an y trifling sum, 50 °r ene dollar, just to save the oath,
there matter of form.'
tThe precise penalty of this degree is not recollected.
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
187
After the candidate has taken the obligation, the person
who was chosen judge gives his opinion as follows: 4The
candidate and the brother who opposed his taking the de-
gree, shall approach each other upon the five points of fel
lowship, and give the master mason's word, which balances
all difficulties.
HISTORY.
W e are informed by masonic tradition that the c ire urns tan-
ces upon which this degree is founded are briefly these. At
the dedication of the Temple, king Solomon invited ail the
eastern kings and Princes to attend and a assist in the ceremo-
nies. It happened, however, that two of the kings were at
war. Solomon repeatedly attempted to effect a reconciiia-
tion between them, but to no purpose; they still persisted in
their inveteracy.
Solomon being anxious that all nations should be at peace,
determined to effect by fo^ce, what he could not by agree-
ment. He therefore invited them into a small appartment in
the Temple, locked the door, and left them to meditate in
silence, telling them that whenever they settled their difficul-
ties and agreed to live in peace, they would be liberated, and
until that time they would be shut up in total darkness, and
kept on bread and water
The next day king Solomon went in to see them, and
inquired if they had agreed.
They informed him they had not, neither was there a pro-
Lability they would.
King Solomon again left them, and on the nex day wenf
in as before, and received a like answer.
On the third day he went in when they informed him they
had agreed.
King Solomon advancing towards them, holding in each
hand a lighted taper, said, If you can agree inlhe dark you
can in the light,' bowing at the same time and giving this
sign, [See plate 25, fig. 4.] which is the sign of the degree is
'agreed.'
MEDITERRANEAN PASS.
This is an honorary degree, and is said, by masons, to be
of great utility to mariners in passing up the Mediterranean
sea. According to masonic tradition, vessels passing up this
sea are often brought toby the guns of the Aborigines, who,
in herdes, infest the coast, and narrow passes, so that, unless
there is some person on board who has taken this degree, the
vessel is detained and not allowed-to pass; otherwise it has
permission to pass without molestation.
The obligation of this degree is as follows:
I. A. B. in presence of Almighty God and these witnes-
ses, do hereby and hereon, solemnly and sincerely promia and
swear in addition to my former obligations, that 1 will not
communicate the secrets of this degree to any person, except
it be to a true and lawful companion royal arch mason. I
furthermore promis and swear that I will answer and obey all
due signs and summons, handed, sent, or thrown to me from
a worthy brother of the Mediterranean pass. I furthermore
promise and swear, that I will not give the signs of distress,
belonging to this degree unless I am in real distress. 1 fur-
thermore promise and swear, that should I ever see the
sign of distress given by a worthy brother of the Mediterra-
nean pass, I will fly to his relief, and extricate him fromdis-
tress if in my power, and will I endeavor to extricate him in all
cases, even if it is certain that I sacrifice my own(life in the
attempt—to all of which do I solemnly promise and swear,
with a firmand steady purpose to keep and perform the same,
binding myself under no less penalty, than to be boudhand &
foot, and cast into the sea. So help me God, and keep me
ste-dfast in the due performance of the same.
After the candidate has taken the obligation, the following
passage of scripture is read to him. Isaiah, chap. viii. from
the first to the end, beginning thus:—
"Moreover the Lord said unto me. Take thee agreat roll,
and write in it with a man's pen concerning Maner-shalal-
hash-baz. And I took unto me faithful witnesses to record,
THE WORLD'S WONDER,
189
Uriah the priest, and Zecbariah the son of Jebereceiah. And
I w nt unto the prophetess; and she conceived, and bare a son.
Then ?aid the Lord to me Call his name Maher-shalal-hash-
baz1' &c.
The chapter being read, the words Assigns are explained.
The grand-word is uMahershalalhashbaz;" the password
is "Immanuel."
Signs.—The first sign is made as follows:—take hold of the
collar of jour coat with both hands, throw it back as though
you was about tostripe it off, then raise the hand and inter-
lace the fingers back of the neck. See plate 25, fig. 5.]
Another sign is made by making the motion with your body
and arms as though you was in the act of bailing out a boat,
then partley straighten up, and cross the arms on the back,
the right arm resting in the leA hand as though your back was
in great pain. [See plate 25, fig. 6.
ORDER OF THE KNIGIITS
OF TIIE RED CROSS.
I shall preface this degree with extracts from Crosses Temp-
lar's Chart and Heiroglyphic Monitor,' page 9.
The order of knights of the red cross has been known and
confered in several parts of Europe by various titles; the pres-
ent was given to it on account of the red cross which they
bore in their banners when they took the field. The incidents
upon which the order was founded, is said to have occurred
in the reign of Darius king of Persia, & it is more particularly
connected with Symbolic masonry than any other, order of
knighthood. Their assebles are called councils; their sashes
are green, decorated with a sword and trowel, and trimed
with scarlet. The jewel of the presiding officer is a tripple
triangle, with a green collar trimmed with scarlet. Theoffi-
cers necessary to organize a regular council are a sovreign.
master, chancellor, master of the palace, prelate, prelate mas-
ter of dispaches, master of cavelry, master of infantry, stand-
dard bearer, sword bearer, and warder, and customarily a
sentinel. The preparatory degrees necessary to be taken
previous to being created a sir knight of the red cross, are as
follows: viz: entered apprentice fellow craft, master mason,
mark master, past master, most excellent master, royal arch
master, and select master.*
The foundation of the second temple was laid at Jerusalem;
five hundred and fifty-fiveyears before the birth of our Saviour,,
at*which time those peculiar circumstances accord which gave
rise to the royal arch degree. After the death of Cyrus, the
enemies of the Jews found means to prevent the progress of
their glorious undertaking, and the work ceased for several
years.
When Darius the son of Hystaspcs, a noble prince had
established himself upon the throne of Prusia, Zerubbabel, a
The two last are not urged in all councils.
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
191
prince of the tribe of Judah, being stimulated by the spirit of
true patriotism, and inspired with a holy zeal for the Jewish
church, voluntarily offered and undertook to encounter the haz-
ardous enterprise of traversing the Persian dominion, and seek-
ing admission into the royal presence, there to espouse the
cause of his country. lie also had censiderble assurance of
success on account of having been formerly distinguished by
the favorable notice and friendship of the king while in pri-
vate life. On his arrival, he waited a favorable opportunity
to prefer his suit. An oppertunity soon offered itself, when
Zerubbabel, by his consummate wisdom and persuasive argu-
ments, obtained favor of the king, and permissoin to rebuild
the city and temple of Jerusalem; and all the holy vessels re-
maining at Babylon were generously restored to the Jews.
The king of Persia, desirous of perpetuating a remem-
brance of those interesting events which had occasioned a
renewal of the friendship which had formerly subsisted be-
tween himself and Zerubbabel, instituted, on this occasion,
a new order, and called it 'the order of knights of the east.'
They'afterwards assumed the title of'knights of the eagle,'
In France they were known as 'knights of the sword;' and
in Palestine, as knights of the red cross.' They were after-
wards incorporated with the templers.
RED CROSS MANUAL.
Their throne is situated in the east; above is suspended a
gfeen banner; on it a triangle, with a red cross in the centre
of each; underneath are arranged the emblems of the order.
The sovereign master is seated on the throne, the chancelor,
prelate, and past sovereign master on his right, the master of
the palace on his left, the master of finances on the right, and
the master of dispatches on the left, in front; the master of
cavalry on the right of the third division, when separately form-
ed in line; the standard bearer in the west, the sword bearer
on his right, and the warder on his left. The knights are so
arranged as that there shall be no equal member on each
side of the throne.
At the sound of the trumpet, the lfnes are formed; the
master ol cavalry then says, Sir knight warder, when a coun-
cil of red cross knights is about to be opened, what is the first
duty?'
192
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
Warder. To see the sentinels are at their respective posts,
and the council chamber duly guarded.
M. G. Attend to that part of your duty, and inform the
captain of the guards, that we are about to open a council of
red cross knights for the despatch of business. The warder
goes and stations the guard; (tylers,) returns and says, the
sentinels are at their respective posts, and the council chamber
is duly guarded.5
M. C. Sir knight warder, are all present knights of the red
cross?
Warder. All present are red cross knights.
M. C. Attention, sir knights; handle sword; draw sword;
carry sword. You will count yourselves into Jirst and second
divisions, commencing on the right.
The first man on the right says./erst; the second, second;
the third, first; and fourth, second, and so on thhrough the
whole line. _
M. C. Attention first division; you willform a line three
paces in front of the second—forward—march!—to the right-
about,—face.
The avenue being now formed in a proper position for giv-
ing the signs, they proceed.
M. C. Sir knight master of infantry, you will inform our
sovereign master that the lines are formed for inspectioii and
review.
The master of infantry, accompanied by the sword hearer
and warder, repairs to the council chamber, and informs the
sovereign master that the lines are formed.
The trilmpet now sounds, and the sovereign master marches
down between the two divisions, inspecting, the first as he
goes down and the second on his return.
lie then forms a line accross from the right of the second to
the left of the first division with the chancellor and prelate
on his right, and the master of palace on his left. In this
position the signs are given from the degree of entered ap-
prentice mason to select master exclusive.
S. M. Attention, sir knights; handle sword; draw sword;
carry sword. Sir knights you will attend to giving the signs
of the red cross degree. [Turning to chancellor says] atten-
tion, sir knight chancellor, (chancellor faces rouud toS. M.
and brings his sword to a recover) advances and qommuni-
cates the Jewish Pass. The word is Judah Benjamin, Benja-
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
193
tnln, Judah. It is given by three cuts of the sword over an
arch of steel, as follows:
t]3oth sir knights bring their swords to a recover, advance
with the right foot, at the same time bring their swords together
with some violence, in the position of guarding in infantry ex-
ercise. [This is the first cut;] they then cut oneand four,
holding tiie swords together at cut four, advance with the left
foot, and place them side by side; at the same time raises the
left hand and seize each other with some violence by the right
shoulder. [See plate 20, fig. I.]
The chancellor says, Judah. Sovereign master, Benjamin..
Chancellor, Benjamin. . Sovereign . master, Judah—they res-
ume the former position.
The sovereign master says, 'The word is right; you will re-
ceive it from the sir knight on your right.'
The chancellor receives the word in the same way from
the sir knight on his right, and he from the next, until it has
gon eup the whole line of the Jirst division to the master of cav-
airy, whose station is on its right.
As soon as the sovereign master has received the word from
the chancellor, he turns to the mastefr of the palace on his left
hand, demands, and receives it in the same manner as before,
and he from his left hand man, and in like manner the word
goes down the whole line of the second division, directly oppo-
site the master of cavalry.
M. I. Attention, sir knight master of cavalry, advance and
communicate the Jewish Pass. They meet in the centre of
the two divisions, and give the word as before described. The
master of the cavalry returns to his line, and the master of in-
fantry addressing the sovereign master, says, 'Sovereign mas-
ter, I have the Jewish Pass.'
S. M. Sir knight master of infantry, you will advance and
communicate it.
He advances within about three paces of the sovereign
master, brings his sword to a recover, and communicates the
word as before.
S. N. The word has come up right. Attention, sir knight,
to the right-about, face—to your post—march!
The sir knight resumes his post as before.
The sovereign master then addresses the master of the pal-,
ace, and says: 'Attention, sir knight master of palace, you wil|
ad yance and communicate the Persian Pass. [See plate 20|
194
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
fig. 2.] The word is Tetnai Shetharboznai, It is given the
same as the Jewish Pass, except there are four cuts, viz: two,
one, four, too, and under an arch of steel. .
The sovereign master says, 'The word is right; you will
receive it from the sir knight on your left.' The sovereign
master then receives it from the chancellor, and the word pass-
es through both divisions, as before. When it arrives to the
mas tar of cavalry, he demands it from the master of infantry,
and carries it to the sovereign master, in the same manner that
the master of infantry did the Jewish pass, and returns to his
post.
The sovereign master then says, 'Attention, first division;
you will advance and communicate to the second, the red cross
word.' [See plate 20, fig. 3]
This is given by three cuts, viz: too, one, four) by placing
the left feet together, and seize each other by the right shoul-
der, and drawing the sword across with a quick motion, place
the points against the left side, as though you intended to
thrust the other through the heart, at the same time draw
back your head, and look your opponent sternly in the face,
whisper the word Veritas—the second division all say fright*1
Each division then places back the left foot, and brings the
right up as in their former position.
The sovereign master then says,'Attention, second division;
jou will advance, and communicate to the first, the sign, grip,
and a word of a red cross knight.'
The sign is given, by meeting on the guard, or first cut,as
before described, raise the left hand, and place the thumb and
fore finger against the lips, the thumb and finger meeting at
the ends, the other fingers partly open and turned up towards
your left eye, as though you was giving a blast of a horn.—-
[See plate 20, fig. 4.] Carry off the hand in a horizontal di-
rectiqn to the left, till it sweeps a semicircle, thfen drop it by
your side: give the other three cuts, viz: one, four, two, advance
and place your left foot by the side of your opponent's, inter-
lace the fingers of the left hand, and pronounce the word
Ubertas[the first divison says, 'The word is right.'
* The sovereign master "then says,'Sir knights you will form
aroud the alter for the purpose of opening this council of red
cross knights.' * " - - -
The sovereign master is now seated on his throne in front of
the altar, with his several subordinate officers on his right and
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
195
left live master of cavalry and master of infantry take the com-
mand of their divisions, and form them arround the altar, fa-
cing inward.
The sovereign master then says, 'Attention, sir knights; to
the right-about face—deposite swords—deposite helmets—
to the right-about, face—to your devotions.' All kneel on
the left knee, cross their arms, and interlace their fingers with
their left and right hand companions, and repeat the Lord's
prayer; after the prayer each knight whispers the word Veri-
tas in the ear of his left hand companion.
The sovereign master says,'Attention, sir knights,(at which
ail rise upon their feet,) to the right-about, face—recover
helmets—recover swords—return swords—to your post,—
march .' The officers and companions all resume their seats,
as in plate 18.
The officers being thus seated, the sovereign master puts
the following questions to some one sir knight, who is the best
qualified to answer; it is called a lecture.
S. M. Sir knight—are you a knight of the red cross?
A. That is my profession.
[Aslo the following question are cotinued by the sovereign
master, and are answered bv a member.]
Q. By what will you be tried?-
A. By the test of truth.
Q. Why by the test of truth?
A. Because none but good men and true, are entitled
to the honor of the order.
Q. Where did you receive those honors?
A. In a just and regular council of knights of the red
cross.
Q. What number compose a council?
A. There is an indispensable number, and a constitu-
tional number,
Q, What is the indespensable number?
A. Three.
Q. Under what circumstances are they authorised to
forma council of knights of the red cross?
A. Three knights of the red cross, being also knights
templars, and hailing from three different commanders, may,
under the sanction of a warrant or character from a grand en-
campment, form and open a council of the red cross knights,
(or the dispatch of business..
196
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
Q. What is the constitutional number?
A. Five, seven, nine, eleven or more.
Q. When composed of eleven, of whom does it con*
sist?
A. Sovereign master, chancellor, master of palace, pre-
late, master of cavalry master of infantry, master of finance,
hiaster of dispatches, standard bearer, sword bearer, and
warder.
Q. Warder's station in the council?
A. On the left of the standard bearer in the west.
Q. His duty there?
A. To announce the approach of the sovreign master,
to see that the sentinels are at their respective posts, and the
council chamber duly guarded.
Q. Sword bearers' station? <
A. On the right of the standard bearer on the west.
Q. His duty there?
A. To assist in the protection of the banners of our
order: to watch all signals from the sovereign master, and see
his orders duly executed.
Q. Standard bearer's station?
, In th&jre&t*.
Q. His duty there?
A. To display, support, and protect the banners of our
order. , - \
Q. Why is the standard bearer's station in the west?
A. That the brilliant rays of the rising sun, shedding
their lustre upon the banners of our order, may encourage
and animate all true and courteous knights, and dismay and
confound their enemies.
Q. Station of master of dispatches?
A. In front of the master of palace,,
Q. His duty?
A. To observe with attention the transactions of the
council; to keep a just and regular record thereof, collect the
revenue and pay the same over to the master of finance,
Q. Station of master of finance.
A. In front of the chancellor.
Q. His duty?
A. To/eceive in charge the funds and property of the
council, pay all orders drawn upon the treasurer, and render
a just and regular account when called for.
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
197
Q. Station of the master of infantry?
A. On the right of the second division, when separately
formed; on the left of the whole, when formed in line.
Q. His duty?
A. To command the second division or line of infantry,
teach them their duty and exercise; also to prepare all candi-
dates, attend them on their journey, answer all questions for
them, and finally introduce them into the council cham-
ber.
Q. Station of master of cavalry?
A. On the right of the first divison, when separately
formed, and on the right of the whole, when formed in
line.
Q. His duty?
A. To command the first division or line of cavalry,
teach them their duty and exercise; to form the avenue
for the reception and departure of the sovereign master, and
prepare the lines for inspection and review.
Q. Prelate's station?
A. On the right of the chancellor.
Q. His duty?
A. To preside in the royal arch council; administer
at the altar; to offer up prayers and adorations to the
Deity.
Q. Station of master of the palace?
A. On the left of the sovereign master in the east,
Q. His duty there?
A. To see that the proper officers make all due prepara-
fions for the several meetings of the council; to take special
care that the council chamber is in suitable array for the re-
ception of candidates, and dispatch of business; to receive
and communicate all orders issued by the sovereign master
throughout the officer of the line.
Q. Where is the chancellor's station.
A. On the right of the sovereign master.
Q. His duty there?
A. To receive and^communicate all orders and petitions;
to assist the soverign master in the discharge of his various
duties, and in his absence to preside in the council.
Q. Sovereign master's station ?
A. In the east.
Q. His duty there?
17*
^98
THE WORLDS WONDER.
A. To*preside in the grand council; confer this order "of
kffigltthood upon those? whom his council may approve; to
preserve inviolate the laws and constitution of our order; to
.dispense justice, reward merit, encourage truth and diffuse
.the sublfme principles of universal benevolence.
Then the sovereign master says,Sir knight chancellor, it is
my will* and. pleasure that a council of knights of the
redcro8s.be now.opened, and stand open for the dispatch of
"business such as may regularly come before it at this time,
requiring all sir knights now assembled, or who may come at
this time, to govern themselves accordingly. (The sir knight
chancellor communicates it to the sir knight master of the
palace and he to the knight.)
S. M. Says, Sir knights, this council is now open for the
the dispatch of business.
The council being opened, a veil or curtain is suspended
from the wall to the floor, dividing the hall into two apart-
ments, the one for the sovereign master and nobility, and is
called the 'council chamber.' The other is the royal arch
council. [See plate 18.]
The .prelate presides in the royal arch council, seated
before the altar; the sir knights, (or rather companions, in this
apartment,) are seated round the hall, with their hats on.—
The sovreign master is in the other appartment, (council
chamber.) The officers being thus divided, and arranged,
the master of infantry prepares the candidate, and makes the
alarm by three times three raps on the door..
The warder says, 'Most excellent there is an alarm, at the
door.'
Prelate. Attend to the alarm, and see who comes there.
The warder goes to the door, and after giving the same
number of raps, opens the door, and says, 'Who comes
thereV
M. I. Another companion, who has been regularly ipi-
tiated, passed, and raised to the sublime degree of master
Mason, advanced to the honorable degree of mark master,
presidedjas master in the chair, received and acknowledged as
most excellent master, and exalted to the more august sub-
lime degree of royal arch Mason, now solicits the honor of
being created a knight of the illustrious order of red
cross.
W. Is it of his own free will and accord t
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
199
M. I. It is.
W. Is he worthy and well qualified ?
M.I. He is.
W. Has he made suitable proficiency in the preceding,
degrees?
M. I. He has.
W. By what further right and benefit doqs he expect to
gain admittance? *
M. I. By the benefit of a pass and with your assistance
we will give it, (the pass is Jah-buh-lun, and, is now given
in the manner the royal arch word is given.
W The pass is right; let the candiate wait a time with
patience until the most excellent prelate be informed of hi?
request, and his answer returned.
The warder reports to the most excellent prelate, where
the same questions are asked and answered returned as at
the door.
M. E. P. Let him enter.
The master of infantry conducts the candidate to the cen-
tre of the hall, and takes a seat by the side of him, facing the
prelate.
The most excellent prelate addresses the candidate as fol-
lows: 'Companions, the council you here see assembled, rep-
resents the grand council assembled at Jerusalem in the first
year of Darius king of Persia, to deliberate upon their unhap-
py situation, and to devise means whereby they could obtain
the favor and assistance of their new sovereign, in rebuilding
the house of the Lord. If you are desirous of joining Us in
our deliberations, you must assume the name and character
Zorubbabel, one of the princes of the house of Judab, whose
hands laid the foundation of the first temple, and whose hands
the Lord promised should finish it,' The candidate signifies
by a bow that he assents.
M. E. P. Companions, we will attend to a lesson from the
records of our fathers.
While the prelate reads, all the companions drop their
elbows upon their knees, and support their head with the
hand. [See plate 19.]
Ezra III. 8—11. 'Now in the second year of their coming
unto the house of God at Jerusalem, in the second month, be-
gan Zerubbabel the son of Shealtiel, and Jeshua the son of
Jojadak^and the remnant of their brethren the priests and
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
Levites and all they that were come out of the captivity unto
Jerusalem; and appointed the Levites from twenty years old
& upwards, to set forward the work of the house of the Lord.
Then stood Jeshua with his sons and his brethren, Kadmiel
and his sons, the sons of Judah, together, to set forward the
workmen in the house of God; the sons of Henadad, with
their sons and their brethren the Levites. And when the
builders laid the foundation of the temple of the Lord, they
set the priests in their apparel with trumpets, and the Levites,
the sons of Asaph, with cymbols, to praise the Lord after the
ordinance of David, king of Israel. And they sung together
by course, in praising and giving thanks unto the Lord; be-
cause he is good, for his mercy endurelh forever towards Isra-
el. And all the people shouted with a great shout, when they
praised the Lord, because the foundation of the house of the
Lord was laid.'
Ezra. IV. 'Now when the adversaries of Judah and Ben-
jamin heard that the children of the captivity builded the tern-
pie unto the Lord God of Israel; then they came to Zerub
babel, and to the chief of the fathers, and said unto them, Let
us build with you: for we seek God, as ye do; and we do
sacrifice unto him since the days of Esarhaddon, king of Assur,
which brought us.up hither. But Zerubbabel, and Jeshua,
and the rest of the chief of the fathers of Israel,. said unto
them, ye have nothing to do with us to build an house unto
our God; but we ourselves-together will buijd unto the Lord
God of Israel, as king Cyrus the king of Persia hath command-
ed uf. Then the people of the land weakned the hands of
the people of Judah, and troubled them in building, and hired
chancellors against them to prostrate their purpose, all the
days of Cyrus king of Persia, even until the reign of Darius,
king of Persia. And the reign of Ahasuerus, in the beginning
of his reign, wrote they uuto him an accusation against the in-
habitants of Judah and Jerusalem.
'And in the days of Artaxerxes wrote Bishlem, Mithredath,
Tabeel, and the rest of the companions, unto Artaxerxes
king of Persia; and the writing of the letter was written in the
Syrian tongue, and interpreted in the Syrian tongue. Rehum
the chancellor, and Shimshai the scribe wrote a letter against
Jerusalem to Artaxerxes the king in this sort: (Then wrote
Rehum the chancellor, and Shimshai the scribe, and the rest
of t^eir companions; the Dinaites, the Apharsathchites, the
TUB WORLD'S WONDER.
201
Turpelites, the Apharsites, the Archevites, the Babylonians,
the Susanchites, the Dehavites, and the Elamites and the rest
of the nations whom the great & noble Asnapper brought over,
and set in the cities of Samaria, and the rest that are on this
»tdc the river, and at such a time.)
'This is a copy of the letter that they sent unto him, even
unto Artaxerxes the king. Thy servants the men on this
side of the river, and at such a time. Be it known unto the
king, that the Jews which came up from thee to us are come
unto Jerusalem, building the bad and rebellious city, and have
set up the walls thereof, and joined the foundations. Be it
known now again, then will they not pay toll, tribute and
custom, and so thou shalt endamage the revenue of the kings.
Now because we have maintenance from the king's palace,
and it was not meet for us to see the king's dishonor, therefore
have we sent and certified the king, that search may be made
in the book of the records of thy fathers: so shalt thou find in
the book of the records, and know that this city is a rebellious
and hurtful city, unto kings and provinces, that they have
moved sedition within the same of old time: for which cause
was this city destroyed. We certify the king, that, if this
city be builded again, and the walls thereof set up, by this
means thou shalt have no portion on this side the river.
'Then sent the king an answer unto Rehum the chancellor, &
to Shimshai the scribe, and io the rest of their companions that
dwell in Samaria, and to the rest beyond the river, peace, and
at such a time. The letter which ye sent unto us hath been
plainly read before me. And I commanded, and search hath
been made, and if is found that this city of old time hath made
insurrection against kings, and that rebellion and sedition
have been made therein. There have been mighty kings also
over Jerusalem, which have ruled over all countries beyond
the river; and toll, tribute, and custom, were paid unto them.
Give ye now commandment to cause these men to cease, and
that this city be not builded until another commandment shall
be given from me. Take heed now that ye fail not to do this:
why should damage grow to the hurt of the kings?
'Now when the copy of king Artaxerxes' letter was read
before Rehum, and Shimshai the scribe^and their companions,
they went up in haste to Jerusalem unto the Jews, and made
them to cease by force and power. , Then ceased the work
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
orthe house of God which ig at Jerusalem. So it ceased unto
the second year of the reign of Darius king of Persia.'
Then the master of infantry introduces the candidate to the
most excellent prelate as follows, (both standing in their
places.)
M. 1. Most excellent prelate; in consequence of our sorer*
eign lord Darius the king, having ascended the throne of Per*
sia, new hopes are inspired of protection and support In the
noble and glorious undertaking of rebuilding the house of the
Lord, in which we have been so long and so ofteh interrupted
by our adversaries on the other side of the river; for Darius, ,
when a private man in life, made a vow to God, that should
he ever ascend the throne of Persia, he would send all the
holy vessels remaining in Babylon back to Jerusalem. Our
most excellent and faithful companion Zerubbabel, who was
formerly honored with the favorable notice and friendship of
the sovereign, now offers his services to encounter the hazard*
ous enterprise of traversing the Persian dominions, and seek*
ing admission to the presence of the sovereign, where the first
favorable moment will be seized to remind the king of his
row, and impress on his mind the almighty force and impor-
tance of truth; and from his known piety, no doubt can be
nn fnrfo ^ '■ <----* - -- ■ *
.......vt uuiaiuiiig mo ouiibcim. mat uur«liei!IICS l><5 re*
moved far hence, and that we be no longer hindred or impeded
in the noble and glorious undertaking of rebuilding the house
p£tbe Lord,in which we have so laudably engaged.
M. E. P. Companion Zerubbabel, the council with great
joy accept your noble and generous offer; and will invest you
with the necessary passports, by the means of which you will
be enabled to make yourself knowrn to the friends of our cause,
wherever you may find therrf; but on entering upon an under-
taking of such vast importance to the craft, it is necessary that
you take a solemn obligation to be faithful to the trusf reposed
in you.
1 will invest you with this sword, (presents him a sword,)
by the use of which you will be enabled to defend yourself a-
gainst your enemies; you will now kneel at the altar, and re*
ceive your obligation; (the candidate kneels at the atlaron
his left knee, his body erect, his right hand grasping the hilt
of his sword, his left resting on the holy bile, square and com
passes, on which are placed two swords at right angles.)
E. P. Companion, you are now about to take an obli-
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
gation appertaining to this degree, which like jour former
obligations, will not interfer with jour dutj to jour countrjor
Maker; if you are willing to proceed, jou will repeat jour chris-
tain surname and saj after me.
Can. I, B. W., Of my own free will and accord, in the
presence of the supreme Architect of the universe, and these
witnesses, do herebj and hereon, most solemnlj promise and
swear, that I will alwajs hail, for ever conceal, and never re-
yeal,anj of the secret arts, or points, of the mjsteries apper-
taining to the order of knights of the red cross, unless it be fc>
a true and lawful companion sir knight of the order, or with-
in the body of a just and lawful council of such, and not unto
him or them, until bj due trial, strict examination, or lawful
information, 1 find him or them lawfully entitled to receive the
same.
Furthermore do I promise and swear, thaf I will answer &
obey all due signs, and regular summons from a council of
knights of the red cross, or given to me from the hands of a
companion sir knight,if within the distance of forty miles; na-
tural infirmities and unavoidable accidents only excusing me.
Furthermore do I promise and swear, that I will not be
present at the confering of this order of knigthood upon any
person, unless he shall have previously received the degree of
entered apprentice, fellow craft, master mason, mark master,
past master, most excellent master, and royal arch.
Furthermore do I promise and swear, thai will not assist,
or be present at forming or opening of a council of knights of
the red cross, unless there be present at least five regular
knights of the order, or three representatives of three different
encampments, acting under the sanction of a legal warrant.
Furthermore do I promise & swear, that I will support and
maintain the by-laws of the council of which I may hereafter
become a member, the laws and regulations of the grand en-
campment, under which the same may be holden together
with the constitution and ordinances of the grand encampment
of the United States of America, so far as the same shall come
to my knowledge; to all of which I do most solemnly promise
and swear, binding myself under no less penalty than that of
having my house pulled down, the timbers thereof set up, and
I hanged thereon; and when the last trump Shall sound, that
I be forever excluded from the society of all true and cohrt-'
eous knights, should I ever wilfully or knowingly violate any
204
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
part of this my solemn obligation of knight of the red cross;
so help me God, and keep me steadfast to keep and perform
the same.' •
The candidate is then directed to kiss the book and rise.
Most excellent prelate then says,'Companion Zerubbabel,
the master of infantry will now invest you with the Jewish
pass, by the means of which you will be enabled to make
yourself known to the friends of our. cause wherever you may
find them, and which will insure you their friendship and
protection.'
The master of infantry gives him the Jewish pass. [See"
plate 20, fig. 1.}
Then the most excellent prelate presents the candidate with
a green sash, and says, Companion, I now invest you with this
sash, as a mark of our peculiar friendship and esteem; you
will wear it as a constant memorial to stimulate you to the per-
formance of every duty. Its color is green, and will remind
you that the memory of him who falls in a just and virtuous
cause is blessed, and will flourish like the green bay tree.
Fare you well, companions; may success attend your enter-
prise.'
Master of infantry says to the candidate, 'Follow me
In some councils, where the hall is fitted up for the purpose, the
candidate is conducted info different appartments.
As the master of infantry passes through the first door, the 1st
guard says, 'Whocomes there?1
M. I. A friend.
G. Advance and give the pass.
Then the Master of infantry gives the Jewisn pass as before des-
cribed.
The candidate comes up, passes the same examination, and
follows the master of infantry to the second door, where a see-
ond guard makes the same demand and receives the: same am
swer from them as the first;' they then arrive at the third door,
which is opened, and before it is placed a little frame about four
feet long, and one high in the middle, in imitation of an arch
bridge.
The master of infantry then say, 'Companion, we have now ar-
rived in sight of the Peeean dominions; I can accompany you no
further; this bridge you s here, over which you have to pass alone,
separates the Jewish from, the Persian dominions—faro you Well;
may success attend your enterprise.'
The candidate walks over the bridge, and is immediately accosjep
THE WGRLD^S WONDER.
205
by a guard, 4Who como there V
' Candidate. A. friend.
Guard. Advance, and give the pass.
Candidate gives three cuts, and advances to give the pass, the
rruafd throws up the candidate's sword, the candidate whispers Judah,
The cuard (being a Persian,) does not -understand the word, says.
AVhatl' Candidate says, <Judah? -The guard pretends not tc un-
dfrstand, and demands, still more sternly, 'What!!'" with spirit.
Guard exclaims, An enemy! an enemy! guards, seize him![the
mjards lay hold of the candidate disarm him, divest hirii of his
green sash, hand-cuffs' and fetters are put on his hands and
foot- these are made of chains of four parts of about 18 inches
jon^each, fastened in the middle; at the ends are rings like hand-
cUtii, which are fastened around the ancle's and wrists with
bolts.]
Master of infantry comes up at this time addresses the guard in
behalf of the candidate as follows:
'Why do you use this violence? Why treat me thus? I am no
enemy, I am a prince of the house of Judah, and demand an audi®
ence with your sovereign.' , . "
Master of cavalry,)who acts as captain of the Persian guards) rep]i-
cssarcastically,- 'A prince of the house of Judah! you arc my slave,
and you can only appear in the presence -of the sovereign as such.—
Do you consent to "this?1
M. 1 (For canidate after a short pause says.) I consent; take
me to him immediately. A sackcloth is now put over the candi-
date's head, .and he is taken'to the door of the-council chamber
and an alarm of four times two is given.
The warder, who at this time is in the council chamber, draws
the curtains apart in the centre, and demands,'Who comes there?'
Master of cavalry. A detachment of his majesty's guards,
having made prisoner of one, who says he is a prince of the house
of Judah.
Warder. Whero is he from?
Master of Infantry From Jerusalem.
IVarder. What is his name ?
Master of Infantry. Zerubbabel, the first among his equals, a
mason, free by rank, but a captive and slave by misfortune.
Warder. What does he desire?
M. I. An audience with his majesty if possible.
Warder. Wait with patience, and the sovereign master will soon
return his orders* *
Warder returns ant^reports to the sovereign master the same that
passes at the door.
48
206
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
Sovereign Master. Having ascertained that he is armed with M>
h: stile weapon, you may let him enter.
Warder, returns and inquires 'Is he armed with any woap-
OH?!
Master of Carlary. He is not.
Warder. He has the sovereign's permission to enter the
council chamber. [The veil or curtain is now parted in the
middle, and the.candidate is conducted before the sovereign
master, with his arms and legs chained, and a sackcloth over
his head, guarded on his right by the master of cavalry, with
a drawn sword, and on his left by master of infantry-]
The sovereign master observes to the council 'This is no
enemy; this is the.friend and companion of my youth. (Then
addressing the candidate says,) 'Zerubbabel, having now gain-
ed admittance into our presence, we demand that you immt-
diately declare the pecuhar motive which induced you, with-
out our permission, and with force and arms to p; ss the lines of
our dominions.'
Master of Infantry (for candidate,) Sovereign master, th«
tears and complaints of my companions of Jerusalem, who
have been solong and so often impeded in the noble and
glorious uudertakmg of rebuilding the house of the Lord,in
which they were permitted to engage by our late sovereign
Lord Cyrus the king; but our enemies having caused that
great work to cease by force and power, I have now come
up to implore your majesty's clemency, that you would be
pleased to restore me to favor, and grant me employment
among the servants of your houshold.
- S. M. Zerubbabel, I have often reflected with much
pleasure, upon our early, intimacy and freindship, and J fre-
quenlly heard, with great satisfaction,of your fame as a wise
and accomplished Mason, and having myself profound vene-
ration for that ancient and honorable institution, and having
a sincere desire to become a member of the same, I will this
moment grant ycur request, on conditions that you will reveal-
to me the secrets of masonry, which distinguished the archi
tects of the Jewish from those-of all other nations.
M. L (for candidate.) Sovereign master, when our grand
master Solomon, king of Israel, first instituted the fraternity
of free and accepted Masons, he taught us that truth was a
divine attribute, and the foundation of every virtue; to b«
good men and true, is the first lesson we are taught in Ma-»
the World's wonder.
207
sonay. My engagements are sacred, and inviolable; if I can
obtain your majesty's favor only at the expence of my integ-
rity, I humbly beg leave to decline your, royal protection,
and will cheerfully submit to an honorable exile or a glorious
death.
S. M. Zerubbabel, your intreaty and integrity are truly
commendable and your fideli(y,to your engagement'sis worthy
of imitation; from this moment you are free; my guards will
divest you ol these chains.and that garb of slavery, and clothe
you in suitable habiliments to attend me at the banquet half.
ZeruDbabel, you are free; guards, strike off these chains; and
may those emblems of slavery never again digrace the hands
of a Mason, more particularly a prince of the house of Ju-
dah. Zerubbabel, we assign you a seat of. rank and honor
among the princes and rulers of our assembly.'
While the candidate is passing this examination in the
council chamber, some of the sir knights prepare the 'banquet
table,'in the royal arch council; the table is furnished with
wine, crackers, dried beef, &c.
The warder announces to the sovereign master, that the
avenue is formed to escort him and his friend Zerubbabel to
the banquet hall. • " -
The sovereign master sits at the head of the table, chancel-
lor on his right, master of palace on his left; on the right
of the chancellor sits Zerubbabel and his conductor. The
knights being all seated at the table, commence eating and
drinking. After having participated in the refreshments for
ten or fifteen minutes the sir knights begin to withdraw ,one
by one, until they have all left but the officers and candid
ate.
The sovereign master then says,'It has been the custom,
from time immemorial, among the kings and sovereigns of this
realm, on occasions like this, to propose certain questions; and
he who should be found to give the most satisfactory answer,
should be clothed in purple drink in a golden cup, wear a silk-
ea tiara, and a golden chain about his neck. There has a
question occured^ to my mind, which I will propose for discus-
sion, viz: 'Which is the greatest, the strength of wine, of the
king) or of women.' -
The chancellor rises and says, 'Sovereign master, I think
wine is the strongest.'
The master-of pnlace says; 'Sovereign^ master, I think the
08
THE WORLD'S WONDER,
king is the strongest
The master of infantry [for candidate] says, 'Sovereign mas-
ter, I think women are strongest; hut above all things, truth
beareth the victory.'
The sovereign master observes, 'Companion Zcrubbabcl*
you have made a very important addition to the question'
which needs further consideration: it being late at night, we
will retire. To:morrow you will assembled in the council
chamber to hear the question debated.'
The master of calvalry says, 'Attention, sir knights; you
will form an evenue to escort the sovereign master and his'
companion Zerubbabel to the council chamber.' They all
repair to the council chamber.
The sovereign master is seated on his throne, surrounded
by his princes and nobles.* He then calls upon the parties
to make public defence of their opinions.
The chancellor rises, and speaks upon the strength of wine,
as follows:
O ye princes and rulers how exceeding strong is wine! It
causeth all men to err that drink it; it makes the mind of the
king and the beggar to be all one; of the bondman and the
freeman, of the poor man and of the rich; it turneth, also,
every thought into jollity and mirth,so that a man remembereth
neither sorrow nor debt; it changeth and elevateth the spirits,
and cnliveneth the heavy hearts of the miserable. It makcth
a man forget his brethren,and draw his sword against his best
friends. O ye princes and rulers, is not wine, the strongest,
that forceth us to do these things?'
The master of the palace spoke upon the power of kings,
as follows:
'It is beyond dispute, O princes and rulers that God has
made man master of all things under the sun, to command
them to make use of them, and apply them to his service as
he pleases: but whereas men have only dominion over other
sublunary creatures, kings have an authority even over men
themselves,, and right of ruling them by will and pleasure.—
Now, he that is master of those who are master of all things
else, hatn no earthly thing above him.'
The master of infantry [for candidate] spoke upon the
power of women, as follows:
*See Cross' Templar' Charq^pago 19. v
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
209
*0 princes and rulers,the force of wine is not to be denied;
neither is that of kings, that unite so many men, in one com-
rnon allegience; but the supereminence, ofwomen is yet above
all this; for kings are but the gifts of women, and they are also
the mothers of those that cultivate our vineyards.
'Women have the power to make us abandon our very
country and relations, and many times to forget the best friends
we have in the world, and forsake all other comforts, to live
and die with them. But when all this is said, neither thejr,
nor wine, nor kings, are t comparable to the almighty
force of truth. As for all other things, they are mortal and tran-
sientbut truth aloneis unchangeable and everlasting;the bene-
fits we receive from it are subject to no variations or vicissitudes
of time and fortune. In her, judgment is no unrighteous-
ness, and she is the wisdom, strength beauty, power, and ma-
jesty of all ages Blessed be to the God of Truth.'
As soon as Zerubbabel gets through speaking, the sover-
eign master and companions all exclaim, Great is truth, and
mighty above all things.'
The sovereign master then says, 'Zerubbabel, ask what thou
wilt, and I will give it thee; because thou art found the wisest
among thy companions.'
M. I. [for candidate.] 'Oking, remember thy vow which
thou has vowed, to build Jerusalem in the day when thou
shouldst come to thy kingdom, and to restore the holy'vessels
which were taken away out of Jerusalem. Thou hast also
vowed tobuild up the temple which was burned, when Judah
was made desolate by the Chaldqes. And now, O king, this
is what I desire of thee, that thou make good the vow, the per-
formance whereof with thine own mouth thou hast vowed to
the King of Heaven.'
The sovereign master then says, 'Zerubbabel, it shall be
done. I will punctually fulfil my vow: letters and passports
shall be immediately issued to my officers throughout the realm,
and they shall give you and those who accompany you,
safe conveyance to Jerusalem,*andyoushallbeno longerhinder-
ed or impeded in rebuilding your city and temple, until they
shall be completed.
The sovereign master then invests the candidate with a
green sash, and says, 'This green sash, of which you were de-
prived by my guards, I now with pleasure restore to you, and
will make of it one of the ensigns of a new order, calculated to
£8*
210
THE WORLDS WONDEB*
perpetutate the remembrance of the event which caused the
renewal of our friendship. Its color will remind you that tmth
is a divine attribute, and shall prevail, and shall forever flour-
ish in immortal green, I will now confer on you the highest
honor in our power at this time to bestow, and create you the
first knight of an order, instituted for the express purpose of
inculcating the almighty force and importance of truth.'—
He then directs the candidate to kneel, and says, 'By virtue
of the high power in me vested, as the successor and repre-
sentative of Darius, king of Persia, I now constitute and
create you a knight of the illustrious order of the red cross/
(at the same time laying the blade of his sword first upon the
rightshoulder, then upon the left, and then upon the head of
the candidate.)
The sovereign mast then takes thecandidate by the hand,
and says, 'Thesword of which you was deprived by my
guards, I now with pleasure restore to you, in the hand of a
true and courteous knight. It is endowed with three most
excellent qualities:its hilt with faith/its blade with hope,and
its point with charity; which teaches this important lesson,
that when we draw our swords, in a just and virtuous cause,
having faith in God, we may reasonably hope for victory*
ever remembering to extend the point of charity to a fallen
foe. Take it and return it to its scabbard, and there let it
remain ^until it is consumed by rust; rather than draw it in
the cause of injustice and oppression.*
ORDER OF KNIGHTS
TEMPLARS.
The officers necessary to form an encampment, are as fol-
lews, viz: Most eminent grand commander, generalissimo,
captain general prelate, treasurer, recorder, senior warden,
junior warden, standard bearer, sword bearer, warder and
sentinel.
TEMPLAR'S MANUAL.
In the east the throne is situated; above it is suspended a
banner, on it a cross, surrounded by rays of light; on each
side a sky blue banner, on one of which are arranged the em-
blems of the order, and on the other, a paschal lamb and Mai-
tese cross, with this motto, 4The will of God.' The grand
commander is seated on the throne, the generalissimo, prelate,
and past grand commanders, on his right; the captain general
on his left; the treasurer on the right, and the recorder on
the left, in front; the senior warden at the south-west angle of
the triangle, and on the left of the third division; the stand-
ard bearer in the west, the sword bearer on his right, and the
warder on his left: at the base of the triangle, and "in.front of
the standard bearer, a stall for the initiate. The knights are
so arranged, that there shall be an equal number on each side
of the throne and in front.
DRESS.
An entire suit of black. A black velvet sash, trimed with
silver lace, hanging on the right shoulder, and crossing the
body to the left side; at the end of the sash is suspended a
poinard or small dirk; on the left hip of the sash, is a Maltese
cross; on the right shoulder a black rose; on the left breast
a star of nine points; in the the centre of the star, a cross and
serpent of gold, surrounded by a circle, on which is engraved,
212
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
or enamled, 'In hoc signo vinces.' An apron of black velvet,
of a triangular form, trimed with silver lace. On the top, or
flap, is a triangle, with twelve holes perforated through it; in
the centre of the triangle is a cross and serpent; on the centre
of the apron is a skull and cross bones, and at equal distance
from them, in a triangular form, a star with seven points, in
the centre of each star, a red cross.
The sir knights being assembled and seated, as in plate 21,
the encampment is opened with the same ceremonies that the
red , cross council is, except the addition of giving the signs and
words of the knight tcmplaj; and knights of Malta, which will
hereafter be explained. The candidate is balloted for, as in
the preceding degrees; and if he is elected a member, the
junior warden (whose duty it is to conduct the candidate
through part of the degree,) conducts him to the chamber of
reflection,* and informs him that before he enters that room, he
must be hoodwinked for a few minutes, as he has been in sorqe
of the preceding degrees. This being done he is conducted
in, and seated in a chair. Then the junior warden addresses
him as follows:
'Companion jou are now seated in the chamber ofreflection:
before you, upon the table, you will find the holy bible, that
great light in masonry. You will also find upon the table, a
paper containing three questions, to which you are required
to make answers in writing, yes or no, as you may see cause,
sign your name in the margin. And you will also find upon
the table, a howl of pure wrter, in which you will wash your
hands, and wipe them on a napkin, which you will find on
the table, in token of the purity of your intention in the busi-
ness you are engaged, with an awful refference to the day of
your death, and the coming judgment. I am now about to
leave you alone. Soon after I leave the room, I will give yoa
a signal of three distinct knocks, for you to remove the band-
age from your eyes. After you have gone through the cere-
monies, as I have directed, you will give me the same signal,
and I will return to you.
Then the junior warden leaves the reflection room, closes
the door, and gives the signal; upon the hearing of which, the
*The chamber of reflection is a small appartment adjoiningthe en-
campment, fitted for the occasion, seme times painted black, and only
lighted with one glimmering taper.
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
213
candidate removes the bandage from his eyes and to his great
surprise, finds the table before him covered with human skulls,
and 'cross bones,' of horrible appearances. [See plate 22,
fig. 3.]
After the candidate has recovered a little from his fright,
he examines the three questions, which read as follows, with
his answers and signature to them.
Q. First. If you ever are called upon to draw your sword,
will you wield it in defence of the christain religion?*
A. Yes Hrnry Easywil.
Q,. Second. Does your conscience upbraid you for any
known or overt crime unrepented of?
A "NO.' II. Ensywit.
Q. Third. Do you solemnly promise to conform to all the
ceremonies, rules and regulations of this encampment, as
all valiant and magnanimous sir knights have done, who have
travelled this way before you?
A. Yes II. Easywil.
After he has answered the questions and performed ablution,
he gives the signal, and the junior warden returns to him.
J. W. Have you given the answers to the proposed ques-
tions? [Candidate says he has.] Present them. I presume
they are satisfactory. I will present them to the most eminent
grand commander, and will soon return with his answer.
The junior warden leaves the candidate in-the reflection
room, and repairs to the entrance of the veil which divides the
encampment into two appartments, and gives an alarm of
three times four knocks, with his foot upon the floor,
M. E. G. C. Sir kinght warder attend to the cause of that
alarm, and see who comes there.
The warder steps to the entrance of the veil, and demands,
Who comes there?
J. W. A worthy companion, who having taken all the ne-
eessary preceding degrees' now solicits the honor of being
dubbed and.created in this encampment a knight of the valient
and magnanimous order of knight templars, and knights of
*A few \ean ago it is said, that a companion in New-Heaven
encampment, that he delayed the ceremonies two hours and a half,
in refusing to give a satisfactory answer to the question, 'Will you
wield your sword in defence of the christian religion?, His answer
was 'NO: the religion which I believe and teach, requires no such
service.' But he was prevailed on to say YES.
214
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
Malta, or order of St. John's of Jerusalem.
W. Has he given answers to the proposed questions?
J. W. He has in writing, and, in token of his sincerity, has
performed the necessary ablution.
W. You will present them, & wait a time until the most eir.i-
nent grand commander be informedof your request, and his
answer returned.
The warder returns to his post.*
M. E. G. C. Sir-knight warder, what is the "cause of thai
alarm? Who comes there?
W. A wo.rthy companion, who having taken all the nc-
cessary preceding degrees, now solicits the honor of being
dubbed and created in this encampment a knight of the val-
hint and magnanimous order of St. John's of Jerusalem.
W. lias he given answers to the questions proposed?
J. W. He has in writing, and, in token of his sincerity, has
performed the necessary ablution..
M. E. G. C. Present the questions. [Read them.] The
questions are answered satisfactorily; but as a trial of his pa-
tience and perseverance, I enjoin upon him seven years' pil-
grimage, which he will perform under the direction of the
junior warden dressed in pilgrim's weeds.
The warder returns the same answer to the junior warden,
and he to the candidate in the chamber of reflection.
The senior warden also informs the candidate,that in addi*
tion to his sandals, staff, and scrip, he must take some bread and
a bottle of water to sustain him on his journey.
The candidate is prepared as in plate 22, fig. I. and the
junior warden directs him to follow him.
Generally the encampments are so constructed that they
have to pass through several rooms before they arrive at the
asylum-.f the first room they enter, a guard enquires,'Who
comes there?'
J. W. A weary pilgrim, travelling from afar, to join with
Jhose who oft have gone before him, to offer his devotions at
the holy shrine.
Guard. Pilgrim, I greet thee: walk into thy tent; sit flown:
*The warder's post or station, in this part of the ceremony, is at
the right, in front of the most eminent-grand commander.
fThatpartot the hall or encampment where the eminent grand
commander sits is called the asylum; the other side of the Veil is
the council chamber.
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
215
silver and gold have I none: but such as I have give I thee;
here is some good bread and pure water just such as pilgrims,
need; help yourself. [The -pilgrim eats.] I will examine
your scrip, and see how your bread holds out; (feeling in his
scrip,) your bread is almost gone, I will put in some; your wa-
terisalso almost spent, I will replenish your bottle. Help
yourself, brother pilgrim to what you like-best. The candi-
date having received suffeient refreshment, the guard says:
'Pilgrim, hearken now to a lesson to cheer thee on thy way,
and assure thee of success:' 'And Abraham rose up early in
the morning, and took bread, and a bottle of water, and gave
it untoHagar (putting it on her shoulder,) and the child, and
sent her away, and she departed and wandered in the wilder-
ness; and the water was spent in the bottle, and she cast the
child under one of the shrubs: and the angel of God calied to
Ilagar out of Heaven; saying Arise, lift up the lad, and hold
him in thine hand; ior 1 will make him a great nation: and
God opened her eyes and she saw a well of water. By faith
Abraham sojourned in the land of promise as in a strange
country, dwelling in tabernacles; for he . looked for a city
which hath foundations, whose builder and maker is God.
Be ye therefore followers of God as dear children, rejoicing in
theLord ahvay; and again I say rejoice.'
Farewell, Pilgrim. God speed thee.
The junior warden, goes before the candidate into another
room, where the second guard accosts them, and where the
same ceremonies take place as before; after which the guard
reads the following lesson or exhortation from the Templar's
Chart.
'If a brother or sister be naked and destitute of daily food,
and one of you say, Depart in peace, be ye warmed and filled
and ye give them not of those things which are needful for the
body, what doth it profit? To do good and to communicate
forget not, for with such sacrifices God is well pleased. Be-
ware least any man spoil you through philosophy and vain de-
ceit, after the traditions of men; after the rudiments of the
world, and not after Christ: For in him dwelleth all the fulness
oi the Godhead bodily.
Farewell, Pilgrim. God speed thee.
They pass in unto the third room, where the third guard
treats them with bread and water as before, and reads the
following lesson from the Templar's Chart. He that receiv-
216
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
eth him that sent me: Come unto me, all ye that labor and
are heavy ladened and I will give you rest. Take my yoke
upon you and team of me, for I am meek and lowly in heart,
and ye shall find rest unto your souls; for my yoke is easy and my
burden is light. Whosoever shall give to drink unto one of
these little ones a cup of cold water, only in the pame of a dls-
ciplc, variiy I say unto you, he shall in no wise loose his re-
ward. Farewell, Pilgrim. God speed thee.'
Then they pass on and make an alarm at the entrance of
the asylum. " .
M. E. G. C. Sir knight warder, attend to (hat alarm, and
see who comes there.
W. (To the veil.) Who comes there?
J. W. A worthy pilgrim, travelling from a far, who having
passed full three long years of pilgrimage, is most dcsirious,
if it please the grand commander, forthwith to dedicate the
four remaining years to deeds of more exalted usefulness; and
if found worthy, his strong desire is to be now admitted among
those valiant knights, whose well-earned fame has spread both
far and wide for acts of charity and pure benefice.
W. What surety does he offer that he is no impostor?
J. W. The commendation of a valiant and magnanimous
knight our junior warden, who recommends to the grand
commander a remission of the four remaining years of pilgrim-
age. ,
W. Let him wait a time with patience and perseverance, and
soon an answer will be returned to his request.
The warder returns to his post, and the most eminent grand
commander inquires, who comes there?
The warder replies as before.
M. E. G. C. This being true, sir knight, our prelate, ycu
will take this weary pilgrim to the holy altar, where having
sworn him for ever to be faithful, forthwith invest him with
the sword and buckler, that as a pilgrim warrior he may per-
form seven years of warfare.
S. W. Attention, sir knights; you will form an avenue, to
escort our most excellent prelate to the holy altar.
Then the veil .is drawn aside, and the avenue is formed by
the sir knights, standing in two lines, and forming an arch
with their swords; the prelate takes the candidate by the arm
leading him down the avenue to the lower end of the council,
chamber.
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
517
The candidate kneels at the altar, upon two'swords, places his
hands upon the Holy Bible, on which is placed two cross swords.;
the Senior warden stands on the right and the Junior warden on the
left of the candidate, with drawn swords. The prelate takes his
place in front of .tire candidate, on a sort of throne, and address-
es him as follows.:—Companion, you are kneeling at the altar for the
purpose of taking a solemn oath and obligation appertaining to the
degree of knight templar, which is not to interfere with the duty
you owe to your country or maker; if you are willing to proceed,
you may repeat your christian and surname, and say after me.
I. B. W., of my own free will and accord in presence of Al-
mighty God, and this encampment of knight templars, do hereby
and hereon most solemnly .promise and swear, that I will always
hail, forever conceal, and never reveal any of the secret arts, part
or points appertaining to the mysteries of this order of knight tern-
plars, unless it "be to a true and lawful companion sir knight, or with-
in the body of a just and lawful encampment of such; and not unto
him or them, until by due trial, strict examination, or lawful inform
mation 1 find him or them lawfully entitled to receive the same.
I furthermore promise and swear, that I will answer, and obey all
due signs and regular summons, which shall be given or sent to me
from a regular encampment of knights templars, if wrhin the d s-
t tnce of forty miles, natural inarmities and unavoidable accidents
only excusing me
I do furthermore promise and swear, that I will help, aid and as-
sist with my council, my purse, and my sword, all poor and indigent
knight templars, their widows and orphans, they making application
to me as such, & 1 finding them worthy, so for as I can do it without
material injury to myself, and se for as truth, honor, and justice fnay
warrant.
I furthermore promise and swear, that I will not assist, or be present
at the forming and opening of an encampment of knights templars,
unless there be present seven knights of the order, or the representa-
fives of three different encampments, acting under the sanction of a.
legal warrant.
I furthermore promise and swear, that 1 will go the distance of
forty miles, even barefoot and on frosty ground, to s tve the l;fo and
relieve the necessities of a worthy knight, should I know that h's ne-
cessities require it and my abilities permit.
I do furthermore promise and swear, that I will wield my swofd
in the defence of innocent maidens, destitute widows, helpless or-
phans, and the christain religion. (!!!)
'I do furthermore promise and swear, that I will support and main-
tain the by-laws of the encampment of which I may hereafter be-
come a member, the edicts and regulations of the grand encamp-
ii*
the world's wosrfieff,
fnent of the United States of America, so far as the same shall coifig
to my knowledge; To all this I most solemnly &, sincerely promise &
swear, with a firm and steadfast resolution to perform aad keep the
same, without any hesitation, equivocation, mental reservation; or
self evasion of mind in me whatever; binding myself under no less
penalty, 1 ban to have my head struck ofi'and placed on the highest
spire in Christendom, should 1 knowingly or willingly violate any part
of this my solemn obligation of a knight templar. So help me God
and keep me steadfast to perform and keep the same,* [He then
kisses the Bible.]
Then the prelate directs the candidate to arise, and thus addresses
him : 'Pilgrim, thou hast craved permission to pass through our so-
lemn ceremonies, and enter the asylum of our encampment; by the
sandals staff, and scrip, 1 judge thee to be a child of humility: char-
ityand hospitality, are grand characteristic of this magnanimous
oader.
'In the character of knights templars, we are bound to give alms
to poor and weary pilgrims travelling from afar, to succor the knee-
dy, and bind up the wounds of the afflicted.
'We here wage u-ar against the enemies of innocent maidens, des-
titute widows, helpless orphans, and the christain religion. If you
are desirous of enlisting in this noble and glorious warfaie, lay aside
thy staff, and take up the sword, fighting manfully thy way. and with
valor running thy course: and may the Almighty, who is a strong
tower and defence to all those who put their trust in him, be thy sup-
port and thy salvation
Pilgrim, having laid aside the staff, and taken up the sword, we
expect, you will make public declaration of the cause in which you
will wield it. You will therefore repeat after me, and do as i do.
"S will wield my sword in defence of innocent maidens, destitute
widows, helpless orphans, and the christian religion."
The candidate repeats the same, sentence bv sentence, after
the prelate, and at each sentence giving his sword a fioursh above his
head
P. Wiih confidence in this your profession, our senior warden will
invest you with the ■pilgrim warrior's pass; and under his direction,
we assign you seven years' warfare, which you will perform as a to-
ken of your constancy and courage. May success and victory attend
y°«.
■ The senior warden then invests the candidate with the pilgrim
warrior's pass, which is Maher-shalal-kashbdz. It is given by four
cuts of the sword, and.under an arch of steel. [See plate 20, fig. 2.}
S. W. Pilgrim, you will follow me, and repeat after me. They
lhcn start on their warfare, both wielding their swords, and saying,
'I will wield my sword in defence of innocent maidens, destitute
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
219
■Widows, helpless orphan?, and the christian religion.' See plate 2&,
fig. 3. They meet a guard, who demands, 'who comes there
S. W. A pilgrim warrior.
G. Advance, and communrcate the pilgrim's pass. It is given
as before. .
The candidate is accosted in the same way, and gives the word or
pass, and passes on. Then they wield their swords and repeat as
before, until they pass three guards, who also demand the pass, as
before.
The three arrive at the asylum, and make an alarm of three limes
four.
M. E. G. C. Sir knight warder, attend to the cause of that a-
larm an j see who comes there. The warder demands at the veil,
'who comes there V
S. W. A pilgrim warrior, travelling from afar, who, having passed
full three long years of warfare, is most desirous, if it please the grand
commander, to be now admitted to the honors and rewards that await
the valiant templar.
W. What surety does he offer that he is no impostor?
S. W, The commendations of s-vtii-iast and magnanimousknight,
our senior warden, who recommends to the grand commander a re-
mission of the four remaining years of warfare.
W. By what further right or benefit, does hevexpect to gain admis-
sion to the asylum?
S.' W. By the benefit of the pilgrim warrior's pass.
W. Let him communicate it to .the sir knight on his right. The
pass is given as before.
W. Let him wait a time with constancy and courage; and soon
an answer will be returned to his request.
The warder returns, and reports to the grand commander, where
the same questions are asked and answers returned; who orders the
candidate to enter. The veil is then drawn aside, and the candidate
advances near to the base of the triangle,
M. E. G. C. Pilgrim, having gained admission to the asylum,
what profession have you to make in testimony of your fitness to be-,
come a knight among our number?
The senior warden directs the candidate to repeat after him as
follows : Most eminent, I now declare in truth and solemness, that I
entertain no enmity or ill will to a soul on earth, that I would not free-
ly reconcile, in case I found in him a corresponding disposition.
M, E. G. C. Pilgrim, the sentiments you entertain are truly com-
mendable, and are worthy of imitation; but yet we reqire some
stronger proof of your fidelity to us.
The proofs we demand are, that you participate with us \nfive Kb-
aliens; which being performed, we will receive you a knight among
the world's wokder,
oilr number. The elements of these libations are for the font firsts
wine and water; (he Jiffh is pore wine.
Have you any repugnance to participate?
Candidate, prompted by the senior warden, says, Most eminent,
I am willing to conform to the rules of the order.
The most eminent takes a wine-glass of wine and water from the'
triangle after him as follows r.
First IMafion. To the memory of Solomon, king ©f Israel, our
ancient grand master, [drink.]
Second Libafion. To the memory of Hiram, king of Tyre, our an-
©;ent grand master, [drink.]
Libation Third. To the memory of Hiram AbifF, the widowV
son, who lost his life in defence of his integrity, [drink.]
M. E. G. C. Pilgrim, the order to which you wish to unite your-
self, is founded upon the christian religion-. We will therefore attend
to a lesson from the holy evangelist
Sir knight our prelate, you will read.
The prelate reads from Math. XXVi. 14—26". . .
-Thea cse of the twelve, called Judas Iscariot, went.unfo the
chief priests, and'said unto them, What Will ye give me, and I "will
liver him unto you? And they covenanted with him for thirty pieces
of silver. And from that time he sought opportunity to betray hint..
'Now the first day of the feast of unlevened bread; the disciples
come to Jesus, saying unto him, Where wilt thou that we prepare for
thee to eat the passover? And be said Go into the city io such a
man, and say unto him, The master saith, My time is at hand; 1 will
keep the passover at thy house with my disciples. And the disciples
did as Jesus had appointed them; and they made ready the passover.
Now,, when the even was come, he sat down with the twelve. And
as they did eat, he said varily 1 say unto you, That one of you shall
betray mo. And they were exceeding sorrowful, and began every
one of them to say unto him Lord, is it 1? And he answered and
said, He that dippeth his. hand with me in the dish,, the same shall
betray me. The son of man goeth, as it is written of him: But wo
unto that mm by whom the son of man is betrayed! It had been
good foi that man If he had not been born. Then Judas, which be
trayed him, answered and said, Master is it J? He said unto him,,
thou hast said.*
M. E. G, C. Pilgrim, the twelve burning tapers you here
see upon the triangle, correspond in number with the twelve
disciples of our Savior while on earth; one of whom fell by
transgression, and betrayed his Lord and Master, And as a,
constant admonition to you, always to persevere in the paths
©( honor, integrity,, and truth^ and a§ a perpetual memorial o(
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
221
the appostacy of Judas, Iscariot, you are required bythe rules
of our order, to extinguish one of those burning tapers.
The candidate extinguishes one of the tapers, and the most
eminent proceeds: 'Thus may perish the enemies of our order;
and may you ever bear it in mind, that those who basely vio-
lates his vow, is worthy of no better fate.'
The relics are now uncovered, which exhibits to the cand-
iiate a black coffin, (in the.centre of. the triangle.J support-
ing the Holy Bible, on which rests a human skull,*and 'cross
bones.'
M. E. G. C. Pilgrim, you here sec mortality resting on
divinity, a human skull resting on the Holy Bible, which is
to teach you that a faithful reliance in the truth herein reveal-
ed will afford you consolation in the gloomy hour of death, and
willassureyouinevitable happiness in the world that is to come.
Sir knights, our prelate, you will read another lesson from the
holy evengelist.
Matt. xxvi. 36—50. Then cometh Jesus with them unto
a place called Gethsemane, and saith unto the disciples, sit
ye here, while I go and pray yonder. And he took with
him Peter and the two sons of Zebedee, and began to be sor-
rowful and very heavy. Then saith he unto them, My soul
is exceedingly sorrowful, even unto death, tarrj ye here, and
watch with me.
And he went a little further, and fellon his face and prayed,
Saying O my father, if it be possible, let this cup pass from me:
nevertheless, not as I will but as thou wilt. And Jie cometh
unto the disciples, and findeth them asleep, and saith unto Peter,
What could ye not watch with me one hour?
Watch and pray that ye enter not into temptation: the
spirit indeed is willing, but the flesh is weak. He went away
again the second time, and prayed, saying, O my father, if this
cup may not pass from me except I drink it, thy will be done.
And he came and found them asleep again; for their eyes
were heavy. And he left them, and went away again, and
*This skull is technically called 'old SimonJ
*May Simon haunt all fools,
Who vary Irom our rules,
May the heads of all such tools
Rest high on spires.'
Knight Templar's song. See Templar's Chart,p. 106.
19*
*22
THE W0BLD?3 WONDER.
prayed the third time,saying the same words. Then com*
eth he to his disciples, and saith unto them, Sleep on now, and
take your rest: behold, the hour is at hand and the son of man
is betrayed into the hands of sinners.
'And while he yet spake, to, Judas, one of the twelve,
came, and with him a great multitude with swords and staves,
from the chief priests and elders of the people. Now he that
betrayed him gave them a sign, saying, Whosoever I shall
kiss, that same is he; hold him fast. And forthwith he came
to Jesus, and said,Ilail, Master; and kissed him.'
' M. E. G. C. Rises and takes the skull in his hand, and
addresses the candidate as follows; Pilgrim, how striking is
this emblem of mortality! Once it was animated like our-
selves, but now it ceases to act or think; its vital energies are
extinct, and all the powers of life have ceased their opera-
tions.
To such a state sir knights, we are all hasting; therefore let
us greatfully imploy this present' opportunity, that when onr
weak and feeble bodies, like this memento, shall become cold
and inanimate, our-disembodied spirit may soar aloft to the
blessed regions of light and eternal life. Sir knight, ourpe-
late we will attend to another lesson from the holy evangel-
ist.'
Matt, xxvii. 24—38. 'When Pilate saw that he could
prevail nothing but that rather a tumult was made, he took
water, washed his hands before the multitude, saying I am
innocent of the blood of this just person; see ye to it.—
Then answered all the people, and said, His blood be upon
us and on our children.
'Then released he Barabbas unto them: and when he had
scourged Jesus, he delivered him to be crucified.
Then the soldiers of the governor took Jesus into the com-
mon hall, and gathered unto him the whole band of sol-
tliers. And they stripped him and put on him a scarlet
robe.
'And when they had platted a crown of thorns, they put it
upon his head, and a reed in his right hand: and they bowed
before him, and mocked, him saying Hail, king of the
Jews! And they spit upon him, and took the reed and smote
him on the head. * And after that they had mocked him, they
look the robe offbim, and put his own raiment on him, and
led him away to crucifyhim. And as they came out,they found
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
a man of Cyrerie, Simon by name; him they compelled
bear his cross* And when they were came unto a place
called Golgotha, that is to say, A place of a skull, they gave
him vinegar to drink mingled with gall: and when lie
had tasted thereof, he would not drink. And they crucified
him and parted his garment, casting lots that it might be fulfill-
ed which was spoken by the prophet; They parted my gar-
ments among them, and upon my vesture did they cast
lots. •
And sitting down, they watched him there: x\nd set up over
his head this accusation written, THIS IS JESUS, THE
KING OF THE JEWS.'
M. E. G. C, Pilgrim, we will now participate in the fourth
libation.* 'To the memory of Simon, of Cyrene, the friend
of our Savior, who bore his cross, and fell a martvr to his
faith.' '
M. E. G. C. Pilgrim before you will be permitted to
participate in the fifth libation, I shall enjoin upon you one
year's penance, which you will perform as a token of your
faith apd humility, under the. direction of the senior and jun-
ior wardens, with this emblem of humility [a skull] in one
hand, and this emblemof faith [a lighted taper} in the other;
you will take them, and travel to the sepulchre of our Sa-
vior.
The candidate commences his journey, accompanied by the
two wardens,and after travling around the hall awhile, they
are accosted by a guard, stationed at the entrace of a dark
room representing the sepulcher of our Savior who demands,
'Who come there?r
S. W. A pilgrim penitent, travelling from afar, craves your
permission here awhile to wait, and at the shrine of our de-
parted Lord to ofier up his prayers and meditations.
G. How does he expect to obtain this favor?
S. W. By the benefit of the pilgrim penitent's pass.
G. Has he that pass?
S. W. He has it not; I have it for him.
*ln drinking these four first libations, the candidate holds the glass
of wine and water, in his hand, and after repeating the toast after the
most eminent, they both give the drinking sign by drawing the glass
across the throat. -
224 thb world's wondeb.
G. Advance and give it.
This word or pass is Golgotha, and is given by five cuts (in-
der an arch of steel. [See plate 20, fig. 2.]
The pass being giving the guard says, 'Right; you have
my permision to en*er the sepulchre of our Savior.'
The candidate steps along, and is directed to kneel at the
enterance of the sepulcher, and the senior warden read as
follows:
'Although' it is appointed unto all men once to die, yet ac
the scriptures inform the Savior of the world arose from the
dead, and ascended up into heaven, there for ever seated on
the throne of the majesty on high, so they also assure us, that
all who have received him for their righteousness, and put
their trust in him, shall rise to life everlasting.
'In the end of the sabath, as it began to dawn towards the
first of the week, came Ma^y Magdalene, and the other
Mary, to see the sepulchre. And behold there was a earth-
quake: for the angel of the Lord descended from heav.en, and
came and roiled back the stone from the door, and sat upon
it. His countenance was like lightning, and his rament white
as snow: and for fear of him the keepers did shake, and be-
came as dead men. And the angel answered and said unto
the women, Fear not ye: for I know that ye seek Jesus which
was crucified. He is not her; for he is risen as he said.—
Come,see the place where the Lord lay; and go quickly, and
tell his disciple^ that he is risen from the dead, and behold, he
goeth before you into Galilee; there shall ye see him: lo, I
have told you. And they departed quickly from the sepulchre
with fear and great joy; and did run to bring his disciples
word.
'And as they went to tell his disciples, behold Jesus . met
them, say ing, All hail. And they came and held him by the
feet, and worshiped him.
'And he led them out as far as to Bethany; and he lifted up
his hands, and blessee them. And it came to pass, while he
blessed them, he was parted from them, and carried up into
heaven. And they worshiped him, and returned to Jerusa-
lem with great joy.'
As soon as the reading is ended, the room or hall is dark^
ened, and the candidate rises, and beholds in another part of
the encampment, a transparency, brilliantly lighted, repre-
senting the resurrection and ascension of the Saviour, and at
the World's wonder.
225
the -same time, the following words are sung:
1 The rising God forsakes the tomb! ,
Up to his Father's court he flies;
Cherubic legions guard him home,
And shout him welcome to the skies#
Break off your tears, ye saints and tell
How high your great deliv'rer reigns,
Sing how he spoil'd the hosts of hell,
And led the monster, death, in chains#
Say 'live forever Wondrous king,
Born to redeem, and strong to save f
Then ask the tyrant, 'where's thy sting?
And where's thy vict'ry, boasting grave?*
So soon as the singing is ended, the prelate takes the candi"
<!ato tjy the arm, and walks near the transparency and ad*
dresses him as follows: -
Pilgrim, the scene before you represents the splendid con-
elusion of the hallowed sacrifice offered by the Redeemer of
the world, to prostrate the anger of an offended Deity. This
sacred volume informs us, [at the same time presenting the
bible to him,] that our Savior, after having suffered the pains
of death, descended unto the place ot departed spirits, and that
on the third day, he burst the bands of death, triumphed over
the grave, and in due time; ascended with transcendent majes-
ty to heaven, where he now sits on the right hand of our
heavenly Father, a mediator and intercessor, for all those
who,have faith in him*
I now invest you with an emblem of that faith:, [at the same
time suspends from his neck a black cross,} it is also an em-
blem of our order, which you will wear as a constant memori-
al, for you to imitate the virtues of the immaculate Jesus, who,
died that you might live. Pilgrim, the ceremonies in which
you are now engaged, are calculated deeply to impress your
mind; and I trust will have a happy and lasting effect upon
your future character. You were first, as a trial of your faith
and humility, enjoined to perform seven years pilgrimage; it
represents the great pilgrimage of life through which we all
gre passing; we are all weary pilgrims, anxiously looking fur*
226
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
ward to that asylum, where we shall rest from our labors, and
be at rest for ever. You were then directed, as a trial of
your courage and constancy, to perform seven years' warfare;
it represents to you the constant warfare with the lying van-
ities and deceits of this world, in which it is necessary for us
always to be engaged. You are now performing penance as a
trial of your humility. Of this, our Lord and Savior has left a
bright example. For though he was the eternal Son of God,
he humbled himselfto be born of woman, to endure the pains
and afflictions incident to human nature, and finally to suffer
a cruel and ignominous death upon the cross: it is also a trial
of that faith which will conduct you safely bver the dark gulf
of everlasting death, and land your enfranchised spirit in the
peaceful abodes of the blessed. Pilgrim, keep ever in your
memory this awful truth. You know not how soon you may
be called upon to render an account to that Supreme Judge,
from whom not even the most minute act of your life is hidden:
for although you now stand erect in all the strength of man-
hood and pride of beauty, in a few short moments, you may.,
become und meiess corpse. This moment, even while
I am speaking, the angel of death may receive the fatal man-
date to strike you from the roll of human existence: and the
friends who now surround you, may be called upon to perform
the last sad office of laying you in the earth, a banquet for
crawling worms, and this fair body become as the miserable
relic you now hold in your hand. Man, that is born of a wo-
man, is of few days and full trouble: he cometh up and is cut
down as a flower; he fleeth as a shadow, and continueth not.
In the midst of life, we are in death: of whom may we seek
succor, but of thee O Lord, who* for our sins art justly displeas-
ed? Yet, O God, most holy, thou God most mighty, Q holy
and merciful Savior, deliver us from the pains of eternal death.
1 heard a voice from heaven, saying unto me, Write from hence-
forth, blessed are the dead that die in the Lord; even so, saith
the spirit, for they rest from their labors, .Be ye also ready, and
rest assured, that a firm faith in the truths here revealed, will
afford you consolation in the gloomy hour of (dissolution, and
insure you ineffible and eternal happiness in the World to
come.- Amen and amen.' . '
Again the hall is lighted up, and the candidate makes an*
other alarm at the asylum,
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
227
M. E. G. C Sir knight warder, attend to that alarm, and
see who comes there.
W. Says, Who comes there? who dares approach this sa-
cred asylum of our encampment, to disturb our holy medifcn-
tions? Who are you?
S. W. A pilgrim penitent, travelling from afar, who having
performed his term of penance, seeks now to participate in
the fifth libation, thereby to seal his faith.
W. What surety does he offer, that he is no impostor?
S. W. The commendation of two valiant and magnanimous
knights, our senior and junior wardens.
W. By what further right or benefit does he expect to ob-
tain this favor?
S. W By the benefit of the pilgrim penitent's pass.
W. Has he that pass? .
S. W. He has it not;' 1 have it for him.
Wj Advance and communicate it to the sir knight on your
left.
Then the pass Golgotha, is given by the two wardens, and
the warder returns and reports the same to the most grand
commander, who directs the candidate to enter. The veil is
then drawn aside, and the .candidate enters the asylum.
M. E. G. C. [Rises and says,] who have you therein
charge, sir knights.
S. W. A piig.im penitent, who, having performed his term
of penance, seeks now to participate in the fifth libation, there-
by to seal his faith. .
M. E. G. C. Pilgrim, in* granting your request, and ad-
mitting-you' a knight among'our number, we can only offer you
a rough habit, course diet, and severe duty. If, upon these
conditions, you are still desirous of enlisting under our banners,
you will advance, kneel at the base of the triangle.
Now the candidate kneels at the base of the tringle, and
the most eminent addresses him as follows:
'Pilgrim, the fifth libation is taken in a very solemn way.
It is emblematical of the bitter cup of death, of which we must
all, sooner, or later, taste; and even the Savior of the world
was not exempted, notwithstanding his repeated prayers and
solicitations. It is taken of pure wine, and from this cup.
[Exhibiting a human skull, he pours the wine into it and says,]
To show you that we here practice no impositon, I give you
this pledge.' [Drinks from the skull himself.] He then pours
THE WORLD'S WONDER
more wine into the skull, and presents it to the candidate, tell*
ing him, that the fifth libation is called the sealed obligation}
as it is to seal all his former engagrnents in masonry.
Here the most eminent gives a short history of the degree.*
The substance of it is, that the object of the degree of knight
templar was originally instituted to preserve masonry, which
had become much corrupted, &c.
If the candidate hesitates about taking the sealed obligation,
which is often the case, the most eminent says, 'Attention sir
knights!'
The knights immediately form around the candidate. Han-
die sword!—Draw sword!—Charge.' [See plate 23.]
Then the most eminent says, Pilgrim, you here see the swords
of your companions drawn ready to defend you in the discharge
of every duty we require of you. They are also drawn.to
avenge any violation of the rules ot our order. You promised,
when you entered the chamber of reflection, that you would,
conform to all the ceremonies, rules and regulations of the en-
campment. We here have your promise in writing. We
expect you will proceed! All sir knights who have taken this
degree, have participated in the fifth libation ; and if there is
any thing in it that you do not perfectly understand, it will
be qualified and explained to your satisfaction.' -If the can-
didate concents to proceed he takes the skull in his hand, and
repeats after the most eminent, as follows:
This pure wine, 1 take from this cup, in testimony of
my belief of the mortality of my body and the immortality of
the soul; and as the sins of the whole world were laid upon the
head of our Savior, so may the sins of the persons whose
*ln some encampments,, this history is omitted.
*When confering this degree,, some object to drink from the hu-
man skidl, and to take the profane oath required by the rules of this
order. And obsereve to the most em'nent that they wish that part of
the ceremonies dispensed with. Butif'the candidate [orcandidates
as the case may be,] refuse to compbly. the s r knights charge upon
them and the most eminent addresses the candidates as above. Some
sir knight thus addresses the candidate: 'Companion this part of the
ceremonies is never dispensed with. I and-all the sir knights have
drank from that cup and taken the fifth libation. It is perfectly prop
er, and will be qualified to your satisfaction. They then drinkof the
"CUP OF DOUBLE DAMNATION,"
TtiE WORLD*S WONDER.
skull this once was, be heaped upon my head, in addition to
my own, and may they appear in judgment against me, both
here and hereafter, should 1 violate or transgress any obligation
in Masonry, or the order of knighthood which 1 have hereto-
fore taken; take at this time or may hereafter take or be in-
structed in. So help meGod.' {Then drinks the wine]*
The most eminent then takes the skull from the candidate,
and says, 'This is called the sealed obligation, because any
promise of secrecy, made in reference to this obligation, is
considered by knights templars to be more binding than any
other obligation can be.'t
Then the most eminent resum2s his seat, and directs the
prelate to read o lesson from the holy evangelist.
The prelate reads, Acts. 1. 15—27.
'And in those days, Peter stood up in the midst of the dis-
ciples, and said, (the number of the names together were about
an hundred and twenty,) Men and brethren, this scripture
must needs have been fulfilled, which the Holy Ghost by the
mouth of David, spake before concerning Judas, which was
guide to them that took Jesus. Now this man (purchased a
field with the reward of iniquity. For he was numbered with
us, and had obtained part of the ministry ; and falling head-
Jong, he burst assunder in the midst, and all his bowels gush-
ed out. And it was known to all the dwellers at Jerusalem;
insomuch as that field is called in the proper tongue, Acelda-
ma, that is to say, the field of blood. For it is written in the
book <3f Psalms, Let his habitation be desolate, and let no
man dwell therein; and his bishopric, let another take.
Wherefore, of these men which have accompanied with us, all
*Sometimes if the encampment is not burned wuh business, the
most eminent recapitulates all ihe oaths that the candidate has ta-
ken. Sometimes this is done just before he takes the fifth libation,
fTlie sealed obligation is refered to by templars, in confidential
communications, relative to matters of vast importance, when other
masonic obligations seem insufficient, to secure secrecy, silence, and
•safety. Such for instance was the murder of Morgan, which was
Communicated from one templar to another, under the pledge of this
sealed obligation, 'The attentive ear receives the sound from the in-
structive tongue; and the mysteries of freemasonry were safely lodged
in the repository of faithful breasts.1 Until it was communicated ia
St, John-shall New York, in an encampment of knight Templars,
March 10, 1828.
20
THE WORLD'S WCNDEB.
the time that the Lord Jesus went in and out among us, be*
ginning from the baptism of of John, unto the same day that
he was taken up from us, must one be ordained to be witness
with us of his resurrection. And they appointed two, Joseph,
called Barrabas, who was surnamed Justus, and Matthias.
And they prayed, and said, Thou, Lord, which knowset the
hearts of all men, show whether of these two thou hast chosen,
that he may take part of this ministry and appostleship, from
which Judas by transgression fell, that he might go to his own
place. And they gave forth their lots, and the lot fell upon
Matthias; and he Was numbered with the eleven apostles.'
Generalissimo. Most eminent, by the extinguished taper
upon the triangle, I perceive there is a vacancy in our encamp-
ment, which I propose should be filled by some valiant knight,
who has passed through the ceremonies of our orderi
M. E. G. C. 'Sirknights, you will cast lets to fill this vacancy.'
Which being done the most eminent addresses the candidate
as follows: .
'Pilgrim,you are elected to fill the vacancy in our encampment
made vacant by the death of Judas Iscariot; and in testimony
of your acceptance of that appointment, you will relight that
extinguished taper upon the triangle. [The candidate lights
it.] Thus may the Lord light upon you the light of his recon-
ciled countenance, and preserve you from falling.
The the candidate "rises from the triangle, and kneels be-
fore the most eminent, who draws his sword, and laying it first
on the candidate's left shoulder, then on his right,
and on his head, says, By the high power in me vested,
as the successor and representative of Hugho de Paganis,and
Godfrey Adelman, I now dub and create you a knight of-the
valiant and magnanimous order of knights templars and knight#
of Malta, or order of St. John's of Jerusalem.
This is sometimes repeated three times.
The most eminent, taking the candidate by the hand,says,
'Arise, sir knight, and with this hand receive a hearty wel-
come into the bosom of a society which will be ever ready to
.defend and protect you. I wtil now present you with.this
sword, in the hand of a valiant and magnanimous knight. It
is endewed with three most excellent qualities, viz: its hilt
with justice, its blade with fortitude, and its point with mercyj
and it teaches us this important lesson. Having faith in the
justice of our caus$, we must press forward with undaunted
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
281
fortitude, ever remembering to extend the point of mercy to a
fellen foe.'
The most eminent then instructs the sir knight in the pilgrim
penitent's pass, as before described; and- also in the signs,
grip,and word. The due-guard and sign are given by plac-
ing the end of the thumb of the right hand under the chin
the fingers clenched. [See plate 21, fig. 1.] It alludes to the
penalty of the obligation of placing the head on the highest,
spire in Christendom. In some encampments the cross is given,
by drawing it up perpendicularly before the face, the edge of
tiie hand towards the mouth.
The grand hailing sign of distress is given by placing the
right foot over the left, extending both arms, and incline the
head to the right.
It is the manner that our Savior was nailed to the cross The
motto of the order, "IN HOC SIGNO VINCES." is given
in this position. [See plate 24, fig. 2.]
The grip is given by two persons interlacing the fingers of
the right and left hands, and each, as he crosses his arms, pro-
nounces the word Emanuel. [See plate 24, fig. 3.] Then
the sir knight is told by the most eminent, that in America the
degrees of knights themplars and kights of Malta are given
together; and that he has received the two degrees, except
a few signs which belong to the knights of Malta, which will
then be explained.
.The prelate then reads a lesson from, Acts XXVIII. I—6.
'And when they were escaped, they knew that the island
was called Malta. And the barbarous people showed us no
little kindness,' for /hey kindled a fire, and received us every
one, because of the present rain, and because of the cold.
Arid when Paul had gathered a bundle of sticks, and laid them
on the fire, there came a viper out of the heat and fastened on
his hand. And when the barbarians saw the venomous beast
hang on his hand, they said among themselves, No doubt this
man is a murderer, whom, though he hath escaped the sea, yet
vengeance suffereth not to live. And he shook off the beast
into the fire and felt no harm,'
Then this sign is given, by holding out both hands as though
you were warming them, to the fire, and immediately seize
hold of the lower edge of the left hand, near the main joint of
the little finger, with the thumb and fore finger of the right;
raises them in this position, as high as the chin, disengage
232
THE WORLDS WONDES.
them with a quick motion, and extend them downwards on eacls
side, at an angle of forty-five degrees from the body, the fin-
gers extended, and palms down.
[See plate 24, fig. 5.]
St. John XIX. 19s. U\nd Pilate wrote a title and put it on
the cross. And the writing was JESUS OF NAZARETII
THE KING OF THE JEWS.'
This is the grand word of a knight of Malta, INRI. It is
formed by the initials of the four words that Pilate put on the
cross, viz: lasits JYazaresi Rex Judaorum.
The prelate reads again, as follows:
St. John XX. 24—28. 'But Thomas, one of the twelve,
called Oidymus, was not with them when Jesus came. The
other disciples therefore said unto him, We have seen the Lord.
But he said unto them, Extept I shall see in his hands the
print of the nails, and put my finger onto the print of the nails,
and thrust my hand into his side, I will not believe.
'And after eight days, again his disciples were within, and
Thomas with them. Then came Jesus, the doors being shut,
stood in the midst, and said, Peace be unto you. Then saith
he to Thomas, Reach hither thy finger, and behold my hands;
and reach hither thy hand, and thrust it into my side; and be
not faithless, but believing. And Thomas answered and said
unto him, My Lord and My God.'
The most eminent explains the grip and word of a knight
of Malta. He says 10 the candidate, 'Thomas reach hither
thy finger, and feel the print of the nails; [they join right
hands, and force the first finger into the centre of the palm,]
reach hither thy hand, and thrust it into my side.' Each ex-
tends his left hand, and presses his fingers into the left side of
his companion, still holding by the grip. , With the arms thus
crossed,one pronounces the words 'My Lord!' the other says,
'And my God!' The candidate is informed that he has taken
the degree of knights templars, and knights of Malta, and is
directed to lake a scat.
If there is no other business before the encampment, it is
closed in the same manner that it is opened. Sometimes the
following questions asked, and answers returned, by two of
the officers., /It is called a lecture, and is sometimes given at
cmening.
x a,a vy uiyujl; a vt
LECTURE.
Suppose.the following quest ions be asked by the
senior warden, and answered by the Junior warden as
follows:
S. W. Are you a knight templar?
J. W. That is my title.
S. W. Where were you erected a knight temp-
lar?
J. W. In a just and lawful encampment of knigt
templars.
S. W. What number composes a just and lawful
encampment of knights templars?
J. W. There is an indispensable number, and
a constitutional number?
S. W* What is an indispensable number?
J. W. Three.
S. W. Under what circumstances arf^hey^jiu-
thorized to form and open an encampment of knights
templars? * \
J. W. 'Three knight templars, hailing from
three different commanders, may, under the sanction
of a charter, or warrant from some regular grand en-
campment, form, and open an encampment for the dis-
patch of business.
S. W. What is a constitutional number?
% J. W. Seven, nine, eleven, or more,
S. W. When composed of eleven of whom does
it consist?
J. W. Most eminent grand commander, general-
issimo, captain general, prelate, senior Warden, junior
warden, treasurer, recorder, standard bearer, sword
bearer, and warder.
S. W. Where is the warder's station?
J. W. On the left of the standard bearer, in the
west, and on the left of the third division.
8,. W. What is his duty there?
•v **
20*
zo4*
ihe wokjl«u' s wojnl»jkk<
J. W. To observe the order and directions of
the grand commander, to see that the sentinels are at
their respective posts, and that the encampment is
duly guarded.
S. W. Where is the sword bearer's station?
J. W. On the right of the standard bearer in the
west, and on the right of the third division.
S. W. What is his duty there?
J. W. To assist in the protection of the banners
of our order, to watch all signals from the grand com-
mander; and see his orders duly executed.
S. W. Where is the standard bearer's station in
the encampment?
J. Wt In the west, and in the centre of the third
division.
S. W. 1 What is his duty there?
J. W. To display, support, and protect the
banners of our order.
B. W. Why is the standard bearer's station in
the west? " # .
J. W. In order that the brilliant* rays of the
rising sun, sheding their lustre upon the Banners of
our order, may encourage and animate all true and
courteous knights, and dismay and confound their en-
eraies.
B. W. Where is the recorder's station in the en-
campment?
J. W. In front of the captains general.
S, W. What is his duty there?
J. W. To observe with attention the order of
the encampment, keep a just and regular record of
the same, collect the revenue, and pay the same oyer
to the treasuer.
B. W. Where is the treasurer's station in the en-
campment,
J.. W. In frort of the generalissimo*
AO'O
S. W. What is his duty there?
J. W. To repeive in charge all funds and pro-
perty of the encampment, pay all orders drawn upon
him, and render a just and faithful account when re-
quired
S. W. - Where is the station of the junior and sen-
lor wardens in the encampment?
J. W. At the southwest angle of the triangle,
and on the left of the first division.
S. W. What is his duty there?
J. W. To attend to all poor and weary pilgrims
travelling from afar; to accompany them on their jour-
ney, answer all questions for them, finally introduce
them into the asylum.
S. W. Where is the senior warden's station in
the enca mpment?
J. IF. At the north west angle of the triangle,
and on the right of the second division.
S. W, TFhat is hisduty there?
J. W. To attend on pilgrim warriors travelling
from afar, to comfort and support pilgrim penitents,
and after due trial, recommend them to the hospitality
of the generalissimo. '
8, W. fFhere is the prelate's station in the en-
canipment?
X W. On the right of the generalissimo.
S. W. JF hat is his duty* there?
X W. To administer at the altar; and to offer
up prayers and supplications to the Deity.
8. W. FFbere is the captain general's station?
X W On the left of the grand commander.
8. W. TF hat is his duty there?
J. W. To see that the proper officers makeaM
suitable preparation for the several meetings of the en-
eampment, and take special care that the asylum is
ia suitable array for the introduction of candidates
<600
I tlJS WUltLU 8 YVUiNUUitC.
all orders from the grand commander to the officers
of the line.
S. IF. TFhere is the generalissimo's station?
J. IF. On the right of the grand commander.,
S. TF. If hat is his duly there?
J. IF. To receive and communicate all orders
signals, and petitions, and assist the grand com-
mander in the discharge of his various duties, and,
in his absence, to govern the encampment.
S. IF. If here is the grand commander's station?
J. IF. In the east.
S. IF. IFliat is his duty there?
J. IF. To distribute alms, and protect weary pil-
grims travelling from afar, to encourage pilgrim war-
riors, to sustain pilgrim penitents, feed the hungry,
clothe the naked, bind up the]wounds ot the afflicted,
to inculcate hospitality, and govern his encampment
with Justice and moderation.
KNIGHTS OF THE CHRISTIAN MARK AND
GUARDS OF THE CONCLAVE.
The officer by whom this conclave is governed, is called an
invincible knight of the order of St. John's of Jerusalem, a
senior and junior knights,six grand ministers, recorder, trea-
sure, conductor, and guard.
Opening.—'Sir junior knight, are all convened in a secret
place, and secured from the prying eyes of the profane?'
'Invincible we are.'
'Sir senior knights, instruct the sir knights to assemble
in foim for the purpose of opening this invincible order.'
The members kneel on both knees in a, circle, ca:h with
his right hand on his heart, his left on is forehead, and
rra.y- , . ' * . •
The invincible knight takes the bible and waves it four
times over his head, saying, 'REX REGNANT1UM. ET
DOM IN US DOMINANTiUMKisses it and passes it on
his right; it goes around until it comes again to the invinci-
ble knight, who opens and reads, Matt, in. 12—10,
Always interlace the fingers of the left hand,draw yotir
sword, and present it to the heart, and say, Tammuz Toon-
mkth: 1 pronunce this convention opened in ample form,—
Let us repair to our several stations, and strictly observe si-
lence.'
The candidate is conducted into the anti-chamber by the
conductor, who clothes him in a gown of brown stuff, and
leads him to the door of the council chamber, where he
knocks twice, six, and two;—2, 6 and 2.
J. K. Someone knocks for admission, invincible knight,
I, See who it is, and make report.
J. K. [goes to the door, and reports,] One that is faithful
in good works, wishes admission here.
1. What good works, hath he performed?
J. K. He hath given food to the hungry, dring to dhe
thirsty, and clothed the naked with a garment.
238 tiie world's wonder.
I. Thus far he hath done well: but there is still much for
him to do. To be faithful in my house, saith the Lord of hosts,
filled witli joy and love for m_y people. If so, let him enter
ander the penalties of his symbolic obligation.
He enters, makes signs until lie arrives -at the altar, there
kneels, and makes the following vow:
J. B. W., I)o promise and vo\y, with this sacred volume
clasped in my hands, that 1 will keep secret the words, signs,
tokens, and grips of the order of knighthood, from ail but those
knights of St John of Jerusalem, who have showed christian
, disposition to their fellow men, are professors of the christian
faith, and have passed through the degrees of symbolic Ma-
sonry; and that 1 will protect and support, as far as in me lies,
the followers of the Lord Jesus Christ: feed them if hungry;
give them drink if thirsty; if naked, clothe them with garments;
teach them, if ignorant, advise them for their good and their
advantage: All this I promise in the name of the Father,
of the son, and of the Holy Ghost; and if I perform it not,
Id me he Anathema Maranatha! Anathema Maranaiha!!
The invincible knight interlaces the finger of his left hand
with those of the candidate, who lays his right hand on heart.
The invincible knight draws hissword, the senior knight docs
the same; they cross them on the hack of the candidate's
neck, and the invincible knight says, 'By virtue of the high
power in me vested, by a hull of his holiness, Pope Sylvester,
i dub you a knight of the. christian mark, member of the
grand council, and guard of the grand conclave. Then the
In vincible knight whispers in his ear, Tammuz Taulimeth.'
The knights come to order; the seneibr knight takes his seal;
the candidate continues standing; the conductor brings a
white robe; thesenior knight says, Thus saith the Lord, he
that believeth and endureth to the end shall overcome, and I
will cause his iniquities td pass from him, and he/shall dwell
in my presence for ever & ever.. Takeaway his filthy garment
from him, any clothe him with a changecf raiment. For he
thai overeometh, the same shall be clothed in white raiment
and his name shall be written in* the book of life, and I will
confess his name before my Father and his holy angels; Jle
that hath ah ear to her, let him hear what the spirit saith unto
the, true believer. Set. yea fair mitre upon his head, place a
palm in his hand, for he shall go in and out and minister before
me, saith the lord of hosts; and he shall be a disciple of that
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
rod taken from the branch of the stem of Jesse. For a.
branch has grown out of his root, and the spirit of the
Lord hath rested upon it: the spirit of his wisdom, and might,
and righteousness is the girdle of his loins, and faithfulness the
girdle of his vine; and he stands ason Insignia to the people,
and him shall the Gentiles see, and his rest shall be glorious.
Cause them that have charge over the city to draw near, every
one with th e destroying weapon in his hand.'
The six grand ministers come forward from the north*, with
swords and shields. The first is clothed in white, and has an
ink-horn by his side, and stands before the invincible knight,
who says, Go through the city; run in the midst thereof and
smite; let not thine eye spare, neither have pity; for they
have not executed my judgments with clean hands, saith the
Lord of hosts.' . *■
The candidate is instructed to exclaim,'Woe is me, for I
am a man of unciean lips, and my dwelling has been in the
tents of Kedar, and among the children ot Meshec.' Then
he that has the ink horn by his side, takes a live coal with
the tongs from the altar, and touches the lips of the candidate,
and says,'If ye believe, thine iniquities shall be taken away,
and thy sins shall be given up before me. All thy sins are
removed, and thine iniquities blotted out. For i have trodden
the wine-press alone, and with me was none of the people;
for behold, 1 come with dyed garments from Bozrah, mighty
to save. Refuse not, therefore, to hearken; draw not away
thy shoulders; shut not thine ear that thou shouldest not hear.'
The six ministers now proceed, as if they were about to
commence the slaughter, when the senior knight says to him
with the ink-horn,'Stay thine hand; proceed no further until
thou hast set a mark on those that are faithful in the house of
the Lord, and trust in the power of his might. Take ye the
signet, and set a mark on the forehead of my people that have
passed through great tribulation, and have washed their robes,
and have made them white in the blood of the Lamb, which
was slain from the foundation of the world.'
The minister takes the signet and presses it on the candi-
date's forehead. He Jeaves-the mark in red letters, iKing of
kings, and Lord of lords. ' The minister opens the ecrall, and
says, Sir invincible knight, the number of the sealed are one
hundred and forty and four thousand.'
Xhe invincible knight strikes four, and all the knights stand
240
the worlds wonder*
before him. lie says, Salvation belongeth to our God, which
sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb.' All the mom-
bers fall on their faces, and say, 'Amen., Blessing, honor, glo-
ry, wisdom, thanksgiving, and pow er, might, majesty,and do*
minion, be unto our God, for ever and ever, Amen.'
They all cast down crowns and palm branches, and rise up
and say,'Great and numberless are thy works, thou King of
saints.'. Behold, the star which I laid before Joshua, on which
is engraved seven .eyes, as the.engraving of-a-signet, shall be
set as a seal on thine arm—as a seal on thine heart; for love is
stronger than death; many waters cannot quench it: if a man
would give all the treasures ofhis house for love, he cannot ob*
tain it: It is the gift of God through Jesus Christ our Lord.'
Charge.—'Invincible knight, 1 congratulate "you on your
having been found worthy to this honorable order of knight-
hood. It is highly honorable to all those worthy knights, who,
with good faith and diligence, perform its many important du-
ties. The honorable situation to which you are now ad van-
ced, and the illustrious office which you fill, is one that was
much desired by the first nobleman of Italy but ambition and
jealousy caused his highness, Pope Alexander, to Call on his an-
eient friend the grand master of the knight, ol St. John, of Je-
rusalem, to guard his person and the holy see, as those knights
were known to be well grounded in faith, and zealous follow-
ers of the Lord. The members of the guard were chosen by
their countenance^ for it is believed a plain countenance is an in-
decation of the heart; and that no stranger should gain ad-
mission and discover the secrets of this august assembly. This
order of the christian mark was confered on those who went
about doing good, and following the example of their illustri-
«us Master, Jesus, Christ. Gp thou and do likewise.'
The Motto.—Christus regnat, vincit, triumphant. Rex
regnatium, et Dominus dominantium.' Usually on the left
breast,on a triangular plate of gold, seven eyes engraved ©»
one side, on the other the letter G in the five points.
KNIGHTS OF THE HOLY SEPULCHRE.
The council must represent a cathedral church, the
altar covered with black, upon which must be placed
three large candles, a cross, and in the centre a skull
and cross bones. The principal stands on the right
side of the altar, with a bible in one hand and a staff
in the other, soft music plays and the veil is drawn
up and discovers the altar: the choir say:
Hush, hush, the heavenly choir,
They cleave the air in bright attire:
See, see, the lute each angel brings,
And hark divinely thus they sing:—
4To the power divine,
All grory be given,
By man upon earth,
And angels in heaven.'
The priest steps before the altar, and says, 'Kyrie
Elieson; Christ Elieson; Amen: Gloria Sibi Do-
mino! I declare this grand council opened, and ready
to proceed to business.'
The priest and ministers take their several stations
and observe order. The candidate being prepared,
lie alarms at the door by seven raps, and the prelate
says to verger, 'See the cause of that alarm, and re-
port.' -
Verger goes to the door, and reports, 'Right rever-
end prelate, there are seven brethren who solicit ail-
mission to this grand council.'
Prelate says, 'On what is there desire founded?'
21
242
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
V. 'On a true christian principle, to serve tile
church and its members, by performing the seven
corporeal works of mej*cy, and to protect and guard
the holy sepulchre from the destroying hands of
our enemies.'
P. Admit them that we may know them if yon
please.
Then they are admitted: Prelate says to them,
fAre you followers of the captain of our salvation?'
"Verger says, 'We are right reverend prelate.'
P. Attend, them, to the sayings of our Master,
Jesus Christ. Thou shalt love the Lord thy God
with all thy heart, with all thy mind, with all thy
soul, and with, all thy might. This is the first great
commandment, and the second is like unto it; thou
shalt love thy neighbor as they self: on these two com-
maiulmets, hang all the law and the prophets.'
The verger and beadle hold the bible on which the
candidates place ther right hands, and make the fol-
lowing vow:
'I, A. B., in the name of the knight and undivided
Trinity, do promise and vow to keep & conceal the
high mysteries of this noble and invincible order of
knights of the holy sepulchre, from all but such as
are ready and willing to serve the curch of Chrst by
acts of valor and charity, and its members, by per-
formingall the corporeal works of mercy; and that,
as far as in me lies, I will defend thy church.of the
holy sepulchre from pillage and violence, and guard
and protect pilgrims on their way to and from the
holy land; and if I perform not this, my vow, to the
best of my abilities, let me become inanimatus.'
Interlace your fingers with the candidate, cross
your armes, and say 'Demartuis nil nisi bonum; Pre-
late says, 'Take the sword, and travel onward*—
guard the holy sepulchre defeat our enemies—unfurl
the Banner of our cross-r-protest the Roman eagle—
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
243
return to us with victory and safety.' The candid-
ates depart—go to the south, where they meet a band
of Turks—a desperate conflict ensues—the knight
one victorious; they seize the crescent, and return to
the cathedral in triumph, and place the banner, eagle,
and crescent before the altar, and take their seats.-—
[The 22d chapter of St. John is read by the pre-
late.] " Then the choir sing,—
Creator of the radiant light,
Dividing day from sable night,
Who with the light, bright organ,
The world's creation didst begin.'
The prelate says, 'Let our prayer come beforo
thee, and let our exercise be acceptable in thy
eight.'
The seven candidates kneel at the foot of the al-
tar.
The prelate takes the bread, and says, 'Brethren,
eat ye all of this bread in love, that ye may learn
to support each other.' He then takes the cup, and
says, Drink ye all of this cup to ratify the vow that
ye havemade, and learn to sustain one another.'
The prelate then arises them up by the gripe(inter-
lace the fingers,) and says, 1st, Sir, I greet the a
knight of the holy sepulchre; go feed the hungry:
2d; Give drink to the thirsty: 3d, Clothe the naked
with a garment: 4th, Visit and ransom the captives:
5th, Harbor the harborless, give the orphan and
widow where to lay their heads: 6th, Visit and re-
lieve the sick: 7th, Ho and bury the dead.' All
make crosses, and say, 'In nomini patria Alio et
gpiritus sancto; Amen.'
Prelate says, 'Brethren, let us recommend to each
other the practice of the four cardinal virtues; pro-
deuce, justice, temperance, fortitude.'
244
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
Closing.'—The knights all rise, stand in a circle,
in erlace their fingers, and say, 'Sepulchrum/
The prelate says, 'Gloria patri, et filio, et spiritus
sancto.' Brethren answer, 'Sicut erat inprincipio, et
nunc, et semper et in secula seculorum. Amen.'
Benediction. Blessed be thou, O Lord, our God!
Great first cause and governor of all things! thou
createdest the world with thy bountiful hand, and sus-
tained it by thy wisdom, by thy goodness, and by
thy mercy! It cometh to pass that seed time and
harvest never fail! It is thou that givest every good
and perfect gift! Blessed be thy name for eve and
ever!'
HISTORY.
St. Helena, daughter of Caylus, king of Britain,
Consort of Constantine, and mother of Constantine
the Great, in the year 296, made a journey to the
holy land in search of the cross of Jesus Christ.
After levelling the hillocks and destroying the temple
Yenus, three crosses were discoverd. It was now
difficult to discover which of the three was the one
sought for by her. By order of his Holiness, Pope
Marcellinus, they were borne to the bed of a woman
who had long been visited by sickness, and lay at
the point of death; she placed her hand upon the
second cross first, which rendered her no service;
but when she laid her hand upon the third, she was
restored to her former health. She instantly arose,
giving glory to God, saying, 'He was wounded for
our transgressions, he was bruised for our iniquities,
the chastisement of sin was upon him, and with his
stripes we are healed, and God hath laid on him all
our iniquities. On the spot where the crosses were
found, St. Helena erected a stately church, one hun-
dred paces long and sixty wide; the east end takes
in the place where the crosses stood, and the west of
THE WORLDS WONDER.
245
tFre seoulchre: by levelling the hills, the sepulchre is
above hte floor of the church, like a grotto which is
twenty feet from the floor to the top of the rock: there
is a superb cupola over the sepulchre, and in the isle
are the tombs of Godfrey and Baldwin, kings of
Jerusalem. In 302, St. Helena instituted the order
of the knights of the holy sepulchre of our Lord and
Savior, Jesus Christ. This order was confirmed in
304 by his Holiness, Pope Marcellinus; they were
bound by a sacred vow to guard the holy sepulchre,
protect pilgrims, and fight infidels, and enemies of
the cross of Christ. The city ef Jerusalem was re-
built and ornamented by JElius Adrian, emperor of
Home, and given to the Christians in 120. The
Persians took it from them in 637 and in 1008, it fell
into the hands of the Turks, under whose oppres-
sions it long groaned, until Peter the holy steered the
western princes to release the distressed church, and
in 1096, Godfrey and Baldwin unfurled the banner
of the cross, and expelled the Turks. He was to
have been invested with the royal wreath of majesty,
but he thought it not meet to wear a crown of laurel
when his blessed Savior had worn a crown of thorns.
Yet for the common good, he suffered himself to be
called the king of Palestine.
21*
THE HOLY AND THRICE ILLUSTRIOUS ORDER
OP THE CROSS, CALLED A COUNCIL.
The officers & council being in their places. The most illus-
trious perfect addresses the most worthy provostthus-.'Mostwor-
shipful provost, what is the clock?' Most worshipful provost
says rising and facing the Cast, at the same time raising his
hand, Most illustrious perfect, it is now the first hour of the
day, the time when our Lord suffered, and the veil of the tern-
pie was rent assunder, when darkness and consternation was
spread over the earth, when the confusion ofihe old covenant
was made light in the new, in the temple of the cross. It is,
most illustrious perfect,the third watch, when the implements
of masonry were broken; when the flame, which led the wise
men to the east, re-appeared; when the cubic stone was broken,
and the word was given.' Most illustrious perfect says to the
worthy herald, It is my will that this house of God be closed,
and the remembrance of those solemn and sacred events, be
here commemorated: make this, worthy herald, know to the
most worshipful provost, in due & ancient form.' The worthy
herald bows and approaches the most worshipful provost,
where he bows thrice, face about arid gives a blast with his
horn; and after the knights have filed out by threes without
the door, except the worthy senior inductor, he goes his errand,
viz: 'Most worshipful provost, it is the sovereign will of Count
Alburtus, of Pergamus, that this house of God be closed, and
that those solemn and sacred events in the new covenant be
here commemorated: you will observe this.' The worthy
herald, bows, and the most worshipful provost rises and ad-
dresses the worthy senior conductor thus: 'It is the will of the
most illustrious perfect that here now be opened a council of
Ln'ghj;s of the cross: What therein becomes your duty?'
Worthy senior inductor says, To receive the commands of
superiors in the order, and pay obedience thereto—to conduct
and instruct my ignorant pass-brethren; and to revere and
inculcate reverence in others, for the most holy Almighty God.'
The most worshipful provost rises fiercely, and says,'By
what do you claim this duty?'
tub worlds wqndbr.
24?
Worthy S. inductor says, 'By the right of a sign, and tha
mark of a sign.' Most worshipful provost says,4 Will you give
me a sign?' Worthy sen.'I could if I should.' The most
worshipful provost then partly extends both arms, pointing
downwards to an angle of 39 deg. with the palm open ana
upwards, to show they are not sullied with iniquity and oppres-
sion, and says, 'Worthy sen. inductor, you may give it.'
The worthy sen. inductor then looks him full in the face,
and with the tore-finger touches his right temple, and lets his
hand fall, and says, 'This is a sign.' Most worshipful provost
says, 'A sign of what?' Worthy sen. inductor says,'Ay, a
siirn of what?' Worshipful provost says, 'A penal sign.'
Wor. senior inductor says, 'Your sign is——' Most worthy
pro. says,'But you have the. mark of a sign.' Worthy sen.
inductor says, 'The sign whereof my mark is a mark, I hope is
in the council above.' Most worthy pro. says,'But the mark
——— ' , Worthy sen. inductor says,'Is in my bosom.'. There-
upon he produces his mark in his left hand, and with the fore-
fibgir of his right on the letter S, on the cross, asks, 'What's
that?' -M)st wor. pro. say?,-'Lislia. Wor. pro." puts his
linger on the letter II, and asks, 'What is this?' Worthy sen.
in J actor says, '3ha.' -Worthy sen. inductor then puts his
linger on the letter I, and asks,'What is this?' Most wor. pro.
say^, 'Baa!.' What, then, is'your mark?' Worthy senior in-
doctor s tys, 'Bial, Sba-Lisha; I am the Lord.' The most
worshipful provost then says, 'You are my brother, and the
duty is yours of ancient right;, please announce the cotfhcil
open.' The worthy senior inductor steps to the door and gives
three raps, and is answered by some knight from without,
who is then admitted, and the wo'rthy sen. inductor gives the
conditional sign, (which is by partly extending both arms, as
before described;) the knight answering by putting his finger
to his right temple, as before. The senior inductor then
addresses the chair thus:— 'Most illustrious perfect, a profess-
ing brother is within the council by virtue of a sign.' Most
illustrious perfect says to worthy herald,'Go to this profess-
ing brother, and see him marked before the chair of the most
worshipful provost; conduct him thither, worthy herald.'
The worthy herald says to the knight,' Worthy sir, know you
the sacred cross of our council?' Knight says, 'I am a Chris-
tian.' The worthy herald then says,'Follow me.' When ar-
rived before the most wor. pro. the worthy herald says, 'Most
ths world's wonder.
worthy provost, by order of the most illustrious perfect,! fieri®
bring you to be marked a professing brother of the cross.'
The most wor. provost says, 'Worthy sir, know you the cross
of our council?' Knight says, 'I am a Christian/ The most
wor. pro. says,'No more.'
'Mr.— , before you can be admitted to the light and
benefit of this thrice illustrious order, it becomes my duty, by
an ancient usage, to propose to you certain questions, not .a
thing vainly ceremonial; but the companions will expect true
answers: they will concern your past life, and resolutions for
the future. Have you given me without evasion, your bap-
tisrnal and family names, and those of your parents, your true
age as far as within your knowledge, where were you educa-
ted, where you were born, and also where was your last ris:-
dence? or have you not? 'I have.' It is well. Were your
parents free and not slaves? had they right and title in the soil
of the earth? were they devoted to the religion of the cross,
and did they so educate their family? have you searched the
spiritual claims of that religion oh your gratUudc and your
affections? and have you continued steadfast in that faith
from choice and a conviction of your duty to heaven, or from
education? 'From duty jand choice.' ' This also is right.
Have you ever up to this time lived according to the prin-
ciples of that religion, by acting upon the square of virtue
with all men, nor defrauding any, nor defamed the good name
of any, nor indulged sensual appetites unreasonably, but more
especially to the dishonor to the matrimonial tie, nor extorted
on, or oppressed the poor?- 'I have not been guilty of these
things? You have then entitled your self to our highest con-
fidence, by obeying the injunctions of our thrice illustrious per-
feet in heaven 'of doing unto all men even as you would that
they should do unto you.' Mr.-—:—-, can you so continue
to act, that yearly on the anniversary of St. Albert, you can
solemnly swear for the past season you have not been gulty of
the crimes enumerated in these questions? 'By the help of
God I can.' Be it so, then, that annually, on the anniversanr
of St. Albert, you swear to the great questions; and theconn^
dence of the knitghts companions of the order|in you, rests on
your being able so to do.
For the future, then, you promise to bo a^good man, and to
be governed by the moral laws of God and the rules of the or-
der, in always dealing openly, honorably, and above deceit.
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
249
especially with the knights companions of the order. 'I do.*
You promise to act with all mankind, but especially, witla
the fraternity, as that you shall never be justly called a bad
paymaster, ungreatful, a liar, a rake, or a libertine,a man care-
less in the business of your vocation, a drunkard, or a tvrant,
'I do.
You promise to lead a life as upright and just in relation to
all mankind as you are capable of, but in matters of differ-
ence, to preserve the interest of a companion of the order;
of a companion's friend for whom he pleads, to any mere man
of the world.' 'I do.'
You promise never to engage in mean party strife, nor con-
spiracies against the government or religion of your country,
whereby your reputation may suffer, nor even to associate
with dishonorable men even for a moment, except it be to to-
cure the interest of such person, his family or friends, to a
companion, whose necessities require this degredation at your
hand. 'X do.'
You promise to act honorably in all matters of office or vo-
cation, even to the value ofone third part of a Roman pennjr,
and never take any advantage therein unworthy the best
countenance of your companions, and this, that they shall not,
by your unworthines.s, be brought into disrepute. 'I do,'
Then the candidate takes the following oath:
'You Mr. , do now by your honor, and in view of the
power and union of the thrice illustrious order of the cross, now
first made known to you, and in the dread presence of the
most holy and Almighty God, solemnly and sincerely swear
and declare, that, to the end of your life, you will not, either
in consideration of given, interest, or honor, nor with good or
bad design, ever take any, the least step or measure, or be in-
strumental in any such object, to betray or communicate to
any person, or being, or number of the same, in the known
world, not thereto of cross and craft entitled, any secret or
secrets, or ceremony or ceremonies," or any part thereof ap-
pertaining to the order and degree known among masons, as
the thrice illustrious order of the cross. That you will not, at
any time or times, whatever, either now or hereafter, direct-
ly, or indirectly, by letter,^figure, or character, however or by
whoever made, ever communicate any of the information and
secret mysteries hereafter alluded to. That you will never
speak on or upon, or breathe high or low, any ceremony orse*
250
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
©ret appertaining thereto, out of council, where there shall not
be two or more knights companions of the order present, be-
tides your self, and that in a safe and sure place, whereby
any opinion, even of the nature and general principles of the
institution, can be formed by any other person, be he masoa
er anti-mason, than a true knight companion of the cross;
nothing herein going to interfere with the present practice of
duties enjoined by the order, Of arrangement for their enforce-
laent.
'You further swear, that, should you know another to violate
any essential part of this obligation, you will use your best
endeavors, by the blessing of God, to bring such person to the
strictest and most cordign punishment, agreebly to the rules
and usages of our ancient fraternity; and this by pointing out
to the world as an unworthy Vagabond; by oppressing his in-
terest, by deranging his business, by transfering bis character
after him wherever he may go, and by exposing him to the
contempt of the whole fraternity and the world, but of our il-
lustrious order more especially during his whole natural life:
nothing herein going to prevent yourself, or any othe'r, when
elected to the dignity of thrice illustrious, from retaining the
ritual of the order,-"if prudence and caution appear to be the
governing princple in so retaining it, such dignity authorizing
the elected to be governed by no rule but the dictates of his
•wn jedgment, in regard to what will best conduce to the in-
terest of the order; but that he be responsible for the charac-
ter of thoge whom .he-induct, and for the concealment of the
said ritual. Should -any thrice illustrious knight or acting of-
ticer of any council which may have them in hand, ever re-
quire your aid in any emergency in defence of the recovery
ofhis said charge, you swear cheerfully 10 exercise all assistance
in his favor, which the nature of the time and place will ad-
niit,even to the sacrifice of life, liberty, and property.
To all, and every part thereof, we then bind you, and by
ancient usage you bind yourself, under the no less infamous
penalty than dying the death of a traitor, by having a spear, op
other sharp instrument, like as our Divine Master, thrust ia
your left side, bearing testimony, even in death, of the power
and justice of the mark of the holy cross.
'1 do now, by the honor and power of the mark of the holy
and illustrious order of the cross, which I do now hold to heay-
en in my right hand as the earnest of my faith, and in the, dread.
the world's wonder.
251
presence of the most holy and Almighty God, solemnly swear
and declare, that I do hereby accept of, and forever will cob-
sider the cross and mark of this order as my only hope:
that I will make it the test of my faith and fellowship; and
that I will eject its objects and defend its mysteries to the end
of my days, with my lite and with my property—and first, that
in the state of collision and misunderstanding impiously exist-
ing among the princes and pilgrims, defenders and champions
of the holy cross of Jesus our Lord, now assembled in the land
and city of their peace, and considering that the glory of the
Most High requires the greatest and unanimity of measures
and arms, the sacred union of sentiment and brotherlv love in
the Boldiers who there thus devote themselves to his cause and
banner, I swear strictly to dedicate myself, my life, and my
property forever hereafter to his holy name, and the purpose
of our mark, and to the best interest of all those who thus with
me become knights of the,cross: I swear forever to give my-
self to this holy and illustrious order, confiding fully and un-
reservedly in the purity of their morals and the arder of their
pious enthusiasm, for the recovery of the land of their father*,.
and the blessed claim of onr Lord's sufferings, and never te
renounce the mark of the order, nor in- the claims and well-
fare of my brethren.
And that the holy and pious enthusiasm of my brethren may
not have slander or disgrace at my hands, or the order be in-
jured by my unworthiness, I swear for ever to renounce tyran-
ny and oppression in my own person and place, whatever it
may be, and to stand forth against it in others, whether public
or private; to become the champion of the cross; to observe
the common good; be the protector of the poor and unfortun-
ate; and ever observe the common rights of human nature
without encroachment, or permitting encroachment thereo*,
if in my power to prevent of lessen it.
I will, moreover, act in subordination to the laws of my conn-
try, and never countenance any change in the government u«-
der which I live, without good and answerable reasons for so
doing, that ancient usages and immemorial customs be net
overturned.
'I swear to venerate the mark as the wisdom and decree
of Heaven, to unite our hands and hearts in the work of the
holy crusade, and as an encouragment to act with zeal and
252
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
efficacy; and I wear to consider its testimonies as the true and
only proper test of an illustrious brother of the cross.
'I swear to wear the mark of this order, without the least
addition, except what I shall be legally entitled to by indue-
tion, for ever, if not without the physical means of doing so,
or. it being contrary to propriety; and even then, if possible, to
wear the holy cross; and I swear to put my chief dependence
for the said worthy and pious objects therein.
'I swear to put confidence unlimited in every illustrious
brother of the cross, as a true and worthy follower of the bles-
sed Jesus, who has sought this land, not for private good, but
piety, and the glory of the religion of the most high and holy
God.
4I swear never to permit my political principles nor person-
al interest to come counter to his, if forbarance and brother-
ly kindness can operate to prevent it; and never to meet him,
if I know it, in war or in peace, under such circumstances
that I may not, in justice to myself, my cross; and my country,
wish him unqualified success; and if perchance it should hap-
pen without my knowledge, on being informed thereof, that I
will use my best endeavors to satisfy him, even to the relin-
quishing ray arms, an'd purpose. 1 will never shed- a brothers
blood nor thwart his good fortune, knowing him to be such,
nor see it done by others, if in my power to prevent it.
'I swear to advance my brother's best interest, by always
supporting his military fame and political preferment in op-
position to another; and by employing his arrns or his aid in
his vocation, underall circumstances where I shall not suffer
more by so doing, than he, by my neglecting to do so; but this
never to the sacrifice of any. vital interest in our holy religion,
or in the welfare of my country. *
'I swear to look on his enemies as my enemis, his friends
as my friends, and stand forth to meet our tender kindness or
vengeance accordingly; but never to intrude on his social or
domestic relations to his hurt or dishonor, by claiming his
privileges,or by debauching or defaming his femal relations
or friends. .
'I svvear never to see calmly nor without earnest desires and
decided measures to prevent the ill treatmet,slander, or defa-
mation, of any brother knight, nor ever to view danger or the
least shadow of injury about to fall on his head, without well
and truly informing him thereof; and, if in my power to pre-
THE WORLD^S WONDER*
253
vent it, never to fail, by my sword or council, to defend his
welfare and good name.
41 do swear never to prosecute a brother before those who
know not our order, till the remonstrances of a council shall be
Inadequate to do me justice.
'I swear to keep sacred my brother's secrets, both when de-
livered to me as such, and when the nature of the information
is such as to require secrecy for his welfare.
41 swear to hold myself bound to him, especially in affliction
and adversity, to contribute to his necessities, my prayers, my -
influence, and my purse.
'I swear to be under the control of my council, or, if be-
longing to none, to that which is nearest tome, and never to
demur to, or complain at, any decree concerning me, which
my brethren, as a council, shall conceive me to deserve, and
enforce on my head, to my hurt and dishonor.
'I swear to obey all summons sent from any council to me,
or from any most illustrious knight, whether illustrious chan-
cellor for the lime being, or by induction; and to be governed
by the constitution . usages, and customs of the order, without
variation or change.
'I swear never to see nor permit more than two candidates,
who, with the senior inductor, will make three, to he ad.van-
red, at the same time, in any council where I shall be; nor
«hall any candidate, by suffrage, be inducted without a unani-
mous vote of the illustrious brethren in council, nor shall any
council advance any member, there not being three illustrious
knights, or one most illustrious and four illustrious knights of
the cross .present, which latter may be substituted by mostii-
lustrious inductior; nor yet where there shall not be a full and
proper mark of the order, such as usage has adapted to our aJ-
tar, of metal, or other durable and worthy, material, contain-
ed within the apartment of council,as-also the holy bible, nor
will I ever see a council opened for business, without the cer-
mony of testing the mafic,exercised on the character of every
brother, prayers, & the read i n g oft he 35 th Psalm ofDavid; nor
will I ever see,consent to, or countenance, more than two per-
sons of the same business or calling in life, to belong to or be
inducted and advanced in any one council of which I am a
member, at the same time; nothing therein going to exclude
from other parts of the country, or from foreign parts, from
Joining us, if they consent formally and truly to stand in de-
22
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
ference,& defence first of their special bar-brethren in the corn*-
cil, nor to prevent advancements to fill vacancies, occasioned
by death or removal. To all this, and every part thereof, I
do now, as before, by the honor and power of the mark, as by
an honorable and awful oath, which confirmeth all things, in
the dread presence of the most holy and Almighty God, solemn-
ly and in truth, bind and obligate mv soul; and in the earthly
penalties, to-wit, that, for the violation of the best matter or
particle of any of the here taken obligations, I become the
silent and mute subject of the displeasures of the illustrious
order, and have their power and wrath turned en my head, to
my destruction and dishonor which like the nail of Jael, may
be the sure end of an unworthy wretch, by piercing my tern-
pies with a true sense of my ingratitude—and for a breach
of silence in case of such an unhappy event, that I shall die the
infamous death of a traitor, "by having a spear, or other sharp
weapon, like as my Lord, thrust into my left side—hearing
testimony, even in death, of the power of the mark, of the ho-
ly and illustrious cross, before J. H. 8. our thrice illustrious
counsellor in heaven, the grand council of the good—To this
I do swear.'
ELEVEN INEFABEE DEGREES.
SECRET MASTER.
The lodge of secret master js spread with black. Themai-
ter represents Solomon coming to the temple to elect seven ex ■
perts. He is stvled, most powerful.
There is one worder, who is called Adoniram, after bim
who had the inspection of workmanship done at Mount
Libanus. He was the first made secret master.
Solomon holds a sceptre in his hand, standing in the east,
before a triangular altar, upon which is a crown, and some
olive andlaurel leaves.
Adoniram, the spectator, stands in the west.
The first officer is decorated with ablue ribbon, from the
right shoulder to the left hip, to which hangs a triangle. The
second officer is decorated with a ribbon, bordered with black,
in a triangular form, and an ivory key^suspended therefrom,
with a figure of Z upon it.
The other brethren are all decorated in the same manner,
with white aprons and gloves, the strings of the aprons are
black; the flap of the apron is blue, with a golden eye upon
it. Tiiis lodge should be enlightned by eighty-one candles,
distributed by nime times nine.
Reception.— The candidate is led to the door of the lodge,
where the master of the ceremonies knocks seven times.—
Adoniram comes and repeats the alfirm on the in side, and
opens the door, and says,'Who comes there?'
Ans.—'A brother who. is well qualified, wishes to receiv*
the degree of secret master.' Adoniram reports to the mas-
ter, and requests that he may be introduced. Master con-
sents, on condition he vouches for his integrity, zeal, and
good conduct. He is led in, and advances to the altar; his
right knee on the floor; his head bound, and a squar fastened
on his forehead by the bandage : a great light in hisright hand.
Obligation.—'1st point secretary, 2d. Obey order and
256
THE WOELD'8 WONDER.
decrees of council of princes of Jerusalem, under penalty of
all the former degrees/
The words in this degree, are 'Shacfdai,' 'Adonai,' and'Ju~
Ka.' The pass-word is 'Zizon.'
The sign is given- by placing the two/ore fingers of the
right hand on the lipS. This is answered by placing the two
forefingers of the lefthan-d on the hps. [Sec plate 27, tig.
LI . , . - .
The token is to join hands to the elbows and give a grip, at
the same time cross the legs.
The candidates are thus addressed by the most powerful.
'Brother: you have hitherto only seen the thick veil that
covers the sanctum.sanctorum of God's temple; jour fidelity^
Zealand constancy have gained you this favor 1 now grant
you,.of showing you our treasure, and introducing you into the
secret place.'
, fie is then invested with the ribbon, the crown of laurel*
n»d olives, by the most powerful, who thus addressed him;
'My brother: I receive you as secret master, and give you
rank among the Levites. This laurel, the emblem of vieto
ry, is to remind you of the conquest you are to gain over
your passions. The olive is the symbol of that peace and
union, which ought to reign among us. It belongeth to you
to deserve the favor, that you may be enabled, one dajT, to
arrive in the secret plate. to contemplate the pillar of beauty.
I decorate you with the ivory key hung to a white and
black ribbon, as a symbol of your fidelity, innocence and
discretion.
'The apron and gloves are to be marks' of the candor of all
secret masters in the numberof whieh you have ■ deserved to
be introduced. ' In this quality, my brother, you are to be-
come the faithful guardian of the sanctum sanctorum, and I
put you in the number of seven, to be one of the conductors
of the works which are raising to the divinity. The eye upon
your apron is to remind you to have a careful watch over the
conductor of the craft in general.',
This degree is closed as follows:
Q. 'Brother Inspector, what's the o'clock ?'
A. 'The end of the day,'
Q. 'What doth remain to do?'
A. 'To practise virtue^ !o fly vice, apd to remain ip «i*
Icnce;'
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
267
Q. 'Since nothing remains to do but to practise virtue and
fly vice, let us enter into silence, that the will of God. may be
accomplished: it is. time to. rest. Brother Inspector, give
notice that I am about to close this lodge by the mysterious
number.' Inspector says, 'The, most powerful is about to
close this lodge by the mysterious number.' All clap seven,
as in opening, and the lodge is closed.
22*
PERFECT MASTER.
The lodge of perfect masters is hung with green
tapestry, on eight columns, four on each side, placed
at equal distances; to be illuminated with sixteen
lights, placed at the four cardinal points. A table
before the canopy covered with black. The right
worshipful and respectable master represents the noble
Adoniram being the first that was elected secret master,
because Solomon chose him the first of the seven.
He commandec the works of the temple before Hi-
ram Abiff arrived at Jerusalem, and after wards had
the inspection of the works at Mount Libanus. He
is decorated with the ornaments of perfection, and
is a prince of Jerusalem, with those decorations. He
occupies the place of Solomon in the east under the
canopy.
There is only one warden, who represents Stockin,
in the function inspector, with the ornaments of his
highest degrees, which he received in the west.
The assistants, being at least perfect masters, ought
to be decorated with a large green ribbeonhung to the
neck, with a jewel suspended thereto, being a com-
pass extended to 60 degrees.
The brethren all have aprons of white leather with
green flaps; on the middle of the apron must be em-
broidered a square stone, surrounded by three cir-
cles, with the letter P, in the centre.
Reception.—The candidate is ornamented with
the dress and jewel of a secret master. Master of
ceremony knocks four on the shoulder of inspector,
a^'^vs, 'There is in the anti-chamber a secret master
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
259
desirous of being raised to this degree.' The inspec-
tor reports to the master who says, 'Is he worthy
and well qualified to receive this degree?' 'Yes.'—
Mast. 'Let him be introduced according to an ancient
due form.' Inspector orders master of ceremonies to
go and instruct the candidate; he goes & examines him
on his former degrees, puts on his green cord, and
holding it in his left hand, and his sword in his right,
leads him to the door, and knocks four. Inspector
repeats this within, and says to tjie master, 'Some
one knocks.' Mast. 'See who it is.' Inspector
orders the tylertoopen the door, and see who knocks;
and after the tyler has repeated to the master of cere-
monies, he acquaints the master, who orders him to
be introduced, and led to the south side of the tomb,
at the head of the lodge, where he stands with the
sign of a secret master* Master says, 'My brother,
what do you demand?' Ans. 'To be received to the
degree of P. M.' The inspector then takes him by
the cord, and leads him four times round the lodge,
makse him then kneel during the prayer, after which
he passes by the tomb on each side of the two co-
lums; (crossed:) in crossing he steps from one to the
other, still with the sign of a secret master, he is
placed opposite the altar, his right knee a little bent,
and takes the obligation. 1st, Secrecy. Penalty:
being dishonored, and the penalties of all those of
former obligations, Amen; Amen; Amen; Amen.—
Master draws the cord from the meek, saying, 'I
now draw you from your villions life, and, by the
favor I have received from the most powerful of
kings, I raise you to the degree of perfect master, on
condition that you Strictly adhere to what shall be
presented to you by our laws.'
The ceremonies &c. of this degree were orginally
260
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
established as a grateful tribute of respect to the
memory of a departed worthy brother.*!
The lodge is closed by four times four.
The word in this degree is 'Jeva.'
There are three signs, [see plate 27, fig. 2.]
The first is given by placing the palm of the right
hand on the right temple, at the same time stepping
back with the right foot to its first position. The se-
cond is that of admiration. Raise the hand and eyes
to heaven, then let the arms fall across the belly,
look downwards. The third is to advance the toes
of the right foot, (that is of both persons) until they
meet, bring the right knees together, place the hands
on the heart, then bring the hand down the right side
*The ceremonies perhaps were used as recent as that memorable
period; when it is said, Howard anc^othersreleased their oppostate
and departed brother Morgan, out of their benevolent hands and
consigned him to all the freedom of a rude and tempest tosed Sea
three miles from land: as a tribute of his apostcay.
INTIMATE .SECRETARY.
The lodge of intimate secretary is furnished with black
Hangings, and represents the hall of audience of Solomon. It
>hould be enlightened with twenty-seven lights, in three can-
die-sticks of nine branches each, placed east west and south.
This lodge consists of two persons only; who represents Solo-
nrion, and Hiram King of Tyre.
They are covered with blue mantles, lined with ermine, with
crowns on their heads, sceptres in their hands, and seated at
a table, on which are placed two naked swords, a roll of parch-
ment, and a death's head.
All the rest of the brethren are considered only as perfect
masters, and are termed the guards. They should have white
aprons, lined and embroidered with blood color, with string*
of the same; and ribbons of tli2 same color round their necks,
to which must be suspended, hanging on the breast, a solid tri-
single.
Op zning.—Solomon knocks three times nine, which is re-
peated by Hiram of Tyre, and then by all the brethren who
are supposed to be perfect masters. They kneel, make signs,
repeat the 'Word' thrice then rise, take their swords, and go
out of the lodge.
Solomon having appointed a captain and lieutenant of tlte
guards, with direction that they take care of the lodge, and
gee that none approach without permission, and that all the
guards observe their duty.
Rexeption.—Candidate being in the antichamber, the cap-
tain of the guards orders two or three of them to take from him
his sword, hat, and decorations of a perfect master, and then
to place him by the door, (partly open) with his hands across,
in the attitude of listning. The guards make a little noise,
on which Hiram of Tyre, turning his head, sees the cowans,
lifts his eyes to heaven, and says,'0 heavens there is a listener!'
Solomon says, 'Is it possible, as there are guards without.' • Hi-
ram King of Tyre, without reply, makes to the door, and drag*
the candidate by the hands into the lodge, crying,'Here he is;'
the world's wonder.
Solomon 'what shall we do with himf Hiram of Tyre, (lyith
his hand on his fsword,) 'we must kill him!' Solomon quits
his place, and laying hold of Iliram of Tyre, says,'stop my
brother:! then knocks on the table, the guards enter and sa-
lute the lodge. Solomon, 'lake this prisoner and secure him,
and Jet him be forthcoming when called for!' on which they
gooutwith the prisoner, leaving Solomon and Iliram of Tyre
for some time in private and low conversation. Solomon
knocks on the table again, and the 'guards return with the
prisoner in the midst. By a signal from Solomon they ad-
vance near the foot of the throne and take seats. Then Solo-
mon says to the candidate, kI have by my intreaties, prevailed
on the king of Tyre, my worthy ally, whom your vain curiosi-
ty has offended, to remit the sentenance of deatii which he pro-
nounced upon you. I have not only obtained your pardon, but
have gained his consent to receive you as an intimate secre-
tary to the allience we have contracted. Hoyou promise to
keep inviolate the secrets intrusted to you in this degree, and
wil.1 you take ay, obligation for that purpose, in the most solemn
foamier?' (Yes.) Solomon causes him to kneel.
Obligation.—'1st, Secrecy. 2d, Obey the mandates and
degrees of the grand council of princes of Jerusalem. Penal-
ty—body dissected, bowels taken out, heart cut in pieces, and
the whole thrown to the wild beasts of the field!'
Solomon raises the candidate, and says, 'I receive you an
intimate secretary, on your promise to be faithful to the otder
in which you have just entered. We hope, brother, that your
fidelity will be proof to every trial; and that this sword, with
which we arm you, vviil defend you from the attacks of those
who may try to extort from you those secrets which we are
now about to confer upon you.' . •
The gripe in this degreeis that of a mark master, given on
the jive points. 'Joabert,' and 'Zerbel,' are the pass-words.
The mysterious word is 'Jova.'
' The first sign is to clench the right hand, then draw it from
the left shoulder to the right hip. The second is to cross the
arms, then let thern fall on the right hip.
Gripz.-—Join right hands, and reverse them thrice, repeating
at each time one of these words, 'Berith,''Neder,' Shelemoth.'
[See plate 27, fig. 3.]
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
263
HISTORY.
Solomon had agreed with the king of Tyre, in return for the
materials taken from Lebanon, and those drawn from the
quarries of Tyre, made use of in constructing the temple, (in
part payment of which, he had already furnished him with a
province in Galilea, of thirty citties, immediately atter the
temple was completed.
A year had elapsed before this was complied with on the
part of Solomon^ and when Iliram went to visit this newly ae-
quired territory, he found the lands poor, the people rude un-
cultivated, and of bad morals; and that the keeping of it would
be attended with more expense than profit. He therefore
went in person to Solomon, to complain of the deceit. Being
arrived, he made his entry through the guards in the court,
and went hastily to the king's appartment.
The countenance of the king of Tyre was so expressive of
anger, as he entered, that one of Solomon's favorites named
Joabert, perceived it, and apprehensive of the consequence,
followed him to the door to listen. Hiram observing him, ran
"and seized upon him, aud delivered him into the costody of
the guards; however, by the intercession of Solomon, (who rep-
resented tiiji t Joabert was, of all those about the temple, most
attached to him, and that his intentions could not have been
evil,) Hiram agreed to pardon him: and before they parted,
renewed their former friendship, and concluded a treaty of
perpetual alliance, which was signed by them, and to which
Joabert was intimate Secretary.
This lodge is closed by three times nine.
PROVOST AND JUDGE.
—$ 4*- —
This lodge is adorned with, & lightened by five great lights;
©ne in each corner, and one in the centre. -
The master is placed in the east, under a blue canopy, sur-
rounded with stars, and is styled thrice illustrious. He repre-
senfs Tiio, Prince Harodim,the eldest of the perfect masters,
and intimate secretary, first grand warden, and inspector of
the three hundred architects; whose office was, to draw plans
for the workmen.
Opening.—Master, wardens, are we well tyled 1
A. Thrice illustrious, we are.
Mast. Where is your master placed?
A. Eeverwhere.
M. Why so?
A. To superintend the workmen, direct the work, and ren-»
der justice to every man.
What is the hour?
A. Break of day,—eight o'clock,—two and seven. Master
knocks five quick knocks—separate—which is repeated by
Hie wardens. Master. It is break of day,—eight o'clock,—
two and seven; it is time to proceed to work. This is repeat-
ed by the wardens. But the four hands four and one: mas-
ter says, 'The lodge is opened.' k
Reception.—The master of ceremonies leads the candidate
to the door, and knocks four and one, which is repeated by the
Wardens and master from within. Master orders the brother
to see who is there. After the brother has inquired, he says,
♦A brother who wishes to be passed to the degree of provost
and judge.' Master sends, word to master of ceremonies to
examine him well, and then introduce him in ancient from.
Master of ceremonies leads him, and places him between the
wardens. The senior warden orders him to kneel and say,
*Chivi,' and puts a naked sword into his hand on his left shoul-
'der. Master says, 'Ky,' and senior warden, raising candidate,
leads him seven times round the lodge; each time he passes
the master he gives a sign, (beginning with entered apprea-
The World's wonder.
265
tice;) Then he is led to the altar, and there addressed by the
master. [See Monitor.] I now intrust you with the key of
the place where is kept the body and heart of Hiram Abifl^
also the box in which is kept the plans of the temple; and you
are now to give us assurance that you will never discover the
place where the body is intered.7 He promises and takes the
following obligation: *
Obligation.—1st Secrecy. 2d, I will justly and impartially
regulate all matters of difference between brethren; I will be
just and equitable to all the world, as I am constituted by this
lodge to render justice. 3d, I will pay due obedience to the
mandate of the grand council of princes of Jerusalem, and
govern myself by their regulations.7 Penalty—that of all the
former degrees. Candidate rises, and the master gives him
a blow with the sceptre on each shoulder saying 'Bj' the pow-
er with which I am invested, I constitute you a provost and
judge over all the works and workmen of the temple, and I
decorate you, in this character, with the golden kej, suspend-
ed by a red ribban, which you are to wear in the form of a
collar, this apron is trimmed with the same color; the red de-
notes the order of the Mason, & the pocket in the centre is to
carry your plans for the construction of the temple.
Then the master makes the following address to the candidate:
^Respectable brother,—It gives me joy, that I am now about
to recompense your zeal and attachment to the institution of
Masonry, by appointing you provost and judge over all the
works of this lodge: and, as we are well assured of your pru-
dence and discretion, we, without the least hesitation, intrust
you with a most important secret. We expect you will da
your duty in the degre to which you will now be elevated, as
you have done in those already taken.''
Sign.—Place the two first fingers of the right hand on the
side of the nose. The answer to this sign is made by placing
the first finger of the right hand on the tip of the nose, and
the thumb of the same hand under the chin See plate27,fig. 4.]
Token.-Lock the little fingers of the right hands, and give
seven light blows with the thumbs of right hands, on the palms
of the sam&
Pass-word.—Tito. Ordinary words, Geometros, Xinchen,
Ky, Civi, Jova, Hiram, Stockin, Architect. In some lodges,
the following words are useds viz: Geometross, Xinchen,
Yzirie, Ivah, Hiray, Stolkin.
23
INTEND ANT OP THE BUILDINGS,
OR MASTER IN ISRAEL*
Words, Signs, &c.—Frst sign, viz: that of surprise. Place
the thumbs on the temples, the hands opened, and resting on
the forehead, so as to form a square—step backward two paces
—step forward two paces—lower the hands till they touch
the eyelids, and say, 'Benchorim.' In some lodges, the sign
of surprise very nearly coincides with one of the same name
which is given in the most excelienc master's degree.
Hecond sign.—That of admiration. Interlace the fingers,
turn the palms upward above the head, let the hands fall on
the wrist, (being still interlaced,) look upward and say, 'Ach-
ard,' (or Ilakar,) [Sec plate 27, fig. 5.}
Sign Third.—That of gr ief," (as given by two at the same
time.) Place the right hand on the heart, the left on the left
hip, balance thrice with the knees—one says, 4Ky,' the other
replies,'Jea.' Instead of these words, the learned substitute
the words 'Chai,' and 4Jah,' (signifying the Lord livelh.)
Token.—The brethren'strike a light blow with the right
hand over the heart, pass hands to the middle of the fore-arm,,
placing left hands on the elbows, this repeated thrice, one say-
ing Ja/cinaii and the other Judah.
Note.—This token has variations in different lodges.
The pass-word is'Judah.' The Sacred zmrd, '•JafdnaiS
ELECTED KNIGHTS OF NINE.
This chapter represents the audience chapter of Solomon*
and decorated with white and red hangings—the red with
fiames. There is nine lights in the east,and eight in the west,
The -master represents Solomon, seated in the east, with ata-
^pre him, covered with black,and is styled, most potent.
\ only one warden, in the west, who represents Stokin,
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
267
with seven brethren round him. All the brethren must be
dressed in black, and their hats flapped, with a broad black
ribbon from the left shoulder to the right hip; on the lower
part of which, are nine red roses, four on each side, and one
at the bottom, to which is suspended a poinard. The apron
are white, lined with black, speeded with blood; on the flap
a bloody arm with a poinard; and on the area, a bloody arm
holding by the hair a bloody head.
, Near the lodge is a small dark place, represnting a cavern,
in which is placed a lamp, a place representing a spring, with
a bason to hold water, and a table, on which are laid a poin-
ard, and a representation of a bloody head, as just severed from
the body. Near the table is a large stone to sit on, and be-
low the lamp, in capital letters, VENGEANCE.
Reception.—The master of ceremonies leads the candidate
to the door,and knocks eight and one
The master orders the candidate to be admitted.
He is conducted to the west, and placed behind Stockin.
M. What do you wish?
A. To be admitted an elected knight.
Q. Have you courage enough to revenge the death of your
master, Hiram Abiflf?
A. I have.
Q. Ifyouhave, you shall be shown where one of his mur-
derers lies concealed—a stranger has shown me the place,
and if you have fortitude, follow the stranger.
The candidate is blinded, led to the cavern, and seated on
the stone. The master of ceremonies says, 'Be of good cour-
age, I am going to leave you, but shall not be long absent;
and after 1 am gone, you must take the bandage from your
eyes, and drink some of the water you will find, before I re-
turn.' The candidate is left alone, and the door is shut. The
master of ceremonies returns, and ordeis him to take the poin-
ard in his right hand,and the head in his left; and he thus goes
alone to the door of the lodge, where he knocks eight and one.
Master of ceremonies within, says, 'What do you wish?'
A. An intendant of the buildings demands to enter the
chapter.
Have you finished .your time, and satisfied yonr master?
A. I have had the honor of performing a feat for honor
of the craft, which will, I hope, entitle me to this degree.
Master of ceremonies repeats to Stockin, who repeats to the
268
THE WORLD?S WONDEB.
the master, and he orders the candidate to be admitted. He
advances, by eight quick and one slow, steps holding the poin-
ard elevated as if to strike. The ninth brings him to the al-
tar, where he falls on his knees. The master observes him,
and says, 4Wretch what have you done? Do you not know
that by this rash act, you have deprived me of the pleasures
of devoting the villian to condign punishment? Stockin let
him be put immediately to death.' At this word, all the breth-
ren, fall on their knees, intercede for the candidate, observing
to the master, that this offence arose from zeal, and not from
any intention of depriving the master of the pleasure oi pun-
ishing the villian. This pacifies him, and he orders Stockin
to stop, and tell the candidate, 'that he should be pardoned
this second time, but beware of the third.'
Stockin takes the head and poinard from the candidate, and
places the poinard at the foot, and the head at the top of the
altar.
The candidate still keeps on his knees, and all the brethren
standing round; as if to strike;—he takes the obligation. 1st,
I do solemnly swear, in the presence of Almighty God, that I
wil l revenge the assassination of our worthy master Hiram
Ahiff, not only on his murderers, but also on all who may be-
tray the secrets of this degree; and furthermore, that 1 will
keep and protect this order with all my might, and the breth-
ren, in general, with all my power; and furthermore, that I
will obey the degrees of the grand council of princes, of Jeru-
salem; and if I violate this my obligation, I consent to be struck
with the,dreadful poinard of VENGEANCE, now presented
at me, and to have my head cut off, and stuck on the highest
pole, or pinnacle, in the eastern part of the world, as a monu-
ment of my villiany! Amen! amen! amen amen!'
Then the master raises the candidate, and says, 'In the reigh
of Solomon, se veral of the workmen had been guilty of the same
crime of an enormous nature, and made their escape from Je-
rusalem. A great assembly of masters had sat in consultation
on the hest means of discovering and apprehending them.
Their deliberations were interrupted by the entrance of a
stranger, who demanded to speak to the king in private.
'"Npon being admitted, he acquainted Solomon that he had
N^-ed where Akriop, one of the traitors, lay concealed,
<d to conduct those whom the king should please to
Ngo with him, Thi§ being communicated to the
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
269
One, and all are requested (o be partakers in the vengeance
due to the villian. Solomon checked their order, declared
that only nine should undertake the task; aad to avoid
giving any offence, ordered all their names to be put in an
urn, and that the first nine that should be drawn, should be
the persons to accompany the stranger.
'At break of day, Joabert, Siockin, and seven others, con-
ducted by the stranger, travelled onwards, through a dreary
•country. Oa the way, Joabert found means to learn from
the stranger, that the villian they were in quest of, had hidden
himself in a cavern not far from the place where they then
were; he soon found the cavern, and entered it alone, where
by the light of the lamp, he discovered the villian asleep,
with a poniard at his feet. Infiamed at the sight, and aclu-
ated by impatient zeal, he immediately seized the poniard,
and stabed him first, in the head, and then in the heart: he had
only lime to cry, vengeance is taken and expired. When
the other eight had arrived, and refreshed themselves at a
spring, Jobert severed the head from the body, and taking it
in one hand, and the poniard in the other, he with his breath-
ren returned to Jerusalem,
Solomon was at first very much offended; that Joabert had
put it out ofhis power to take vengeance himself, in presence
of, and as a wanning to the rest of the workmen to be faith-
ful to their trust, but, but by "proper intercession, was again
reconciled.
'Joabert become highly favored of Solemon, who confered
upon him,and his eight companions, the title ofelected knights.'
Words, S*«ns, &c.—The sign is given by two, is as fol-
lows, viz:—One raises his poniard, and makes the motion of
striking the other, first in the head and then in the heart.
The second clasp his right hand first to his heart, and then, to
his head, as if wounded. [See plate 7, fig. 6.] 'The follow-
ing method of giving the sign, is considered by well instructed
masons,as more correct than the above. Strike at the forehead
with the, poniard—!the brother will answer by carrying his
hands to his forehead, as if to examine the supposed wounds,
plunge the poniard at the breast, crying 'Nekum,' that is
(vengeance)—the brethren replies by carrying h is hand to his
heart, saying, 'Necar.'
Taken.—The first clenches the fingers of his right hand, at
28*
(0 the world's wohdeb*
the first elevating and extending the thumb; the second
seizes that thumb with his right hand, and extends the thumb
of his own hand; the eight fingers which are closed, represent
the eight companions of Joabert, and the thumb which
is extended, represents Joabert himself.
Pass-word.—In some lodges the pass-word is 'Bagulhal,*
in others, the words 'Nekum,' and 'Joabert' are used, and often
'Abirum,' and 'Necar,' in others, 'Begulhal.' By eight and
one the chapter is closed.
ELECTED GRAND MASTER.
The signs and words are as follows: Sign.—Place the
point of the poniard under your chin, and draw it downwards
to the waist, as if in the act of ripping open the body. The
brother will answer by giving the sign of the entered appren
tice,with the fingers clenched,and thumb extended.
The following mode of giving the sign has been used in
some lodges, viz:
Clench the fingers of the right hand extend the thumb,
place it on the abdomen, move the hand upward to the chin;
the motin of the thumb, as it glides upwards, is designed to
represent that of the knife with which the penalty of this de
gree is to be executed. The answer is the sign of the enter-
ed apprentice, the first being clenched during the motion.—
[See plate 28, fig. 1.]
Token.—Give the sign. One says *Zerbul,' the other re-
plies, 'Eleham '
Pass-word.—In some lodges, 'Eliham,' or 'Eleham,' in
others, Zerbal.'
Sacred words.—In some lodges, 'Zerbal,' in some, 'Be-
niah,' in some, 'Benhakar, or 'Bendaka,' and in others, Ele-
ban.'
SUBLIME KNIGHTS ELECTED.
Signs-words, &c~—Signs—Cross the arms on the stomach,
the fingers clenced, and thumbs elevated. In addition to this,
in some chapters of this degree, the eyes are raised to heaven,
in giving the sign. [See plate 28, fig. 2.]
Token.— That of the intimate secretary. In some chapters,
there is a second or responsive token, viz. take the right hand
of the brother, and with the thumb strike thrice on the -last-
joint of the middle finger.
272
THE WORLD'S WONDER,
Pass-zror<A--Stolkin or Stoking. Some chapters use'Emercftf
or more correctly, 4Emeth.' Others, 'Amuriahr'
Sacred word.—'Adonai.'
GRAND MASTER ARCHITECT.
Sign.—Slide the right hand into the palm of the left, pause
a moment, clench the fingers of the right hand, extend the
thumb, and with-it make the motion of tracing a plan in the
palm of the left, directing your eyes to the brother as ifdraw-
ing from his dictation. This sign is varied in some chapters,
by using the fore-finger in "place of the thumb.
Token.—Join right hand to the brother's left, interlacing the
fingers, place the left hand on ycur hip; the brother will do the
same with his right hand. [See plate 38, fig. 3.]
Some give the following token, viz: join right hands, inter-
lacing the three last fingers, and fixing them so as to form a
square; place the left hand on your brother's shoulder.
Pass-word.—'Rabacitn,' or correctly, 'liah-banain.'
Sacred word.—iAdonai.'
- KNIGHTS OF THE NINTH ARCH.
Signs, token, and words.—First sign—That of admiration
-—raise the hands to heaven, the hands inclined to the right
shoulder, on knee touching the ground. {See plate 28,
fig. 4.]
Second sign—That of adoration: fall on the knees.
Token.—Place your hands beneath the brother's arm-pits,
asif to raise him up,and at the same time, repeat the words,
iToh, Banal, Amalabec.' The brother returns the token, say-
ing, iJubulum,'' or '•Gibulum? The Masonic translation of
these words (Jubulum, or Gibulum) is a 'good Mason.' Some
of the 'knowing ones, mantain that the words should be 'Tub,
Bahani, Ilamal, Abel,' and 'Zebulun.'
Sacred words—'•Jehovah.'
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
273
Some chapters of knights adopt the following signs, token,
and words.
First sign. Fall on the left knee, with the rignj^ hand
behind the back. The answer to this, (used as a token,^ con-
sists in rasing the brother'from the posture after the first sign,
by placing your hands behind his back.
Words'—'Gibulum Hamaluheek,' which is translated, Gib-
ulum is a good man.'
Some diopters use the following as the pass-word:
Jod.—The begining. Juheb.—Conceding.
Juno.—Existing. Adonai.—Lord.
Juh.—God. Elhannan—Merciful.
Eehjeh.—I Am. Jobel.—Praising.
Elton.—Strong,
GRAND ELECT, PERFECT, AND SUBBLIME MA-
SON.
- The following signs, words, &c. are more generally used by
perfect Masons, in North America,
First sign.—Same as the due-guard of a master Mason.
Second sign.—Bring-your right hand to your left cheek, ex-
tending it as though to guard that side of the face; your left
to support the rigt elbow; apply the left hand in the same
manner to the right cheek, supporting the left elbow with the
right and. It is pretended that moses placed himself' in these
attitudes when he saw the burning bush.
Third sign.—Give the sign of admiration, and then place
three fingcs of the right hand on the lips. [See plate 28,
fig. 5.]
First token.—Same as that of the entered.apprentice.
Second token.—Same as the masters grip; having given it,
say, 'Can you go farther?' he will slip his hand above your
wrist, to the middle of the arm, and so to the elbow; he then
puts his left hand to your shoulder, and presses thrice.
Third token—Seize each other's elbows with the left hand,
and put the right hand on each other's neck, as if in the ae^
of rasing one uj>.
274
THE WORLD'S WONDER.
First pass word.—'Shibboleth,' repeated thrice.
Second pass-word.—'Iieleniham.'
* 2hird pass-word.—Mahak-makar-a-bak.' This is tiars
i.ifed, Masonicallj, 'God be praised, we have finished it.'
tjFirl covered word.—'Gibulum."
t Second covered word.—'Gibulum.'
Third covered word.—'Adonai.,
Grand word.—'Jehovah.' This word is given by repeat
i g alternately, the names of the Hebrew letters used in the
word Jehovah,'Jod,' 'He,' Vau,' 'lie.'
PHI BETA KAPPA.
In this institution the members have recently removed the
Injunction of secrecy imposed by its obligations, and have
left the world to form a just notion of its moral and social
principles. This even* has doubtless been hastened by the
developement of its mysteries published in the first edition of
this Ritual. This act of the Phibeteian society shows the
good sense of its members; and also that its purposes were
not political. Had politics, as in masonry, been its main ob*
ject, it would hav held on with tenacity to its principles, as to
the threads of life, and, disregarding its departure from sound
morals, or patriotisms, would still have contended, with the
infatuation of a Mormonite, for the enjoyment, in secret, of
that which in the eyes of the public would overwhelm it*
members in confusion.
The Phi Beta Kappa society has had its obligations, signs,
gripes, words, and jewel. These were intended for secret re-
cognition when its members should happen to meet. This in-
stitution was, of foreign manufacture, as all secret oath-bound
institutions are. It was confined to colleges, universities.—
It had philosophy for its foundation; and was not built upon
a text of scripture history, as almost every secret order, or de-
gree of a .< ecret order, appears to be. Perhaps it was the only
secret society which had not "stolen the livery of heaven to
serve the devil in." Its principles were said to have origina-
ted in illuminism, to have been infidel in their tendency, and
pernicious in their results j but withal, there was a gentler
manly decency and dignity about them, which, when expos-
ed involved its members in no degradation and shame. Hence
the readiness with which they abandoned its principles.
The Phi Beta Kappa was introduced into this country, it
is said, by Thomas Jefferson, late President of the United
States. It was first established in William and Mary college,
in Virginia—was Carried from thence to Yale, and subset
q ucntly to others of the New-England universities and r'
6 THE WORLD'S WONDER*
*
leges, The president of the Howard college,, when in pre-
paration for one of their first Phibetian processions, was se-
lemnly warned by Hancock and Adams against the dangers
of secret societies, the eyes of these patriots being directed to
every subject which in the present or future, could interest
theic country.
The mysteries of this order are conferred only upon stu-
dents at colleges where Phi Beta Kappa societies are estab-
lished, and from among these, those only who have most dis-
tinguished themselves are selected for initation. The senior
class chooses from atpong the junior, one third of its number.
These are privately informed of their election, and at an ap-
pointed time, without any formality, or preparation, are initia-
ted. An oath or promise of secrecy is then exacted from
th^m. " But this is in anticipation of any communication to;
them* And historical sketch of the institution is next given,
together with the signs, grips, words, and an explanation of
the jewel or medal, which is always of silver or gold, and pro-
yided at the candidate's expense. The medal is usually worn,v
suspended'by a blue and pink ribbon in the bosom, or as a
watchrkey. rThe sign is given by placing the two fore-fingers
of the "right hand so as to cover the left corner of the mouth,
and toetv by drawing it across the chin. The grip is like the
common shake of hands, only not interlocking the thumbs,
and at the. same time gently pressing the wrist. [See plate 29.
fig. £.. and 2.] The words is. Philosophy is the rule
guide or governess of life.' The two letters forming the ini-
tials of, the wbr^rr^bfere given, & K* designate, the name of
the <mier; npd ;ffe-.principles. The
meaningof are to look
for a rnleof jBthe Phibetian, through
he may not think it is the same as Voltaires's "Ecrrnez
Vinfame/"—or, ^ibru^h the wretch!" meaning Christ. Phil-
osophy has ever been tfie- watch-word of the infidel.
On the jewel? ^ six stars "and a; hand. The
stars denote ^ institution
exists. The hai^-^ints^ toe wnwl*/ On the rivers is S. P.
for Societas ?hiioso|^^f^j^UoiQphical Society. [See
plate 29, fig. 4.] 'W'T•.
December 5. 1776. refers to the date when it was first in-
N^oduced into the United States, or the origin of illuminism,
^c^rose that year.